» £°* * ' -» t <<&> .11. _ <* 4? ^ o 5ft .*>•%, V v^ ^ .* ® I I THE FIRST PART Li OF JACOBS' LATIN READER, ADAPTED TO BULLIONS' LATIN GRAMMAR; with an introduction, on the idiobis of the latin language; an improved vocabulary; and exer- cises IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, ON A NEW PLAN. By Rev. PETER BULLIONS, D. D., PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY J AND AUTHOR OF THK SERIES OF GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON THE SAME PLAN, ETC. ETC. A TWENTY-NINTH ! V>r, !'»>. NEW-YORK : PRATT, WOODFORD & COMPANY, 1853. s Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by PETER BULLIONS, in the Clerks Office of the Northern District of New- York. PREFACE This work has been prepared at the request of many teachers who use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow it as a " First Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the first part of Jacobs' Latin Reader; a work already well known in this country, and w-hich appears to be well adapted to the end for which it was intended. The introductory exercises, however, are arranged a little differently, and a few sentences have been intro- duced from other sources, for the purpose of illustrating some con- structions more fully. The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner, who is supposed to have become acquainted with the leading prin- ciples of the Grammar, a. praxis on those principles, both in Ety- mology and Syntax, by which they may be rendered perfectly famil- iar to his mind, so as to be applied with more success and ease, when he comes to read and analyze the writings of the Roman au- 'thors. It is in fact a Supplement to the Grammar, and the founda- tion of thorough scholarship must be laid here. In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to render Ihe study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to pupils of every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing explanations of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under proper heads, and illustrated by numerous examples, all of which are numbered, so as to be easily referred to for the purpose of illus- trating similar modes of expression which occur in the course of reading, as is more fully explained p. 54. Though this part is in- tended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be derived from studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously w r ith lessons in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole familiar by fre- quent reviews. The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical prin- ciples in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound, and by a sufficient number of examples to render these principles familiar and easy of application. In these, as well as throughout IV PREFACE. the body of the work, constant reference is made to the Grammar itself, as well as to the preceding Introduction, to illustrate and ex- plain the principles of the language as they occur, and by repeated refeience to render them familiar to the pupil and impress them in- delibly on his mind. These references are more numerous at first; but when any construction or idiom may be supposed to have be- come familiar, the references to it are less frequent, and the pupil is left to exercise the knowledge acquired in applying the principles without the aid of references. The construction and use of the subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties of the language, and all important to be well understood, references for explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more nume- rous and longer continued on this point than on any other. These references also form a sort of index, by which the pupil may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the one with the other. For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the Grammar, § 140, 5; by running the eye back along the references at the foot of the page, the same construction will be found at the letter >, p. 95; at c , p. 90; at d , p. 89. at d , p. 87, &c.; all of which may thus be compared with great facility. The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely supersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any number of notes could be, which generally do nothing more than give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, with- out any explanation of its construction. Though this sort of aid enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sentence, it leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its construction. The consequence is, that when he meets with a similar construction again in different words, he is as much at a loss as ever, and finds his progress, arrested unless he is again lifted over blindfold by the aid of another friendly note . It is obvious that persons, in this way, may go over much surface; and if they have a memory capa- ble of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when it is wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they have gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the construction of what they have read; and hence it happens that knowing but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the idioms and more difficult constructions of the language, whenever they come to an author or passage where the wonted supply of notes is wanting, they find themselves unable to proceed; or if they do, it is so much in the dark that it is with them a mere peradventure whether they are right or wrong. It is therefore not without rea- son that many of our best teachers think that such notes, like trans- lations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is hoped, is in a great measure avoided by the method here pursued; for while all needful assistance is furnished, it can be attained only by referring to the grammatical principle which contains the explanation needed; and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be readily applied to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved. Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analy- sis of sentences, no less important is the study of the words them- selves of which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the department of Etymology, and, to the enquiring and philosophical mind, presents a most interesting and pleasing field of investigation. A proper selection of words is no less necessary to the expression of our thoughts than their proper arrangement in sentences. Much, accordingly, of the interest and advantage of studying the models oi antiquity lies in the study of the words selected by these writers for conveying their sentiments to others. The derivation and com- position of words, and the variety of meanings which they assume in the expression of thought, should therefore form an important part of study to the classical student from the very beginning, and if properly conducted will prove as pleasing as it is profitable. It may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant illustration, that every word has one primitive and radical signification, to which all its other significations and uses are related, and from which they are drawn. This may be regarded as its strict and proper meaning, and should constantly be associated in the mind of the learner with the word itself. Once in possession of this, and accustomed to trace the varied shades of meaning which the words assume as they diverge from their radical and primary signification, he will feel an interest and see a beauty in the study of language, which he would otherwise never be likely to attain. This primary meaning o r a word is not always indeed its most common meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still it is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various derived significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If instead of the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a more common one, should be associated in the mind with the word, it will be found impossible in many instances to account for, or to perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases. Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more common but not the V] PKEFACE. primary meaning of which is, " to buy," and it will be impossible to trace any sort of connection between such a meaning and that of its compounds, adimo, tximo, intertmo, pertmo, dirlmo, and the like. But assign to emo its primary meaning, " to take," and the whole is perceived at once to be clear and consistent. This one example will show how important it is that not only the derivation and composi- tion of words should be fully exhibited in a good dictionary, but also the radical and primary signification of all words, where that can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most natural. In this respect our school dictionaries, with one exception, (Leverett's Latin Lexicon,) are exceedingly defective. This defect I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this work, in which the plan just stated has been followed; so that the pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every derivative and compound word to its source, (if that is in the Latin language, derivations from the Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining what is the primary signification of each word, from the best au thorities within my reach, as well as those significations which are more common, or which belong to the words in the various places where they occur in this work. Care has been taken in connection with this also to distinguish those words usually considered as syn- onymes. An earlier and more special attention to this part of study than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor bestowed upon it. A few Exercises in composition are appended, drawn, as will be perceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of the page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the sim- plest character and to any extent, may be framed in the same way from every reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and ren- dered mto Latin, either orally in the class, or as an exercise in writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed to the Exercises themselves. A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the work respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it, especially with young pupils. These I am well aware are of nr importance to the experienced teacher; nevertheless they may be of some use to the young and inexperienced, and especially to those who pursue the study of the Latin without the aid of a teacher. INTRODUCTION SENTENCES. 1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes complete sense; as, Man is mortal. 2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one verb ; as, Life is short. Time flies. 4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen- tences combined ; as, Life, which is short, should be well employed. 5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe carefully the following General Principles of Syntax. 1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica- tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub' jeet, expressed or understood. 2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must have a substantive expressed or understood with which it agrees, y 98 and y 146.* * 3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to which it refers, and with which it agrees, y 99. 4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- stood, of which it is the subject, yy 100, 101, 102. Or is placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, y 103. 5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative, subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative, expressed or understood, yy 101, 102, and when the infini- tive has a subject it is in the accusative, y 145. The infini- tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi- tion, y 143. 6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express- ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. * The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar. 8 INTRODUCTION. Resolution or Analysis. Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject and the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence, it is necessary to distinguish between the Grammatical sub- ject and predicate, and the Logical subject and predicate. The Grammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of, without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac- cusative before the infinitive. The Logical subject is the same word in connection with the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to make up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. The Grammatical 'predicate is the word or words contain- ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject. The Logical -predicate is the grammatical predicate com- bined with all those words or expressions that modify or restrict it in any way ; thus : In the sentence, u An inordinate desire of admiration often produces a contemptible levity of deportment;" the Grammatical subject is "desire;" the Logical "iw inordi- nate desire of admiration." The Grammatical predicate is "produces " the Logical, "produces often a contemptible levity of deportment." In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi- culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence, is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper order of the English. This is technically called constru- ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan- tage may be found by carefully attending to the following Directions for Beginners. Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMI- NATIVE, and the predicate or VERB; the first thing to be done with every sentence, is to find out these. In order to this. INTRODUCTION. 9 1. Look for the leading verb, which is always m the present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indic- ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near the end of the sentence. 2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person; this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com- monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, though not always so, § 151. R. I. with exceptions. Direct. II. Having thus found the nominative and verb, and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved from the Latin into the English order, as follows : 1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect- ing words, if there are any. 2. The NOMINATIVE. 3. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words agreeing with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they are found, till you come to the verb. 4. The VERB. 5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words which modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 6. Supply everywhere the words understood. 7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve- rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each of them as above. Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following Rules for construing. I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the word that governs it. Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov- erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be coupled with it, is put before its substantive; but if another word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually placed after it. * All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse, the leading verb is in the infinitive. § 141. Rule VI. 10 INTRODUCTION. IU . The participle is usually construed after its substan- tive, or the word with which it agrees. IV. The relative and its clause, should, if possible, comp immediately after the antecedent. V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after the verb; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.) Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quaytfus, liter ^ &c, come before the verb. V[. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and arrange the words accordingly. VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near together as possible. Vin. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru- ment, &c, should be placed, in general, after the words which they modify. The case absolute commonly before them, and often first in the sentence. IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those to which it is related. X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two words, or sentences connected. LATIN IDIOMS.* PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- LATION. The following explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference. But it will be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons. 1. -Before translating, every sentence should be read over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe- cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words should then be arranged according to the preceding general directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem- bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their substantives before translating. The sense and grammati- cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple or compound, may then be analyzed as directed § 152, and last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, § 153. 2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif- , ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly and promptly, in these cases and numbers, &c; and also to distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &c. This can be acquired only by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept up till the utmost readiness is attained. 3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif- ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be called signs of those cases ; and in translating these, the English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense requires. The signs of the cases are as follows: Nom. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) Gen. Of. Voc. 0. or no sign. Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, by, See. * A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to denote a mode of speech different from the English, or which, if ren dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, tenses, &.c, would not make a correct English sentence. 12 INTRODUCTION. In certain constructions the idiom of the English language requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- tions are the following : 4. The Genitive. 1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVI., is translated at; as, Romce, " At Rome." 2. Denoting price, sometimes for; as, Vendidit pluris, "He sold it for more;" or without a sign; as, Constitit pluris , "It cost more. 5. The Dative. 1. After a verb of taking away, R. XXIX. ; the dative is translated from ; as, Eripuit me mor ti , "He rescued me from death-" Eripitur morti, "He is rescued from death." R. XXXII-III. See $ 123, Exp. 2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXIII., it is translated by; as, Vix audior ulli, "I am scarcely heard by any one." 3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla- ted as the genitive ; as, Ei in mentem venit, " It came into the mind to him" i. e., of him, or into his mind. 4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as, Ad- fuit precibus, He was present at prayers. § 112, R. I. 6. The Ablative. 1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another substantive, R. VII., is translated of; as, Vir mird mag- nitudine, "A man of wonderful size." 2. The place where, R. XXXVI. Exc, commonly at, sometimes in. 3. After the comparative degree, § 120, R. XXIV., than, as, Dulcior melle, " Sweeter than honey." 4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, § 128, Obs. 2, of; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory." 5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after opus and usus, signifying need, of; as, Dignus hondre, " Worthy of honor." LATIN IDIOMS. 13 6. Denoting time how long, sometimes in ; as, JJ no die fecit, " He did it in one day ; " sometimes without a sign ; as Uno die abfuit, "He was absent one day."" 7. Time when, at, on; as, Solis ocedsu, "At the set' ting of the sun ; " Id t bus Aprllis, " On the ides of April." 8. After verbs of depriving, § 125, of; as, Eum v est e spolidvit, "He stripped him of his garment." Cases without Signs. 7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb in English, (§38, Obs. 4.,) or by an adjective denoting like- ness, the sign of the case is omitted ; as, 1. Gen. Miserere m. e i , Pity me. 2. Dat. Prcefuit exer cltui , He commanded the army. 3. " Placuit r e g i , It pleased the king. 4. Abl. Utitur fr aud e , He uses deceit. 5. (l Potitus est imp erio , He obtained the government. 6. Dat. Simllis patri, Like his father. Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait for us. 8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., the dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without the sign; as, 1. Est mihi voluptati , It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i.e. It is [or brings] a pleasure to me. 9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as, 1. Bellofinlto, The war being ended. 2. Sex men si bus abfuit, He was absent six months. 10. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of the ablative, and no other will be used; thus, 1. Abexercltu, Fromthe army. 4. Cumdignitdte, With dignity. 2. E x urbe, Out of the city. 5. Pro castris, Before the camp. 3. In agro, In the field. * 6. T enus pube, Up to the middle. 1 1. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom sometimes reqtiires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, her, its, our, your their, (not expressed in Latin unless con- trasted with others,) to be supplied before a noun, and espe- 2 J4 INTRODUCTION. cially if they refer to the subject of the sentence. The sense will shew when this is to be done and what pronoun is to be used; as, 1. Films similis patri, A son like his father. 2. Revtrere parentes, Reverence your parents. 12. Nouns in apposition, (§ 97, R. I.,) must be brought as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, when used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 1. Nom. Cicero Orator, Cicero the orator. 2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator, 4. Abl. Cicerone oratore, With Cicero the orator. 13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with the noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 1. Misit me c omit em , He sent me as a companion. 2. Hie puer venit , He came, when [or being'] a boy. Adjectives and Substantives. 14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and a substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed first, and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the noun, $ 98, R. II. ; as, 1. Nom. Altus mons, A high mountain. 2. Gen. Alti montis, Of a high mountain. 3. Dat. Alto monti, To [for] a high mountain. 4. Abl. Alto monte, With a high mountain. 15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunc- tion belong to one substantive, they may be placed either before or after it ; as, 1. Jupiter optlmus et maxlmus, Jupiter the best and greatest; or Optlmus et maxlmus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 2. Viri sapientis et docti, Of a man wise and learned; or Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man. 16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive when the former has a negative joined with it, or another word in the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it. So also solus; as, 1. Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war. 2.. Filius similis patri, A son like his father. 3. Poeta dxgnus honor e, A poet worthy of honor. 4. Homines soli sapiunt, Men alone are wise. 5. Avis tamp arum decora, A bird so little beautiful. 6. Littore non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy LATIN IDIOMS. 15 17. The adjectives primus, medius, ultimus, extrlmus, infimus, imus, summus, supremus, reliquus, ceter, or cete- nts, and some others describing a part of an object, are translated as substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, and of before the substantive following, § 98, Obs. 9 ; as, 1. Media node, In the middle of the night. 2. Ad sum mum montem, To the top of the mountain. 18. When these adjectives (No. 17,) describe the whole and not a part only, they are translated as No. 11. ; as, Summum bonum, The chief good. Supremus dies, The last day. 19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- stantive understood, but obvious from the connexion, § 98, Obs. 5. Masculine adjectives, (if plural,) commonly agree with homines, or, if possessives, with amtci, cives, or milites, understood; and neuters, with factum, negotium, verbum, tempus, &c. ; as, 1. Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men are rare, 2. Ccesar misit suos (milites,) Caesar sent his soldiers. 3. Codes transndvit ad suos Codes swam over to his fellow (cives,) citizens. 4. Labor vincit omnia (negotia) Labor overcomes all things. 5. In posterum (tempus,) In time to come, — for the future. 6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that. 20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantive, (but still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regard- ed as substantives. They are such as mortdles, boni, mali, superi, inferi, Grcecus, Romdnus, &c. (See § 98, Obs. 5,) ; as, 1. Mali oderunt bonos, The wicked hate the good. 2. Grce cos Romdni viclrunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks. 21. Adjective words when partitives, or used partitively, take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and govern it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the genitive singular,) § 107, Rule X. In this case verbs and adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun; as, 1. Alt quis phil osophorumSome one of the philosophers has dixit, said. 2 Una musdrum veniet, One of the muses will come 3. M u Iti nobilium juvenum, Many noble young men. 22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative ,• or the conjunction quam, (than) is usually translated by the positive with too or rather prefixed. For explanation see $ 120 Obs. 5. : as. 16 INTRODUCTION 1. Iracundior est, (scil. He is too (or rather) passionate. cequo,) 2. JE gr ius ferebat. He took it rather ill. 3. Altius voldvit, He flew too high. Obs. In a comparison, eo or tanto with a comparative in one clause, and quo or quanto in the other, maybe rendered " the ;" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) as, 4. Quo plures, eo feliciores, The more the happier. 23. The superlative degree expressing comparison, is usually preceded by the article the in English, ($ 25,) as, 1. D o ctissimus Romanorum, The most learned of the Romans. 2. F ortisslmus miles in ex- The bravest soldier in the army. ercitu, 24. When the superlative does not express comparison, but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the article a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an arti- cle in the plural ; or by the positive, with very, emi?iently, &c, prefixed, (§ 25,) ; as, 1. Homo doctissimus , A most learned (or a very learned) man. 2. Homines doctissimi, Most learned (or very learned) men. 25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated as in the following examples : 1. Alius alia via, One by one way, another by another. 2. Aliud aliis videtur, One thing seems good to some, another to others, i. e. Some think one thing, and some another. (See other varie- ties. § 98. Obs. 11.) The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. See Gr. § 98, Obs. 12. 26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or " to each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal thus, " one by one;" "two by two," &c, § 24, 11; as, 1. Consoles bin as naves habe- The consuls had each two ships, or, bant, had two ships each. 2. Qua singuli carri duceren- Where wagons could be led one by tur. one. H. Tigna bin a . Beams two by two, or in pairs. 4. Singulis singul as par- He distributed equal parts, one to tes destribuit cequdles each. 5. Singulis menslbus hoc fecit, This he did every (or each) month. 6. Plures s in g uliuxores habent , They have each many wives. LATIN IDIOMS. ]7 Pronouns. 27. 1st, The adjective pronoun, hie, hcec, hoc, with a noun following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu- lar, "this" — in the plural, "these." — Hie, ilia, illud, — is, ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean 11 that," — in the plural, " those." 2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan- tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural, they ; thus, 1. Hie vir, This man. 4. Hie fecit, .He did it. 2. Illafemina, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came. 3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condidit earn, She built it, (Carthage.) Obs. In sentences containing an enumeration of particu- lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive clauses, but they require to be translated differently, (§ 98, Obs. 12,) ; thus, 7. Hie, \ hie, \ 8 - /s ' i "one" (, theone" **» > u another," u the 9. Ille, ( one > me one - ille, ( other." 10. Alter, ) alter, ) When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated " this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, " that," ancbrefers to the more distant ; as, 11." Hie minor natu est, ille major, This is the younger, that the older. 23. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qu&, quod, in the next clause, means " such," and implies com- parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, that thou, that he, that they, &c, according as the antece- dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the infinitive (§ 31, Obs. 2.) ; thus, 1. Is homo erat ut, fyc, He was such a man that, &c. 2. Neque is sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright- ened. Or better thus, I am not such a one as to be fright- ened. Ota. The adverb eo with ut following it means "so far," 11 to such a degree " " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as, 3. E b pervSnit ut, " He came so far, (i. e. made such progress,) that;" 18 INTRODUCTION Possessive Pronouns. "29 The possessive pronoun is- equivalent in meaning to the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be so tianslated; as, 1. Beneficio suo populique Ro- By the kindness of himself and of mdni, the Roman people. 2. Cum m e a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the writings of vulgo rccitdre timentis, me, fearing to recite them pub- licly. 30. The possessives, suus, sua, suum, in Latin, agrees in fytmler, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun denoting the possessor; Jthus, 1. Pater dill git suo s liberos, A father loves his children. 2. Parentes dillgunt su am jobolem, Parents love their offspring. 3. F rater dillgit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 4. Soror dillgit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. Obs. In the first sentence, " suos," agrees with " liberos," but must be translated " his," denoting " pater" the pos- sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with sobolem, must be translated " their" so as to denote the pos- sessors, "parentes" &c. Usage of Sui, Suus; — Ule, Iste, Hie, Is. 31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence ; Ule, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some other person or thing spoken of; thus, 1. C at o occldit s e, Cato killed himself. 2. Pater dillgit suo s liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 3. Parentes dillgunt suam Parents love their (own) off- sobolem, spring. 4. Dicit se valere, He says that he is well. Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, "his," and suam-, "their," referring to sohie other person than pater or parentes, would be made by the genitive of Ule, iste, hie, is. In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For the dif- ference between these words usually translated " he," see Gr $ 28, Obs. 3. * See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note. LATIN IDIOMS. - 19 Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the reflexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub- ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or actions, of the first subject ; as, 5. Scipio civitatibus Italia reddu Scipio restored to the States of dit omnia qua sua recog- Italy, all the things which they noscebant, recognised as their own. Usage of Ipse. 32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em- phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the English, myself thyself himself themselves, &c, annexed to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With numbers it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as a reflexive instead of sui, § 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as, 1. Ipse faciam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 2. I p s e frueris olio , (i. e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease. 3. Jaculo cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 4. Ccesar ipse venit, Caesar himself came. 5. Tempus ip sum convenit, The very time was agreed on. 6. Ad ip s a s portas, To the very gates. 7. Decern ij/si dies, Ten whole days. 8. Precdtus est utipsum liberdret, He begged that he would lib erate him. 9 Donum ip s i datum, A present given to him. 33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of the verb in the nominative or accusative. It is always, how- ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds the force of the word self or simply of emphasis ; thus, 1. Se ipse inter fecit (or se ipsum,) He slew himself. 1. Nosceteip s e (or te ipsum,) Know thyself. 2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor myself. 3. Agam per me ip s e, I will do it myself. 4. Virtus est per se i p s a lauda- Virtue is to be praised for it- bilis, self. 5. Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love them- gunt. selves. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. General Principle. 34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antece- dent, is a compound sentence, of which the relative with its 20. INTRODUCTION. clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe or limit its antecedent word in the other part. That word may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be translated together, and in immediate connexion with its antecedent word. Hence the following General Rule of Arrangement. 35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme- diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come between them; thus, Latin Arrangement. 1. JJrbi imminet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procurrit. Here "qui" with its clause, "ad Arcadiam procurrit" belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject, ' mons." As then ihe subject with all that belongs to it must be taken before the verb, (Gr. § 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,) the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus : Mons qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, imminet urbi, A moun- tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city. Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : Urbi immi- net mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs a mountain, which, &c. But not, Mons imminet urbi, qui, &c, because this arrange- ment would place "urbi" between the antecedent, "mons," and the relative, "qui," and so lead to a false translation. The following sentence also affords an example : 2. Proximeurbem Eurdtas Jluvius delabitur, ad cu- ju s ripas Spartdni se exerclre solebant. Arrange, Proxime urbem delabitur, &c, Close to the city flows ; or, Eurdtas Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &c. 36. When another noun necessarily comes between the relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi- guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an- tecedent, to which in English we are directed chiefly by the ,*LATIN IDIOMS. 21 sense. The following- sentence affords an example of this kind: AdByzaMium jugit, opptdum naturd mumtum et arte, quod copid abundat. 37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when the English idiom requires it to be supplied. It is gene- rally understood, and should be supplied in the proper case : 1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious from the gender and number of the relative, and the con- nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 1. Sunt (homines) quos jurat, There are men whom it delights. 2. Hie est (id) quod qucerlmus , That which we seek is here. " Hie sunt, (ea) quce queer imus, Those things which we seek are here. 3. (Is) qui citodat, bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives twice. Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in parentheses. 2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the rela- tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, ($ 99, Obs. l,2d.); as, 4. (Pars) quce pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy. 5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. " Apud Actium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a. place which is, &c. cus est, fyc. Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is repeated, as in the following, No. 6, (§ 99, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it is omitted in translating; as, 6. Erant omnlno duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways by bus it in eri b us domo ex- which they could go from Irepossent, home. Note 2. Quisquis, quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun- que, qucecunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, and is equivalent to omnis, or quivis qui, — omne, or quidvis quod', as, 7. Fortunam quce cun que (i.e. They would hazard whatever quamv is fortunam quce) fortune (i. e. any fortune accidat experiantur, which) might happen. 8. Quidquid tetigerat aurum Whatever (i. e. every thing which) fiebat, he had touched became gold. 22 INTRODUCTION . Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause of a sentence, § 99, Exp., the relative is put in the neuter gender, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same clause ; as, 9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been quam ante factum, manu- done before, were set free and missi et milites facti sunt; made soldiers. 38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive term, and referring to some word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, usually has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, understood; and instead of who or which, may be rendered this, that, these, those, or, and this, and that, &c, according as the closeness of the connexion may require, (§ 99, Obs. 8,); as, 1. Qua urbs quum infest aretur , And since (or because) this city was infested. "Qui legdti quum missi essent. When these ambassadors had been sent. 2. Q u ce contentio cuncta per- This contention threw all things miscuit, into confusion. 3. Quih us nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received. 4. Quod quum ille cerneret, And when he saw this. 5. Quo facto, This being done (or accomplished) 6. Q u ce dum omnia contempld- And while they were contemplat- bantur, ^ ing all these things. 7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this. 8. A quo consilio quum revocd- When he recalled him from thu ret. design. 9. Quo ictu Hie extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. Note. To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for propter or ad quod, § 128,) in the beginning of a sentence, referring to something previously stated, and meaning, " on account of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ; " as, 10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, wherefore,) I give thanks to the gods. _ 11. Quod dicer et se venturum, As to what (as to that thing which) he said, %at he would come. 39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, &c, according as the antecedent word requires, (§ 99, Obs. 8,): as, LATIN IDIOMS. 23 1. Qu i quum admittereret, And when he admitted 2 Q u ce quum vidisset, And when she had seen. Qu ce quum visa esset, When she had been (or was) seen. 3. Quam quum dare nollet, And when he would not give it. 4. Quibu s quum occurrisset, When he had met them. 5. Qui (quce; pi. qui, qua,) res- And he, (she, they) replied. pondit, • 6. Qui (or quce) quum ades- And when they were present. sent. 7 Quern Meledger interfecit, And Meleager slew him. 8 Quam quum duceret, And when he was leading her. 9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 10. Quemut vidit, As soon as, (or when) he saw him. 40. When the relative in any case is followed by the subjunctive mood, and the two clauses, viz: the antecedent and relative, involve a comparison; or the latter expresses the 'purpose, object, or design, of something expressed by the former, the relative is better translated by the conjunction that and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that he, that they, &c.,.as the antecedent word may require, (See Gr. § 141, R. II. and Explanation,); 1. Missus sum qui te adducerem, I have been sent that I might bring you. 2. Neque is qu i facias id, You are not such a person that you should do that. 3. Quis est tarn lynceus qui, SfC. Who is so sharp sighted that he. 4. Misit legdtos qui cognosce- He sent ambassadors that they rent, might find out. 5. Fruges manddvit quas diss%- She gave him fruits that he might minaret, scatter them. 41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, ffll relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which represents the antecedent, ($ 141, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Quippe qui nunquam legerim, For, (or because) /have never read them. 42. After dignus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be ren- dered by the infinitive, 141, Obs. 2. 1st.); as, 1. Dignus qu i ametur, Worthy to be loved. 2. Sidignum qui numer etur If you shall elect a person worthy crearltis, to be reckoned, &c. 43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante- cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause should generally be placed first ; as, 24 INTRODUCTION. 1 . Q u i bonis non recte ufltur, e i Good things become evil to him bona mala fount, who does not use good things well. 2. Qui cito dat, (is) bis dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. Correlative Adjectives. m 44. The demonstratives, tot, so many," and totidem, just so many ; tardus, as great, so great, as much, so much ; talis, such ; are followed hy their relatives, quot, quantus, qualis, signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 1. Tot homines quot, As many men as. 2. Totidem naves quot , Just so many ships as 3. T ant us exercitus quantus, As great (or so great) an army as, 4. Tal is homo qua I is, Such a man as. So also the correlative adverbs. 5. Toties quoties, As often as. 6. Tarn ' quam, So as. 7. Eb quo By so much as. 8. Tanto quanto, By so much as; or In proportion —— as. 45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- tions ac, atque, (§ 149, Obs. 6,) ut, and the relative qui, quce, quod, are sometimes used and may generally be trans- lated, " as," or " that." 1. Honos talis paucis test deldtus Such honor has been bestowed a c mihi, upon few persons, as upon me. 2. Cum totidem navtbus at que He returned with just as many profectus erat, rediit, slfips as he had departed with. S.jtfulla est tanta vis quce non No power is so great as (or, that ^ frangi possit , it) cannot be broken. 46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup- plied and the sentence translated as above; as, 1. Crocodilus parit (tanta) ova The crocodile lays (as large) eggs quanta anseres, as geese lay. 2. (Tot) millia quot unquam As many thousands as ever came ventre Mycenis, from Mycenae. 47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the sentence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first and the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antece- dent clause should be placed first ; as, 1. Q u o t homines t o t causes , } arrange > As many causes as there are men Tot causa quot homines, ) LATIN IDIOMS. 25 4S. The relatives, quo?, qupties, quantus, q;/aiis, used in- ttnvga? ixi' '//, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison, have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed or understood, and are translated respectively, "how many," "how often," "how great, 1 ' or "how much," "what," or " of what kind; " as, 1 . Inter. Quo t annos habet ? How many years has he ? i. e. how old is he ? 2. Indef. Nescio quot , I know not how many. 3. Excl. Cum quanta gravi- With how much gravity. tate ! 4. Indef. Doce qua I es sint. Tell us of what kind they are. THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. General Principle. 49. Every finite verb (§ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex- pressed or understood, in the nominative case. Obs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a verb in the infinitive, mood, a clause -of a sentence, or any thing which, however expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (§ 101, Exp.) General Rule of Arrangement. 50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, and translated before the verb. 1. Canis I at rat, The dog barks. 2. E go Scribo, /write. 3. Lude r e est jucundum, To play is pleasant. 4. Dulce est pro putrid mori, To die for one's country is sweet. 5. Totus Grcecorum exer- The whole army of the Greeks had citus Aulide convenerat, assembled at Aulis. o. Virsapit qui paucu lo- The man who speaks little is wise. qui tur, 51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either alone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con- nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi- nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper sub- ject; as, 3 26 INTRODUCTION. 1. Facile est jubere, It is easy to command. 2. Xuritidtum est classem devinci, 11 was announced that the fleet was conquered. 3 Semper acctdit ut absis, It always happens that you are absent. I. Qui fit ut metuas, How happens it that you Tear. 5. Nunquam Romanis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro- imp er at or em a suis mans, that a commander should militi bus inte rfi c i. be killed by his own soldiers. 52. The verb must always be translated in its proper tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- tive. (See paradigms of the verb, §§ 54-70.) But when it has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu- als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural; as, 1. Et pater et mater v ene runt , Both his father and mother have come. 2. Turba quoquoversum ruunt, The crowd rush in every direc- tion. 53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per- son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express- ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as, 1. Scribo, /write. 3. Scribimus, We write 2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the pronoun Me, or is, in the nominative case, and in the gender and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be supplied; as, 1. (Ille) scribit, (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write. 55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and English ; thus, 1. C habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse. 3. Fut. Dicetur, ) 1. Pres. He is said ) 2. Past, He was said > to have; to have had; to be about to have. 3. Fut. He will be said > 93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is translated by the English indicative or potential, the tense used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex- press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be expressed in English by the same tense ; an event repre- sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infini- tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng- lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent- ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ; thus: 1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire , They say that he is coming, or comes. 2. Past, Dixerunt eum venlr e , They said that he came. 3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They say that he came. 4. Past, Dixzrunt eum venisse , They said that he had come. 5 Past, Caperunt suspicdri illam They began to suspect that she venire, came. Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, Pres. Perf. Future. 6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, v enturum esse. They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 94. 1. Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- pressed as follows : 1st. Present time is expressed by the present tense, and generally by ^e perfect definite. 2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, perf indefi- nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the present infinitive after a past tense, — the present tense used to express a past event, § 44, I, 3, — and by the pre- 40 INTRODUCTION. sent participle, agreeing with the subject of the govern- ing verb in any of these tenses, § 49, 5. 3d. Future time is expressed by the future, and future perfect. 2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the same manner as the infinitive active in the following ex- amples in Nos. 95 to 100. 3. After verbs denoting to promise, request, advise, com- mand, and the like, implying a reference to something fu- ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans- lated as the future, by should, or ivould, (See No. 100, 1,2, 3, 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci, He ordered that they should be led through the camp. 4. The Latin words for " he said," " saying," or the like, introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the time expressed by the word to be supplied. From these principles are deduced the following direc- tions for translating the infinitive with a subject. Present Infinitive after Present or Future time. 95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present, the perfect used definitely, ox future tense, the present infin- itive is translated as the present ; as, Active Voice. 1. Dico eum I auddr e , I say that he praises. 2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I have said that he praises 3. Dicam eum I auddr e , I will say that he praises. Passive Voice. 4 . Dico eum I auddr i , I say that he is praised. 5. Dixi eum I auddr i , I have said that he is praised, 6. Dicam eum I auddr i , I will say that he is praised Present Infinitive after P^st time. 96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the im- perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present in- finitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, LATIN IDIOMS. 41 Present Infinitive Active. 1. D'xczbam eum I auddr e , I said that he praised. ' 2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I said that he praised. 3. Dixcram eum I au d a r e , I had said that he praised. 4. Ccepi dicere eum I auddr e , I began, to say that he praised. Present Infinitive Passive. 5. Dicebam eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 6. Dixi eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 7. Dixeram eum I auddr i , I had said that he was praised. 8. Ccepi dicere eum I aud dr i , I began to say that he was praised. Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which is always true, it must be translated in the present, after any tense, § 44, I. 1 ; as - 9. Doctus erat deum gub er - He had been taught that God gov- ndr e mundum, ems the world. Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla- ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as, 10. Jubet } He orders ) 11. Jussit >te ire, He ordered > that you should go. 12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future time. 97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre- sent, perfect definite, or future tense, the perfect infinitive is translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, Active Voice. 1 . Dico eum I audavisse , I say that he praised. 2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I have said that he praised. 3. Die am eum laudavis s e , I will say that he praised. Passive Voice. 4. Dico eum I auddtum esse, I say that he was praised. 5. Dixi eum. I au datum esse, I have said that he was praised 6 . Die am eum I auddtum ess e , I will say that he was praised. 7. Dico eum I auddtum fu- I say that he has been praised. is s e , 8. Dixi eum I auddtum fu- I have said that he has been praised is s e , 9. Die am eum I auddtum fu - I will say that he has been praised. i s s e. 42 INTRODUCTION. Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 98. Direct. IV. When the preceding verb is in the im- perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present hi- finitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated as the pluperfect ; as, Active Voice. 1. Dicebam eum I aud avis se , I said that he had praised. 2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I said that he had praised. 3. Dixeram eum I audaviss e , I had said that he had praised. 4. Ccepi dicere eum lauda- I began to say that he had praised. v is s e , Passive Voice. 5. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised. esse, 6. Dixi eum I auddtum esse, I said that he had been praised. 7. Dixeram eum I aud at um I had said that he had been praised. esse, 8. Ccepi dicere eum I auddtum I began to say that he had been esse, praised. 9. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised, fuis s e, 10. Dixi eum I auddtum fu - I said that he had been praised. is s e , 1 1 . Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he had been praised. fuisse , 12. Ccepi dicere eum lauddtuml began to say that he had been fuisse, praised. Future Infinitive after the Present Tense. 99. V. When the preceding verb is in the present, ox perfect definite, or future tense, the future infinitive with esse, is translated as the future indicative; and with fuisse,by would have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a future sense; and fore, forfuturum esse, is translated by will be. Active Voice. 1. Dico eum I audaturum I say that he will praise. esse, 2. Dixi eum I audaturum I have said that he will praise. esse, 3. Dicam eum I aud atur um I will say that he will praise. esse, 4. Dico eum laudaturumfu- I say that he would have praised. is s e , 5. Dixi eum I audaturum fu- I have said that he would have i ss e , praised. 6. Dicam eum I aud at urum I will say that he would have fuisse, praised. LATIN IDIOMS. 43 Passive Voice. 7. Dico eum laud a t u m iri, 1 say that he will be praised. 8. Dixi eum I au da turn iri, I have said that he will be praised. 9. Dicam eum I a u d a t u m iri, I will say that he will be praised. Future Infinitive after Past Tenses. 100. Direct. VI. When the preceding verb is of the im- perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, the future of the infinitive with esse, is rendered by would or should', and with fuisse, by would have, and should have; and fore for futiirum esse, after any past tense, by would be; as, Active Voice. 1. Dicebam eum I aud at u rum I said that he would praise. esse, 2. Dixi eum I audaturum , §c. I said that he would praise. 3. Dixeram eum I audaturum I had said that he would praise. 4. Dicebam eum I aud at uruml said that he would have praised. fu is s e , 5. Dixi eum I audaturum , §c. I said that he would have praised. 6. DixSram eum I aud at ur um\ had said that he would have fuisse, praised. Passive Voice. 7. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he would be praised. iri , 8 . Dixi eum I auddtum iri , I said that he would be praised. 9. Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he would be praised. iri, 10. Dicebam {dixi) eum fore I said that he would be safe. tutum, Usage of Fore. Obs. Fore is used forfuturum esse, and, with a subject after present tenses means " will be," after past tenses " would be." Both of them when followed by a subjunctive with ut (§ 145, Obs. 6,) after a present tense, may be trans- lated by the future indicative of that verb; and after a past tense, by the imperfect potential ; as, 11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 12. Credebam, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he deram) eum fore tutum, would be safe. 13. Credo fo r e (or futiirum esse) I believe that you will learn. ut discas, 14. Credebam or credidi (credide- I believed, (had believed) that you ram) fore (or futiirum es- would learn, se) ut discires, 44 INTRODUCTION. Participles. 101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, as in the paradigms of the verb; thus, J. Present active, Homo c ar en s fraude, A man wanting guile. 2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A man about to write. 3. Perfect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well spent. 4. , Ccesar coactus, Caesar being (or hav- ing been) compelled. 5 (Deponent,) Ccesar r e gres sus , Caesar having returned 6. Future passive, Mala vit and a , Evils to be avoided, i. e., which ought to be avoided. Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, ($ 49, 3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive; as, 7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger, fa ct am , 8. In ferv entib us ar enis Standing on the burning sands. insistens, Future Participle Active. 102. When the Future participle active is used to ex- press a purpose, end, or design of another action, (§ 146, Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," instead of " about to ;" as, 1. Pergit consulturus ora- He goes to consult (or, in order to cftla, consult) the oracle. Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in this sense; as, 2. Venerunt p o stul ant e s ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask bum, food. Perfect Participle Passive. 103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso- lute, (§ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his friends," rendered into Latin, will be, Ccesar ami c is consultis, literally, " Caesar, his friends being consulted." Hence, 104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading LATIN IDIOMS. 45 verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac- cordance with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the active voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the verb, and followed by its noun in the objective case, (§ 49, 8, and $ 146, Obs. 8,); thus, 1. Ccesar, his dicti s , profectus est, translated in the Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 2. Opereperacto, ludSmus, Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. English idiom, Having finished our work, we will play. 3. Pythiam ad se vocdtum pecunia instruxit, Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with money. 10-5. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is best translated literally ; as, 1. Na^ctus naviculum, Having found a boat. 2. Cohort at us exercitum. Having exhorted the army. 106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English present participle in ing, (§ 49, 5, Note,) ; as, 1. Rex hoc f acinus mirdtus The king, admiring this act, dis- juvenem divdsit, missed the youth. 2. Columba delap s a refert sa- The dove falling brings back the gittam, arrow. The Future Participle Passive. .107. After verbs signifying to give, to deliver, to agree or bargain for, to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, the participle in dus generally denotes design or purpose, and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the phrase " in order to," prefixed, (§ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Testamentum tibi tradit le- He delivers his will to you to (or g end urn , in order to) be read. 2. Attribuit nos tru c id an do s He has given us over to Cethegus Cethego, (in order) to be slain. 103. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro- priety, necessity, or obligation, and is rendered variously, as 46 INTRODUCTION. the tense of the accompanying verb and the connection re- quire, (§ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples: 1 Legdtus mittendus est, An ambassador must (or should) be sent. 2. Legdtus mitt endus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. fu it , 3. Legdtus mitt endus erit, An ambassador will have to be sent 4. Legdtum mitt endum esse, That an ambassador should be sent. 5 . mitt endum fu ought to or i s s e , should have been sent. 6. D is simul and a loquitur, He speaks things that ought to be concealed. 7. D is simul an da loquebd- He spake things which ought to tur, have been concealed. 8. Qucb dis simul and a Which will have to be concealed. er unt , 9. Die, quid st at u endum Say, what is to be (or must be) sit , thought. Ablative Absolute. 109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with- out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para- digm of the verb ; as, 1. Romulo r egnant e , Romulus reigning. 2. Hac oratione habit a , This oration being delivered. 3. Ccesdre v entur o . Caesar (being) about to come. 4. Praceptis tr ad en dis , Rules being to be delivered. 5. Bello or t o , War having arisen. Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in the case absolute. 110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative without a participle, (§ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in the nominative without a sign, and the English participle " being" inserted between them; as, 1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man being leader. 2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 4. Annibdli vivo, Hannibal being alive. 5. Se invito, He being unwilling. Gerunds and Gerundives. 111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in LATHS IDIOMS. 47 the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at the same time may govern the case of its own verb, § 147; as, 1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking peace. 2. G. Petendi pacem, Of seeking peace. 3. D. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books. 4. Ac. Obliviscendum injuridrum, Forgetting injuries. 5. Abl. Parendo magistratui By obeying the magistrate. 6. Abl. Petendo pacem, With, from, in, by seeking peace. 112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing with its object in gender, number and case; the case being governed by the same word that would have governed the gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive. (§ 147, R. LXII.) Gerunds. Gerundives. 1. Ars librum I eg endi , 5. Ars lib ri legendi, The art of reading a book. 2. Utile vulnera cur ando , 6. Utile vulneribus curandis. Useful for healing wounds. 3. Ad literas s c r ib endum ,7. Ad liter a s s crib end as , For writing a letter. 4 De captlvos c ommut an - 8. Be c ap tlvi s commut an- do . dis , Respecting exchanging captives. 113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb ^gov- erning the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb requires, (§ 147,) ; as, Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 1. Legendum est mihi, I must read; I ought to read; Reading is to me; i. e., I should read. 2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. I had to read; I ought to have Reading was to me; read; I should have read. 3. Legendum fuer at mihi, I had been obliged to read. Reading had been to me; 4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It will be Reading will be to me; necessary for me to read. 5. Dicit legendum esse mihi, He says that I must read — He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read. 6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read — He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have read. Obs. The dative is frequently omitted, and generally when it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite 48 INTRODUCTION. sense. In such cases, homtni, komimbus, nobis, or the liko, must be supplied ; as, 7. Vivendum est recte (scil hominl- Living honestly is, viz : to men ; bus,) • i. e., men ought to live hon- estly. 8. Dicit vivendum esse recte, (scil. He says that living honestly is, homini,) viz: to a man; i. e., a man ought to live honestly. Supines. 114. The Supines are rendered without variation, as in the paradigm, and under the rules, (§ 148,) ; as, 1 . JLbiit deambuldtum , He has gone to walk. 2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told. Passive Voice. 115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub- ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in the active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the passive form of the verb in English. In the compound tenses, (§ 53, 3,) when two or more verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood to the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina-. tive is changed, the verb " to be" should be repeated as in Ex.2. 1. Nisus a Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus was conquered and killed est, by Minos. 2. Tres naves captce, decern de- Three ships were taken, ten sunk; mersce, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy wen capta, trede, dm millia occlsa taken, thirteen thousand killed sunt. Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus used, it is best translated by the active voice followed by the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive LATIN IDIOMS. 49 verb expressing the idea intended, (§ 41, Obs. 3.)- The fol- lowing are examples. 1. Paludibus abditi sunt, They concealed themselves in the marshes. 2. Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to lerum volutentur, every kind of wickedness. 3. F ertur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy. 4. Vol utati super poma, Rolling themselves over the apples. 5. C ingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor. 6. S t ernuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on the grave. 7. Gallus victus o c cult dtur , The cock, when conquered, hides himself. 117. The verb sum governing the genitive by R. XIL, § 108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation under Rule; as, 1. E st regis, It belongs to the king. 2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Melihceus. 3. Prudentia est senectutis, Prudence is the characteristic of old age. 118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person, governing the dative by § 112, Rule II., may generally be translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb " to have," with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject for its object; as, Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 1. Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book. 2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a been) to me, book. 4. Liber fue rat mihi, A book had been to I had had a book. me, 5. Liber erit mihi, A book will be tome, I will have a book 6. Libri sunt mihi, Books are tome, I have books. 7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it. 3. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book. 119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) is usually translated first, and then the preposition with the remote object. i. Flumen copias transduxit , He led his forces across the river. 2 C ir cumd dr e mcenia op- To build walls around the city. ptdo, 3. Caput dejficit saxo, He threw the head down from the rock. 5 .50 INTRODUCTION. 120. An .adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus, Magna debemus suscipere dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously for translating, as follows: 1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt ; or, 2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna; or 3. Debemus, dum vires suppetunt, suscipere magna. 121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered lest, lest that, that-not, 'not; and after verbs signifiying to fear, forbid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in the same situation, means that not. 1. Ne quis eat, Lest (or that not) any one may go. 2. Orat ne seperdat, She entreats that he would not destroy her. 3. Egi ne interessem. I managed that I should not be present. 4. Dum n e veniat t Provided he do not come. 5. Respondit ne cogitata quidem He replied that not even the latent. thoughts are concealed. 6. Vereor n e cadas, I am afraid that you may fall. 7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come. Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things as we wish, ne means that-not ; as, Paves n e ducas illam, You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. Ne, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, is often omitted ; as, cave titubes, take care that you do ?iol stumble. Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne- gative, and has the emphatic word between; as, ne hoc quidem, not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then. 122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. Gr. §74,); as, 1. Dixit ne ob hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this temndmus, account despise others. 123. Some prepositions are variously translated according to the meaning of the words, or the case with which they are connected; thus, LATIN IDIOMS. 51 1. In, followed by an accusative, means to. into, towards, for. against, &c, (§ 136, R. L.) 2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upon, among, in, in the case of, (§ 136, R. LI.) 3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among. 4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to. 5. Prce means before, in comparison of: — sometimes, more than. 124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc- cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated differently from the second, and usually in the following manner, (§149, Obs. 5.) Both Both 1. Et 2. Que 3. Aut, vel, sive, 4. Nee 5. Neque 6. Sive, seu Turn 8 . Cum or quum 9. Jam — 10. Nunc — 11. Simul - 12. Modo, alias and. and. Either Neither turn, < Whether or. Not only but also. Both and Not only but also. Both and Now then. At one time at another. Not only but also. No sooner than. As soon as instantly. At one time at another. Sometimes sometimes. ut, Corresponding Conjunctive Terms. Whether or. Whether or. So that; so Such, so great Such, of such a kind As soon as. As long as. As so. 13. Ne an, 14. Utrum an, 15. Ita, sic, tarn, adeo 16. Talis, tantus ut, 17. Is, ejusmodi ut t IS. Simul ac, or atque, 19. Tamdiu quamdiu 20. Ut sic, that that. Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must be supplied when an stands with the second; as, 21. Recti an perperam, (Whether) right or wrong. 52 INTRODUCTION. Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations. 1. There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in re- citing, unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are anxious to go over a great space in a short time should remember that a short lesson well prepared, is vastly more profitable than a long one ill prepared. Nothing is more injurious than superficial learning. Festina I cute. Hence, 2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got by all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it is thoroughly prepared. 3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or dictionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. And if more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try which will answer best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should he pass to another till he know all about this one — its class, gender, declension, &c, as directed Gr. § 153. And if he forget, he should look it out again, and if necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 4. Frequent and accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, are of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in the memory, the acquisitions made. 5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, should be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are easily formed, and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If proper attention has been paid to this in going through the grammar, there will be less difficulty now. In order to assist in this, the pupil should commit to memory and apply the few following General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 1. A vowel -before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus. 2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant is long by position; as, arma^fallo, axis. 3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, (Z and r,) is com- mon ; i. e. either long or short ; as, volucris, or volucris. 4. A diphthong is always long ; as, Ccesar, aurum. Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined by any of these rules, it is not marked; otherwise it is marked. 6. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read and translate his lesson, or even to parse it tolerably, but should try to understand the construction of every word, ana the connection and dependence of every part. And moreover, should hold himself ready, if called upon, to answer such questions as the following, viz: 1 Questions that may be asked concerning every sen- tence. Has this sentence any connection with the preceding? If so — What is the connecting word ? In arranging or construing this sen- INTRODUCTION. 53 tence, which word do you take first ? — which next ? — which next ? &c. Why? (See introduction — directions, &c.) In this sentence, what is the grammatical subject? What is the grammatical predi- cate ? What is the logical subject ? What is the logical predicate ? Which should be taken first? (§ 152.) In what voice, mood, and tease, is the verb ? Why? 2. Questions that may be asked when the words in the sentence render them proper. Is this sentence simple or compound ? If compound — What are the simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they con- nected? Analyze the whole, and each part, (§ 152.) Is this word simple or compound. If compound — Of what is it compounded? What is the meaning of each part? What is the meaning of the compound ? Form other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this word primitive or derivative ? If derivative — From what is it de- rived ? What is its primary meaning? What is its meaning here? (If different) — How came it to have this meaning? What English words are derived from it ? Change the verb, if active, into passive, and express the same idea — If passive, change it into the active, and express the same idea. Change the verb into different tenses, &c. Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun? 'Proper? or common? Why? In what case? Why? For what purpose is the nominative used? Is it the subject or predicate here? For what purpose is the genitive commonly used ? — the dative? — the accusa- tive ? — the vocative ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used, and by what is it governed here ? Adjectives. How do you know this word to bfc an adjective ? What noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here ? Is it compared ? Why ? Why not ? (If a numeral) — To what class does it belong ? Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun? To what class of pronouns does it belong ? (If used substantively) — Instead of what noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) — With what noun does it agree ? (If a relative) — What is its antecedent ? Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ? In Avhat mood, tense, number, person? For what purpose is the indicative mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the in- finitive ? For what purpose is it used here ? For what purpose is the present tense used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite? — indefinite ? — the pluperfect ? — the future ? — the future-perfect ? From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ? (§ 47.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting present time ? — past time? — future time ? How is the perfect trans- lated (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present time ? — past time ? — future time ? (§ 47.) In what mood is the lead- ing verb in oblique narration? (§ 141, R. VI. Exp.) In what mood are verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (§ 140, 6.) For what purpose is the participle used? How does it become an adjective ? How are gerunds used ? — supines ? 54 INTRODUCTION. Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the use of the adverb ? What word does it modify here ? What is the use of the preposition ? Between what words does it show the rela- tion here ? What is the use of the interjection ? What emotion does it express here ? What is the use of the conjunction ? What words or sentences does it join here ? 7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions to events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or customs of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready to tell something respecting them. This however should be only a secondary matter with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a more advanced stage; but still a little attention to it may serve to interest and stimulate him to further research. EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES. The references at the foot of each page to which a section mark ( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction. In the references which have not a section mark prefixed, the first number directs to the corresponding number in the preceding intro- duction, and the second to the example under that number. Thus, for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignus qui ametur, (p. 23,) and shows how the words qui ametur, in that, and all simi- lar constructions, are to be translated. The words particularly re- ferred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, are distin- guished by being printed in a different character. These references are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found a more valuable .aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms of the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the attentive pupil will soon become familiar. In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to the Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and applied. In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the letter R.; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup- plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for " supply," prefixed. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Substantives, Adjectives, and Adjective Pronouns Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately- then together — translate them in each case and number. (See Nos. 3, and 14.) Tell the case and number here, and translate them. Give the rule for their agreement (§ 98.). Show how they agree. Bonus vir. Ingenui pueri. Prima hora. Sumraum bonum. In omnibus terris. In toto orbe. Decimo anno aetatis (No. 11.). Melioris naturae. Praesens peri- culum. Muliebri habitu. Ad quinlum diem. Fugaces anni. Breve tempus. Altus mons. Arbor altissima. Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Praesente tempore. Meliore habitu. Ad omnem aetatem. Summi periculi. Totum annum. Brwis aetatis. Fugaces horae. Omni- bus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.). Ultima via. Ad imam vail em. Ille dies. Hoc tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nomen. Hie caper. Ista carmina. ^Lupus ipse. His montibus. Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta. Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri setosi caput. Pater nos- ter. Eodem tempore. The Verb and its JVominative. (§ 94, 7.). Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ; and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and per- son. Parse each word as directed, § 153, and show how the verb agrees with its nominative, according to § 101, Rule IV. Indicative Mood. Present. A mo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat. * The nominatives of the first and second persons, ego. tu, no*, vos. are usually omitted (§ 101, Obs. 1.). 56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Jftt Domiims jubet.f Servus paret. Tempus fugit.. Aves volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos monemus. Ignis urit. Lunalucet. Homines dormiunt. 2. Imperfect. Monebamus.^Rex regebat.> Vigil voca- bat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat. Stellse vide- bantur. Cameli currebant. Equus hinniebat. Boni homines amabantur. 3. Perfect. Nos amavimus. Illi monuerunt. Domi nus jussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip sistis. Arbores creverunt. Venisti. Amavi. 4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pueri legerant. Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Hie biberat. Amati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volaverant. Illi jusserant. Vos legeratis. Illi docuerant. 5. Future. Scribemus. Amabitis. Umb'ra fugiet. Viator cantabit. Erimus Uret^gnis. Deus dabit. Tempora venient, Illi monebunt. Nos moneblmur. 6. Future-Perfect. Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos venerimus. Moniti erimus. Hora fugerit. Docuero. Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. Ambulaverimus* Legero. Subjunctive Mood, i 1. Present. Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are- tur. Vos videatis. Tempus fugiat.y Luna luceat. Ven- tus spiret. Dormiamus. Hie capiatur. Illi equi currant. 2. Imperfect. Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege- rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi- lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremur. 3. Perfect. Miserim. Duxerimus. Si deus dederit. Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus/ Miles pugnaverit. Domus eedificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos amiseritis. Monuerimus. Illi ceperint 4. Pluperfect. Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Ama- INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES 67 vissem. Mercatores venissent. Poma pependissent. Vos vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri snripsissent. Fuissem. Literae scrip tse essent. Imperative Mood. Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes la- tranto. Scribe. Illi scribunto. Time. Currito. Au- ditote. Tene. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto. Literae leguntor. Diesabito. Miscellaneous Exercises. Ego eram. Sylva stabat. Musa canebat. Nox erat. Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus erit. Rura manebunt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. Non juravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat. Caesar vicit. Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. Vox auditur. Prgemia dentur. Bellum parabitur. Hostes capti essent. PoitaB panduntur. Verba legebantur. Leges datse sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur. Transitive Verbs and their Object. Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject of the verb, i. e. the person or thing that acts. Point out the object of the verb, i. e. the person or thing acted upon. State what case it is in, and give the rule. Audivi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Csesar vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (11.). Romiini bella para- bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo explicat pennas (No. 11.). Canis arcebat boves. Ac- cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. Bac- chus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit Cartha- ginem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitiae non semper felicitatem praestant. 58 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Verbs modified by Adverbs. Pugnat bene. Veniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est acriter. Res prospere gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit, fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem- per esto paratus. Nunquam dice mendacium.. Icito, statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephanti maxime ode- runt murem; gregatim ingrediuntur. Prepositions and their Cases. Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venit. In urbe habitat. Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Caesar tendit in Galliam. In rus abiit. Niobe lociita est in Apollinem et Dianam. Flumina in mare currunt. In forum descendit. In au- reo saeculo flores nascebantur sine semine. Hannibal bellum in Italia gessit. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 59 SIMPLE SENTENCES. General Remarks 1 A. simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or thing spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the sub- ject, § 152. In the natural order the subject is translated first, and the predicate last. 2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be limited by nouns in apposition — by nouns in the genitive case, and by adjectives and their regimen.* 3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs and adverbial phrases. 4. Both subject and predicate may be further modified and limited by circumstances of time, place, manner, &c, by a preposition and its regimen, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a re- lative or connective term; — and all these should occupy that place in the sentence in which their effect will be best perceived, and the meaning of the whole sentence be most clearly exhibited. N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil should now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of the Grammar, and commit to memory, so thoroughly as to have always ready at hand the " directions for beginners," p. 270, and the Rules for con- struing, p. 271. This being done, these rules should be applied in the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exercise becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention on the part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and the quantity read will necessarily be small; but both will be reward- ed tenfold for this labor by the ease, rapidity and certainty with which the pupil, even without the aid of his teacher, will soon ana- lyze and translate the most intricate sentences. Let the trial be properly made, and success is certain. * By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any word. Thus in the phrases, Amor p atria, avidus gloria , ama deum, adpatrem, the words patrice, gloria, dcum, patrem, are the regimen of Amor, avldus, ama, ad, respectively. (50 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 1. Subject and Predicate. The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in the nominative case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV The predicate, or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is usualJy placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows : 1. The predicate consists of a noun, an adjective, or a participle, in the same case with the subject, and connected with it by an in- transitive verb, or passive verb of naming, appointing, &c, called the copula. In all such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, comes under R. V ; — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the subject, and comes under R. II. (See § 103, Obs. 2;) or 2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limit- ing or modifying words. 1. The Predicate a Noun. Eurdpa est Peninsula* Tu eris rex. 9 - PlurimaB b stellse sunt soles* Boni pueri egregii viri* fient. Castor et Pollux erant c fratres* Ego sum discipulus .* Cicero factus est consul* Ego salutor poeta* 2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle. Terra est rotunda* Vita brevis A est. Vera amicitia est sempiternal Fames et sitis sunt c molestce. 6 Nemo semper felix A est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes. A Mundi innumerabiles sunt. d Nemo nimium bedtus d est. Avarus e nunquam est contentus. d Pater reversurus d est. Virtus laudan e?a, f ebrietas vitanda est. 3. The Predicate a Verb, &fc. — Jlctive Voice. Elephanti semper gregatim ambulant. 5 Cornices am- bulant f passeres et merulae saliuntf perdices curruntf plurimge h etiam nidificant. Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt. 8 Etiam infantes somniant. s ParvaB res crescunt. g *§103,R. d § 103, Obs. 2. «§101,R. IV. b 24, and § 26. ■ 19, 1. »» 19, Sup. aves. e § 102, R. I. f 108. 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 61 4. Passive Voice Oves non ublque tondentur* In India b gignuntur maxima animalia. In Africa 5 nee cervi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur* In Syria b nigri leones reperiuntur. Apud Romanos mortui c plerumque cremabantur. Fortes laudabuntur, ignavi c vituperabuntur. Litterae a Phcenicibus inventce d sunt. Carthago, Corinthus, Numantia, et multae alias urbes a Romanis eversce sunt. 5. Deponent Vei'bs. Formicas etiam noctu operantur. e Ursi interdum bipedes f ingrediuntur. Aquilse semper solae f prcedantur. Apud iEthi6pes g maximi elephanti in silvis b vagantur. Sturni et psittaci humanas voces h imitantur. 6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs, Active Voice 9 and Transitive Deponents. i^Diem 1 perdidi. Terra parit flores} Crocodilus ova 1 parit. Elephantus odit murem 1 et j suem.^ Cameli diu sitim k tolerant. LanaB nigrae nullum color em i bibunt. Senes minime sentiunt morbos i contagiosos. Cervi cornua 1 sua quotannis amittunt. Ceres frumentum' 1 invenit; Bacchus 1 vinum; s Mercu- rius * litteras. 1 » § 101, R. IV. • § 72. s § 116, R. XX. b § 136, R. LI. « § 98, Obs. 10. i § 149, R. « 19, 1. « § 136, R. XLVIII. k § 15, 1. a § 44, III. Note. h § 116, R. I. i § 101, Obs. 4. 6 62 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Canes soli a dominos b suos bene novere, soli nomtna sua agnoscunt. Hystrix aculeos h longe jaculatur. Sturni et c psittaci humdnas voces h imitantur. Miltiades Athenas* totamque Grceciam liberavit. The Genitive. The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which governs it, by connecting with that word the idea of origin, proper- ty, or possession, § 105. It is commonly governed, 1st. By substantives, § 106, Rules VI., VII., and VIII. 2d. By adjectives, § 107, viz: verbals, partitives, and adjectives of plenty or want; Rules IX., X., XI. 3d. By verbs. § 108. Rules XII., XIII., XIV.; also, Rules XXVII., XXVIII., § 126. R. I.. &IL, § 113, Exc. I. & II. See also § 95, 7, 4th, and 5th. 7. The Genitive governed by Substantives. Crescit amor nummi. d Infinita f est multitudo morborum d litter arum*- usus est antiquissimus. f Asia et c Africa greges h fer drum asinorum alit. g Magna f est lingudrum inter homines 1 varietas. Innumerabilia f sunt mortis d signa, salutis* paucissima. f Cyrus omnium in exercitu k suo militum d nomina b ten- ebat memoria. Canis vestigia 11 ferdrum d diligentissime scrutatur. Nemo non benignus est sui d judex. 6 Leonum d animi d index 6 cauda est. 8. Genitive governed by Adjectives. Semper fragilitdtis 1 humanae sis meraor/ * 16, 4. c § 103, R. V. i§ 136, R. XLVIII b § 116, R. XX. * § 103, Obs. 2. i § 106, Obs. 3. c § 149, R. « § 102, R. I. 4 i 36) R. LI. d § 106, R. VI. * § 116, R. I. »§ 107. R. IX. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 63 ElephantiyWgom a impatientes b sunt. Stultissima c animalium d sunt lanata. b VelocissTmum c omnium animaliumd est delphinus. Stultorum d neque quisquam beatus b est. Gallorum d omnium fortissimi b sunt Belgae. 9. Genitive governed by Verbs. Omnia e erant hostiumS Hoc e non nostri moris f est. Miserere nostril Amici ( est recordari amicorum) Platonem magni h eestimo, sed Socratem pluris. h Mon- uisti me diei 1 natdlis. Bonorum f est injuriarum* obli- visci, et beneficiii recordari. Stulti* est dicere k "non putaram." Est l magni laboris* multum scribere. k The Dative. The dative denotes the remote object to which any thing is done or given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, without directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 1. By substantives, § 110. 2. By adjectives, § 111. 3. By verbs, § 112, 123, and 126; R. III. and R. XXXIII. 10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives. Clodius semper virtuttbus m hostis 11 erat. Vir bonus amicis m et patrice decus 11 est. Nox somno v opportuna b est. Nero primo bonis m amicus, 11 et studio* musarum^ de- ditus b fuit; sed postea monitoribus* asper et iratus fuit, generi p humdno infestus, omnibus r inimicus, diis invisus, et multa illi* adversa fuerunL * § 107, R. IX. s § 108, R. XIII. »§ 110. R. i» § 103, Obs. 2. h § 122, R. XXVIII. » § 103, R. V. c 21, & R.X.Exp, i § 122, R. XXVII. ° § 149, R. <» § 107, R. X. J § 108, R. XIV. p § 111, R. e 19, 4. s § 144, R. LVI. i § 106, R. VI * § 108, R. XII. ■ 51. 1 « 19, 1 64 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. iEquus cunctis* et benignus esto, paucis* familiaris, hostlbus b mitis, et nemini molestus; sic omnibus a carus eris, et invisus nulli. h Asino h segni nullum onus gratum, et puero h igndvo omnis labor molestus est. 11. The Dative governed by Verbs. Natura animalibus c varia tegumenta d tribuit, testas, d coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. Homini e soli f avaritia et& ambitio data b est. Leoni 1 vis summa est j in pectore. Antiquissimis hominibus 1 specus erant k pro domibus. JVulli animdli 1 memoria major est, quam cani. s Gallinacei leonibus m terrori m sunt. Homini e plui ima ex homine l fiunt n mala. Homo furiosus ne liberis quidem suis* parcit. Via mali q omnibus r semper vitanda 8 est. The Accusative. The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of a transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive depo- nent verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. Camelus natural e odium ad versus equos x gerit. Pictae vestes jam ap u d Homerum 1 commemorantur. Multa animalia congregantur et contra alia n dimicant. * 19, 1. • § 112, R. II. q § 106, R. VI. b § 111, R. i 118,1. ' 5, 2, and 19, 1. '§123, R. * 118,2. • 108, 1, and * § 116, R. XX i § 136, R. XLIX. § 103, Obs. 2. e § 126, R. Ill *§ 114, R. t § 136, R. XLVII1 ' 16, 4. * § 83, Obs. 3. » § 19, 4, and e § 149, R. o § H2, R. V. & 7, 2. § 136, R.XLVIII b§ 44, III. Note. p 30,1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65 Hippopotamus segetrs circa JYilum* depascitur. Apud Romdnos u mortui plerumque cremabantur. Inter ornnes bestias a simia homini b simillima est. The Ablative. The ablative generally denotes that from which something is se- parated or taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. It is governed, 1. By nouns, § 118, or adjectives, §§ 107, 119, 120. 2. By verbs, §121, R. XXV., and XXVI. § 125, R. XXXVI., and § 126, R. V. 3. By prepositions. 4. It is used to express various circumstances, § 11, 5th & 6th. 13. The Ablative governed by Nouns and Adjectives. (jh'atid c opus est nobis d tua^ tuaqxxe auctoritdte* Nunc virlbus c opus est vobis, d nunc prudenti consilio. Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido colore? Catilina nobili genere s natus erat, magna vi f et anl mi h et corporis, 6 sed inge?iio f malo pravoque. Animus per somnum est sensibus 1 et curis e vacuus. Est philosophia paucis contents. juditibus. s Nihil video in Sulla odio s dignum, misericordia s dig- na multa. Natura parvo% contenta est. 14. The Ablative governed by Verbs Lesense jubai carent. Leones facile per triduum ciboi carent. Elephanti maxime amnibus* gaudent. Apes tinnitu k seris gaudent. Numidse plerumque lacte ] etferina carne m vescuntur. * § 136, R. XLVIII. f § 106, R. VII, & J § 121, R. XXV. b § 111, R. 6,1. *§ 121. Obs. 2. « § 118, R. and 6, 5, g § 119, R. i § 121, R. XXVI. <• § 112, R. II. h § 106, R. VI. ™§ 14, 5, and (1.) • § 149, R. and Exp. i § 107, R. XI. 66 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Plurlmis bonis* friumur atque utimur. b Hispania viris, c equis, ferro, plumbo, cere, argento, awroque abundat. 15. The Ablative governed by Prepositions. Quidam homines nati sunt cum dentibus. d Xerxes cum paucissimis militibus d ex Grcecia d aufu- git. Lucius Metellus primus e elephantos ex primo Punico hello d duxit in triumpho. Cantabit vacuus coram latrone d viator. Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant. Britannia a Phcenicibus inventa f est. Apes sine rege esse non possunt. Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. Dulce s est h pro patrid mori. 1 Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. Litteras a Phozniclbus invents f sunt. 16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub, § 136, R. L. and LI. Aquilse nidif leant j in ruplbus et arboribus. Coccyx semper parit in alienis nidis. In senectute hebescunt k sensus ; visus, auditus debili- tatur. 1 In India gignuntur maxima animalia. Hyaense plurimse in Africa gignuntur. In Africa, nec m cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. In Syria nigri leones reperiuntur. * § 121, R. XXVI. * § 44, III., Note. * § 88, 2. b § 149, R. and Exp. k § 98, Obs. 6. i § 102, Obs. 1. o § 121, R. XXV. *» 51, 1. » § 149, Obs. 5, and d § 136, R. XLIX. i § 144, R. LVI 124, 4. e § 98, Obs. 10. i §44,1., 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67 Serifs m avium fedeas. a Victi Persae in naves confugerunt. Numa Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit Pontius Theleslnus Romanos sub jugum misit. Gallia sub septentrionibus posita est. 17. The Ablative used to express various circumstances without a Preposition. The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a preposition, are Respect wherein, § 128; Cause, manner , means or in- strument, § 129; Place, § 130; Time, § 131; Measure, § 132; Price, § 133. Apri in inorbis sibi b medentur hederd. Pyrrhus rex, d tactu c pollicis in dextro pede,lien5sis e medebatur. Oleo inseeta exanimantur. Ferae domantur fame atque verberibus. Anacreon poeta d acino c uvae passae exstinctus est. Crocodilus pelle c durissima contra omnes ictus muni- tur. In Africa elephanti capiuntur foveis* Elephanli spirant, bibunt, odorantur probostide* Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur. Mures Alplni hints pedibus gradiuntur. Apes tinnitu aeris convocantur. Quibusdam in locis f anseres bis anno% velluntur. Color lusciniarum autumno h mutatur. Hieme s ursi in antris dormiunt. Nemo mortalium omnibus horis h sapit. Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur ; septimo § 45, I., 1, and ■ § 129, R. * § 136, R. LI. § 42, Obs. 4 and 5. * § 97, R. f § 131, R. XLI. § 112, R.V.&7.2. • §112,R.V.&19. 1. >> § 131. R. XL (56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Anlipater Sidonius, poeta, a quotannis, die natali suo b febre corripiebatur. JEstdte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. Isocrates orator imam orationem viginti talentis c ven- dldit. Luscinia Candida, sex sestertiis c Roma? venit. 18. Nouns in Apposition. PlurimiScythse, bellicosissimi homines? lacte d vesciin- tur. Delphinus, animal a homini e amicum, cantu f gaudet. Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentissimce urbes, s ed- dem anno a Romanis eversse h sunt. Quam brevi tempore 1 popiili Romani, omnium gen- tium victoris* libertas fracta h est ! Mithridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex Armenius^ excepit. Circa Cyllenen, montem in Arcadia, meruit nascuntur. 19. The Infinitive Mood without a Subject. The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the subject of a verb, § 144, R. LVL, or as the object of another verb, R. LVIL; and in this case always expresses an act or state of the sub- ject of the verb that governs it. In the following, let the pupil state whether the infinitive is the subject or the object of the verb with which it is connected. Errdrei est humanum. k Turpe k est beneflcium repetere) Benenciis' gratiam non referre etiam turpius est. Parentes suos non amdre est impium. k *§97, R. •§111, R. »§131, R.XLI. b § 131, R. XL. f § 121, Obs. 2. J § 144, R. LVI. o § 133, R. s § 97, Obs. 2. * § 98, Obs. 6. * § 121, R. XXVI. * § 44, III., Note. ' § 123 R. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69 Te cupio videre.* Volui dormire* Aude ccntemnere a opes. Carmina possumus dondre. Poteram contingere ramos. Nihil amplius scribere possum. Ego cupio ad te venire. Intelligere non possum. Cessator b esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangere? Philippus volebat c amdri. Alexander metui volebat. Tecum d vivere amo. Naturam mutdre pecunia nescit. Bene ferre disce magnam fortunam. Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat. e Dici beatus b ante obitum nemo debet. iEquam memento f rebus in arduis servdre mentem. Aurum vestibus s intexere invenit rex Attalus. Non omnes homines aBquo am5re h complecti possumus. Illecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus. RomaB i elephantes per funes incedere docebantur. 20. Gerunds. Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time, govern the case of their own verbs, § 147. Etiam post malam messem serendumi est. Omnibus •> aliquando moriendum* est. Semper pugnandum^ est contra cupiditates et lubidi- nem. Plurima?. k sunt illecebrae peccandi) Artem scribendi J PhceniceSj artem acu pingendi 1 Phry- ges invenerunt. Cupiditas vivendi nunquam immensa b esse debet. • § 144, R. LVII. § 42, Obs. 5. J § 147, R. LXI., & *> § 103, Obs. 6. « § 84, 2. Obs. 1. e § 44, II., 1. % § 123, R. k § 103, Obs. 2. d § 90, 2. h § 129, R. ' § 147, Obs. 2. • § 45, I. 1, and < § 130, 1, & 4, 1 70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Honestissima est contentio beneficiis a beneficia vin- cendi. Homo natura a est cupidus nova semper videndi et audiendi. Libri sunt inutiles ignaro b legendi. Olim calamus adhibebatur scribendo* Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. Culex habet telum et d fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum. Non omnes sequallter ad disce?idum e proni sumus. Simise catulos saepe complect endo f necant. Beneficia exprobrando* corrumplmus. Amicus amicum semper aliqua re a juvabit, aut re, aut consilio aut consolando f certe. 21. Gerundives. Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, and agreeing in gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49-7, and § 147, R. LXII. Initum est consilium urbis delendcef civium trucidan- ddrumf nominis Romani exstinguendi. s Puer par est oneri h ferendo. Omnes civitates Greeciaa pecuniam ad classem (Bdifican* dam, et exercitum comparandum dederunt. Vir bonus, in mails aliorum amovendis, seipsum sub- levat. Compound Sentences. A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences connected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §§ 149, 99, 140 and 141. • *$ 129, R. 124, 1. 6 § 147, R. LXII, & b 19, Sup, homlni. e § 147, Obs. 4. 112. « § 147, Obs. 3. » § 147, Obs. 5. * § 111, R. d § 149, Obs. 5, and INTROOUCTOKY EXERCISES. 71 22. Conjunctions. - Sol ruit,c£ a monies umbrantur. Vir h bonus et prudens clioi delector ego. Immensa est, finem^c 6 potentia Dei non habet. Accipere d preestat qudm a facere injuriam. Rapere at que abire semper assuevit lupus. Semper honos, nomenque c tuum,laudes5#e manebunt. Sapientem neque e paupertas, neque mors, neque vin- cula terrent. Juno erat Jovis et f soror et conjux. Nox erat, et fulgebat luna. In prselio cita mors venit, aut victoria lseta. Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt. s Leti vis rapuit, rapiet^we gentes. Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses. Si h divitise felicitatem prsestant, avaritia prima virtus est. 23. Adverbs. Quoties literas tuas lego, omnem mihi 5 praeteriidruiil temporum memoriam in mentem revoco. Magna j debemus suscipere, dum vires suppetunt. Cervi, quamdiu cornibus k carent, noctu ad pabula procedunt. Quidam crocodilum, 1 quamdiu vivat, m crescere 11 exis- timant, vivit autem multos annos.° Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra, p sequitur. * § 149, R. i 124, 1. i § 145, R. LVIII. b § 103, Obs. 6. e § 102, R. I. » § 141, Obs. 8. « § 93, Obs. 2. »» § 140, Obs. 3, n 95, 1. a § 144, R. LVL, & " § 110, Obs. 1, &5, 3 » §. 131, R. XLI Obs. 1. J 19, 4. p § 97. • § 149 ,R. & Obs 1. * § 121. R. XXV 72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 24. Comparison. Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, quam, ac, atque, connecting the words denoting the things compared in the same case, § 149,- — and 2d, By the ablative after the comparative without a conjunction, § 120. Canes Indici grandiores sunt quam ceteri. a Nullum malum est vehementius b et importunius b quam invidia. c Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus quam hominum. d Latro ferae e est similior quam homini. c Major est animi voluptas quam corporis. 11 In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior quam in valli- bus. Comparison without a Conjunction. Nihil est clementicL f divinius. Aurum gravius est argento. f Adam as durior est j 'err of ferrum durius ceteris me- tallis. . Luna terras propior est sole. Quid magis est durum saxo, quid mollius aqua 1 25. Relative Pronouns. (§ 99.) Non omnis ager, qui s sentur, fert fruges. Psittacus, quern India mittit, reddit verba^ qua accepit. Achilles ) cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, ad Hellespontum sepultus est. Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore, quam musca alis h integebat. Qui 1 bonis non recte utitur, ei* bona mala fiunt. k a § 149, R. and 19. e §Hl,R. i § 99, Exp. & 43, 1 " § 103, Obs. 2. * § 120, R. and 6, 3. J § 126, R. III. ' § 149, R. s § 99, R. * § 83, Obs. 3. <* § 106, Obs. 3. h § 129, R INTRODUCTORY KXJERCISES. 73 Beneficiuiu remiit, qui- ejus b bene memor est. Grues in itineribus ducem^ quern sequantur, c eligunt Copias suas Cansar in proximum collem subduxit, equi- tatumque, qui sustineret d hostium impetum, misit. Subjunctive Mood. The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected with the leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the relative pronoun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but not directly asserted or vouched for, it is translated by the English indicative. When it expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but only as conditional or contingent, as what may, can, might, or should take place, it is translated by the English potential, § 42, II., and § 140, and 141 26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum. Platea, cum devoratis se implevit e conchis/ testas evomit. Ceres frumenta invenit, cum antea homines glandibus 5 vescer entur. e Nave h primus 1 in Graeciam Danaus advenit, cum an- tea ratibus h navigareturJ Alexander, rex k Macedonian, cum Thebas cepissetf Pindari vatis k familise m pepercit. 27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles. (§140.) Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu n tur- mse equitum condantur. Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno h premuntur, ut ne vulneribus h quid em excitentur .° * 37, 1st. 3. 8 § 121, R. XXVI. > § 140, Obs. 4, and b § 107, R. IX. h § 129, R. 74, 8. «=§ 141, R. II.&40,5 i § 98, Obs. 10. m § 112, R. V. «»§141,R.II.&40,4. i § 85, 3, & § 140, " § 136, R. LI. • § 140. Obs. 3. Obs 3. ° § 140, 1, 1st. f § 125. H. " § 97, R. 7 A- . 74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Delphini tanta intenlum vi e mari exsiliunt, ut Yela* nsivium transvolent. h In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudmem adolescunt, ut integros hauriant b cervos taurosque. Fac, c ut homines animum tuum pluris faciant* quam omnia, quae illis e tribuere possis. f Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum s prseter Apellem^m- geret. h Pythagoreis 1 interdictum fuit, J ' ne k fabis 1 vescerentur. h Oculi palpebris m sunt muniti, ne 11 quid incidat. h Nihil fere tarn reconditum est, quin° quaerendo m inve- niri possit. Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tam vesperi do- mum p revertor, quin° te in fundo conspicer fodere, q aut arare, q aut aliquid facere. Xerxes non dubitabat, quin copiis suis Graecos facile superaturus esset.* 28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect question. (§ 140, 5.) Quaeritur, unus ne 8 sit 1 mundus, an plures. Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu™ ne* f actus sit x mundus, an mente m divina. Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrum lmpe- rium servdret* an deponeret. Perperam quaeritur, num in amici gratiam jus violari possit} » § 136. R, LII. h § 137, R. and Exp. n 121,1. » § 140, 1, 1st. and § 140, 1, 3d. • § 140, 3. § 79, 4. » § 126, R. III. p § 130, 4. « § 140, 1, 3d. i 51,3. i 89, 1. • § 123, R. * 121, 6. ' § 45, 1. f § 141, Obs.8. » § 121, R. XXVI. ■ 124, 13. * 32,8 . w § 129, R. * § 140. 6. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75 Ciconiae quonam e loco veniant, aut in quas se regiSnes conferant, incompertura est. a Quis nuraerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacrjf- mas fuderit ? 29. Subjunctive after the Relative. (§ 141.) Quis est qui nesciat h quid voluptas sit 1 C Non invenies qui Demosthenem oratorem maximum esse neget. h Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivatf ut impiine necari posset. d Caesar legatos misit, qui iter cognoscerent. e Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant. h Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam lege- rim. { Veiba, qua sententias indicentf reperta sunt. Peccavisse mihi videor, g qui a te discesserim. h Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scriberentf Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die qua in potestatem Pcenorum venisset} 30. The Infinitive with a subject , § 145. The infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or po- tential in English. Its subject, which is always in the accusative, is translated in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction thai before it. It forms a distinct but dependent proposition which, like the infinitive without a subject, forms either the subject or object of the verb on which it depends. (See § 145.) Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Cariae monte, hospites a scorpionibus non Icedi, indigenas interimi.^ • 51, 3. * § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. « § 141, R. VI. » § 141, R. I. f § 141, Obs. 4. i § 126, R. III. e § 140, 5. s 70, 2. * 95, 4, & § 145. * § 140, 1, 1st. h § 141, R. III. 7tf INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. M Varro narrat, a cuniculis suffossum 11 in Hispania Qpyidumf a talpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas h urbis in Gallia pulsosf ab locustis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula incolas h a munbusfugatos, in Italia Jimyclas a serpen- tibus deletas esse. Observatum est, c pestilentiam h semper a meridianis partibus ad occidentem ire. d Homerus Pygmceos h populum ad oceanum, a gruibus infestdri* prodidit; Aristot&les eosdem in cavemis vivere d narrat. Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores h ever- sos esse/ Virgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina h sua ere- marif id h Augustus^/teW^ vetuit. Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam h Hispanise gentes fatidicam h esse 1 credebant. Illustre est inter philosophosnomen Anaxagora3j5wem b veteres nunquam in vita, risissei fertfnt. 31. Participles. (§146.) Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which they agree in gender, numher, and case, in the same manner as the adjectives ; and at the same time govern the case of their own verb. Exempla fortune variantis k sunt innumera. h Galli diem venientem cantu nuntiant. Cecrops urbem l a se conditam h appellabat Cecropiam. 1 a § 47, 6, 8c 97, 4. • 95, 4. • 90, 2, or 91, 4 b § 145, R. and Exp. * 97, 6. i 91, 4. « 51, 2, &94. 1. s 96, 12, or 90, 4. k 101, 1 <» 95, 1. * § 103. Obs. 2. i § 116, Obs. 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. tl Augustus primus a Romse b tigrin c ostendit mansue- f actum. d Gymnosophistae in India toto die e ferve?itibus <1 arenis f insistunt, Solem s intuentes. Epimenides puer, 11 sestu 1 et itinere J fessus, k septem et quinquaginta annos e in specu dormivisse dicitur. Julius Ceesar simul dictare, 1 et legentem™ audire solebat. Leo prostratis 11 parcit. Aves aduncos ungues habentes carne vescuntur, nee unquam congregantur. Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro 1 ad fera- rum lustra trahit. Beneficium non in eo p consistit, quod datur, sed in ipso dantis m ammo. Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo q i?m- dentis excedunt. Interdum delphini conspecti sunt, defunctum d delphl- num portantes, et quasi funus agentes. Multa, quae de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis k pro- duntur, fabulosa r videntur. Homo quidam, lapTde ictus f oblitus est literas; 9 alius, ex prsealto tecto lapsus, matris et affinium nomina dicere non potuit. L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prczliatus, quadra- ginta quinque cicatrices ad verso corpore f habebat, nul- lam in tergo. a § 98, Obs. 10. s § 116, R. I. *§ 112.R.V. &19, 1 b § 130, 1, & 4, 1 h 13, 2. " § 121, R. XXVI c § 15, 13. ; § 129, R. p 19, 4. d 101, 7, and 8. J § 149, R. i § 112, R. IV. e § 131, R. XLI. and k 101, 4. ' § 103, Obs. 2. 6,6, 1 § 144, R. LVII. • § 108, R. XIV. f § 136, Obs. 5, (in) ™ 19", 1. 78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Leones satidti mnoxii sunt. Elephantes nemmi* nocent, nisi tucessiti. Elephantes amnem b transituri* minimos prsemittunt. Pavo lauddtus* gemmdtam pandit caudam. Gallus, ab adversario victusf occultatur d silens, et ser- vitium patitur. Leo vulnerdtus c percussorem intelligit, et in quanta- llbet multitudine appetit. Olores iter facientes c colla imp5nunt prcecedenttbus ; * fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. Testudines in mari degentes conchyliis f vivunt; in ter- ram egressaf herbis. f Sarmatae longinqua itinera facturif inedia pridie prae- parant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque ita lon- gissimam viam continuo cursu conficiunt. Elephanti, equitatu circumventi, infirmos aut fessos vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt. Multos morientes cura sepulturae angit. Danaus, ex .ZEgypto in Grseciam advectus, rex h Argi- vorum factus est. Alexander, Bucephalo equo 1 defuncto^ duxit exequias, urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumulo j circum- dedit. P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres omnibus ejus bonis k institutusf in rogum ejus se conji- ceret x et concremaretur. m * § 112, R. V. ' § 121, Obs. 2. i § 123, R. &Obs. 3, * § 136, R. LII. e 105, 1. & 119, 2. « § 146, Obs. 6. h § 103, R. &Exp. * § 110, Obs. 1. d 116, 7. ' 9, 1. & § 146, R. i § 140, 1, 1st. ° § 123, R. & 19. LX. m § 149, R. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 79 Erinacei voiutali* super poma, humi b jacentia, ilia spinis c afflxa in cavas arbores portant. Indicum mare testudines tanta? magnitudmis d alit, ut singular tugurio tegendo e sufficiant/ Leones, series facti^ appetunt homines s quoniam ad persequendas feras vires non suppetunt. Struthiocamelis h ungula? sunt cervlnis 1 similes, com- prehendendisi lapidibus utiles, quos k in fuga contra se- quentes l jaculantur. 32. Ablative Absolute. (§ 146, R. LX.) Senescente Luna m ostrea tabescere dicuntur, crescente eddem, gliscunt. Cepe contra, Luna deficiente, revires- cere, adolescente, inarescere dicitur. Ge?yone n inter emto Hercules in Italiam venit. Sabinis 11 debellatis, Tarquinius triumphans Romam rediit. Jasone m Lycio interfecto^ canis, quern habebat, cibum capere noluit, inediaque confectus est. Regis Lysimachi canis, domino m accensae pyrse e impo- sito, in flammas se conjecit. . Nicomede m rege interfecto, equus ejus vitam finlvit inedia. Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,°^'o victore p Olym- pise, q pree gaudio exspiravit. * 116,4. s 112,7. Obs. 9. f § 130, Obs. 7. h § 112, R. II. ° § 146, Obs. 9, and c§126, R. III. ! 19, § 106, Obs. 4. 104,1. a § 106, R. VII. i 112, 6. • § 107, Obs. 8. «§ 147, Obs. 3,ScR. " § 116, R. I. p § 146, Obs. 10. and LXII. & § 112, « 19,1. 110,4. R. IV. & 112, 6 ■« § 146, R. LX, and q § 130, 1. & 4, 1 f $ 140, 1 1st. FABLES FROM JESOl? 1. Accipiter et Columba. Columb^ milvii metu accipitrem a rogaverunt,* ut eas b defenderet. c Ille b annuit. At in (l columbare receptus, uno die e majorem stragem edidit, quam milvius longo tempore 6 potuisset edere. f Fabula docet, malorum s patrocinium vitandum h esse. 1 2. Mus et Milvius. Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum a exoravit, ut eum, corrosis plagis J liberaret. c Quo k facto, milvius liberatus murem arripuit et devoravit. Hsec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali s pro bene- ficiis reddere soleant. 1 N 3. Hcedus et Lupus. Hcedus, stans in m tecto domus, lupo 11 praetereunti ° * The remote object of rogaverunt here is accipitrem; the imme- diate, ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX § 124.) So generally in these fables, after inquit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate ob- ject of the verb is a clause expressing the thing said or replied, and, if in direct discourse (§ 141 R. VI. Explan.), is printed in italics. 63,3. « 88,5. * 38, 5. 27, 6. e 20, 1. I 74. 9. 78, 5. § 140, 1, 3d. h 108,4. m 123,2. 123, 2. i 95, 1. » § 112, R. Ill 7. 3 6 6. j 109. 2. 104 1 101,1. -W- FABLES FROM JESOP. 81 maledixit. Cui a lupus, Non tic* inquit, sed tectum mihi c maledicit. Saspe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddit. d 4. Grus et Pavo. Pavo, coram grue pennas suas e explicans, Quanta* est , in quit, u for mo sit as mea et tua deformitas I At grus evo- lans, Et quanta est, inquit, levitas mea et tua tarditas I Monet" heec fabula, ne s ob aliquod bonum, quod no- bis nattira tribuit, k alios contemnamus, h quibus a natura alia 1 et fortasse majora 1 dedit. k 5. Pavo. Pavo graviter conquerebatur ] apud Junonem, domi- nam suam, e quod vocis suavitas sibi m negata esset, n dum luscinia, avis tarn parum decora, cantu excellat. n Cui a Juno, Et meritby inquit ; ?wn enim omnia bona y in unum conferri oportuit. 6. Anseres et Grues. In eodem quondam prato pascebantur 1 anseres et grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola- bant; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate, q depre- hensi r et mactati sunt. Sic seepe pauperes, 8 cum potentioribus in eodem crim- me deprehensi, soli* dant pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. a 63, 1. & § 123, h 77, 3, &§ 140, 1,3d .p 9, and 109, 1 Obs. 2. « 19, 4. q § 129. *>§ 102, Obs. 3. k 72, 1. «■ 115, 1. «§ 112, R. III.&7,3 i § 44, II. 1. » 20. d§ 102, Obs. 1. » 64, 2. t 16, 4. « 30, i. » § 141, Obs. 7. «§ 116, Obs. 6. ' 48. ° 16,5. v § 113, Exc. Ill g 121,3. 82 FABLES FROM JEHOT. 7. Capra et Lupus. Lupus capram in a alta rupe stantera conspicatus, Cur ?wn, inquit, relinquis h nuda ilia et sterilia loca, et hue descendis in c herbidos campos, qui tibi Icetum pabulum offeruntl Cui d respondit capra: Mihi e non est in ammo, dulcia f tutis f prceponere. 8. Venter et Membra. Membra quondam dicebantventri: d Nos?ie e te semper h ministerio nostro alemus, dum ipse 1 summo otioi frueris ? Nonfaciemus.* Dum igitur ventri k cibum subducunt, corpus debilitatur, et membra 1 sero invidiae suae pceni- tuit.™ 9. Canis et Boves. Canis jacebat n in a praesepi bovesque latrando ° a pab- ulo arcebat. Cui d unus p boum, Quanta ista q inquit, in- vidia est , quod non pateris, ut eo cibo* vescdmur,* quern tu ipse 1 caper e nee velis 9 nee possis!* Hsec fabiila invidiae indolem declarat. 10. Vulpes et Leo. Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei 1 forte occurrisset, u ita est v pertemta, ut paene moreretur w for- * Supply hoc. 19, 4. a 123, 2. » 32, 2. i § 31, Obs. 2. t> 56, 2d., 3d. J § 121, R. XXVI. ' 84, 4. c 123, 1 * 5. 1. - § 141, Obs. 8. d 63, 1. » § 113, Exc. II. * 7, 2, & § 112, e 118, 7, and 51. * 66, 9, R. IV. f 19, 4. & § 123. R. a § 44, II. 1 « 74, 8. e 58,7. o 111,5. * 124, 15. b 120. p 21, 2. w§ 140,1, 1st. &74,4 FABLES FROM ^SOP. , ■ 83 midine.* Eundem conspicata b iterum, timuit quidem, sed nequaquam, c ut antea. c Tertio illi d obviam facta, ausa est etiam propius accedere, eumque e alloqui. 1 1 . Cancri. Cancer dicebat f filio s : Mi h filij ne* sic obliquis semper gresslbus* incede, sed recta via* perge. Cui ille. Mi pater , respondit, libenter tuis prceceptis k obsequar, si te priiis idemfacientem videro} Docet heec fabula, adolescentiam m nulla re a magis quam ex'emplis 11 instrui. 12. Boves. In eodem prato pascebantur f tres boves in maxima concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti erant. Sed dissidio q inter illos orto, sin^uli a feris petiti r et laniati sunt. Fabula docet, quantum boni s sit * in concordia. 13. Asinus. Asinus, pelle u leonis indutus, territabat homines et bestias, tanquam ]eo esset. v Sed forte, dum se celerius w » § 129. i § 10, Exc. 5. q 9, 1, & 109, 5 b 105, 1, i § 142, 2. ' 115, 1. c Sup. timuit. k 7, 2. • § 106, R. VIII J § 135, R. XLVII. • § 44, VI. « § 140, 5. « § 136, R. LII. m § 145, R. LVIII. « 64, 7. r § 44, II. & § 123, » § 120, Obs. 1. * § 140, 2. Obs. 2. ° 95, 4. w 22, 3, and § 120 s 11. p§ 151, R. II. 2d. Obs. 5. »> § 20, Note 1. 84 FABLES FROM JESOP. ino\et, aures eminebant; unde agmtus in a pistriiram ab- ducius est, ubi pcenas petulantiee dedit. Heec fabula stolidos b notat, qui immeritis honoribus" superbiunt. 14. Mulier et Gallina. Mulier quaedam habebat gallinam, quae ei quotidie ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari d coepit, illani e auri massam inlus eel are/ et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil in ea repent, nisi quod s in aliis gallinis reperiri solet. Itaque dum majoribus divitiis h inhiabat, etiam minores 1 perdidit. 15. Viator es et Asinus. Duo b qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem in solitudine conspicati, j % accurrunt laeti, et uterque eum sibi vindicare coepit, quod eum prior k conspexisset. 1 Dum vero contendunt et rixantur, nec m a n verbenbus absti- nent, asinus aufugit, et neuter eo° potltur. 16. Corvus et Lupi. Corvus partem praedse petebat a lupis, quod eos totum diem 1 ' comitatus esset. 1 Cui illi, JVon tu nos, inquiunt, sed prcedam sectdtus es, idque* 1 eo animof ut ne nostris quidem corporlbus r parceresf si exanimarentur. 1 » 123, 1. * § 112, R. IV. ° 7, 3, & § 121, R. b 19, 1. » Sup. divitias. XXVI. ° § 129, R i 105, 1. p § 131, R. XLI. i § 144. R. LVII. * § 98, Obs. 10. q Sup . fecisti. e § 145, R. LVIII. 1 § 141, Obs. 7. '§ 112, R. V. &7, I, r 96. 4. m § 93, 1. * § 140, 1. 1st. ' 37' 2. » § 136, Obs. 7. » § 140, 2. FABLES FROM -ESOP. 85 Merito in actionibus non spectatur, quid fiat, a sed quo ammo fiat. a 17. Past ores et Lupus. Pastores caesa ove convivium celebrabant. Quod c quum lupus cerneret, d Ego, inquit, si agnum rapuissemf quan- tum tumultus fieret / f At isti% impune ovem comedunt ! Turn unus ill5rum, h Nos enimf inquit, nostra, non atte- nd, ove 1 epuldmur. 18. Carbonarius et Fullo. Carbonarius, qui spati5sam habebat domum, invitavit fullonem,ut ad se commigrareU Ille respondit: Qucenam inter nos esse possit k societas ? quum tu vestes, quas ego nitidas reddidissem, 1 fuligtne et maculis inquinaturus esses. m Hasc fabula docet dissimilia 11 non debere conjungi. p 19. Tubicen. Tubicen ab hostlbus captus, Ne q me, inquit, interficite; nam inermis sum, neque 1 ' quidquam habeo prceter hanc tubam. At hostes, Propter hocipsum, inquiunt, te inter- imemus, quod, quum ipse 9 pugnandi x sis n imperitus, alios ad pugnam incitdre soles. Fabula docet, non soliim malef icos v esse puniendos, w sed x etiam eos, qui alios ad male faciendum y irritent. 1 •§ 140,5, &74,9. § 140, 1, 3d. * 32, 2. «> 9, 1, & 109, 2. * 77, 4. t § 147, Obs. 2 & • 38, 4.&§99,Obs.8 J § 141, Obs. 8. § 109, R. IX.' & 74, 3. » § 79, 8. «• § 140, Obs. 3. e 74, 7, & § 140, 2. a 19, 4, &§ 145, R. * 19, 1. t § 140, 5. LVIII. * 108, 4, & e § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. o 95, 1. § 146, Obs. 5. h 21, 2. p § 144, Obs. 2. * § 149 R. LXV. j § 121, Obs. 2. q § 142, 2. y § 147, Obs. 4. ' 78, 5. & r§93 ' 1 8 ■ Sup. Verum est. 86 FABLES PROM JESOP. 20. Jiccipitres et Columbce. Accipitree quondam acerrime inter se belligerabant. Hos columbae in a gratiam reducer e conata3 b effecerunt, ut illi pacem inter se c facerent. d Qua e firmata, accipi- tres vim suam f in ipsas columbas converterunt. Hsec fabula docet, potentiorum discordias imbecilliori- bus s saepe prodesse. 21. Mulier et Gallina. Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligentius saginaret, 11 fore, 1 ut ilia bina aut terna ova quotidie par- eret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis esset facta, j plane ova parere desiit. Hsec fabula docet, avaritiam saepe damnosam esse. 22. Vulpes et Uva. Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata b ad illam subsiliit omnium virium suarum f contenti5ne, k si earn forte attin- gere posset. 11 Tandem defatigata inani labore k disce- dens dixit: Jit nunc etiam acerbce sunt, nee 1 eas in vid repertas m toller em. n Hsec fabula docet, multos ea° contemnere, quae se assequi posse desperent. p » 123, 1. s§ 112, R.I. i § 93, 1. »> 105, 2, * § 140, 2. * 101, 4. c 31, Note. i § 145, Obs. 6. » 78, 8. d § 140, Obs. 1, 3d. J 74, 8. ° 19, 1,&4. • 38, 3. * § 129, R. p § 141, Obs. 8. ' 31,3. FABLES FROM jESOP. 87 23. Vulpes et Lecena. Vulpes leaense 3 exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catu- lum pareret. b Huic dicitur respondisse, TJnum, sed led- nem. Haec fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum sestiman- dam c esse, docet. 24. Mures. Murjes aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomodo sibi a fele caverent. d Multisaliis e propositis, omnibus f placuit,s ut ei h tintinnabulum annecteretur; 1 sic enim ipsos J soni- tu admonitos earn fugere posse. k Sed quum jam inter mures quaereretur, 1 qui fell m tintinabulum annecteret, 11 nemo repertus est. Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces, sed in ipso periculo timidos. p 25. Canis Mordax. Cani h mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex sere appendi, q ut omnes eum cavere possent. 1 Ule verb seris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtutis suae praemium r esset, 8 alios caries prae se contemnere coepit. Cui unus senior, 1 te u stolldum^ inquit, qui ignordre videris™ isto tinnitu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdri! y » 63,2; &§ 123, R. 1 32,8. 96, 1. * § 136, R. LI. e 9,1,& 109, 5. » 68, 3. c § 123, R. XXIX. h 123, 1. » 90, 2. J § 140. 5. I 105, 1. o 38, 3. c§ 141, R. III. J § 117, R. XXI. p§ 140, 1,3d. t 74, 3, 8c k§ 112, R. IV. q 38, 4. 90 CABLES FROM ^SOl*. illos," quam firma res b esset c concordia, quamque im- becillis discordia. 31. Equus et Jlsinus. Asinus onustus sarcmis equum a rogavit, u- aliqua parte' 1 oneris se e levaret, si se e vivum videre vellet. f Sed ille asini preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur asi- nus labore consumptus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, atque insiiper etiam pellem asmo e detractam in h equum imposuit. Ibi ille sero 'priorem superbiam dep!5rans, me miserum, inquit, qui parvulum onus in h me recipere noluerimf quum nunc cogar^ tantas sarcinas ferre, una cum pelle comitis mei, cujus preces tarn superbe con- tempseram. . 32. Mulier et Ancilla. Mulier vidua, quee texendo k vitam sustentabat, solebat ancillas suas 1 de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primura galli cantum audivisset. At ills diuturno labore fatiga- tse statuerunt gallum interficere. m Quo" facto, deteriore conditi5ne° quam prius* esse coeperunt. Nam domina, de hora noctis incerta p nunc famulas saepe jam prima nocte q excitabat. * Supply fulrant. a 63, 4, 3. t § 126, R. V. ■» § 144. R. LVII. b 57, 6, and Note. h 123,1. » 38,5, & 109, c § 140, 5. i § 141, R. III. <> § 136, Obs. 5. a § 125. J 74, 1. P 16. c § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. *§ 147, Obs. 5. 1 § 131, R. XL. f §140,2. 1 30,1. FABLES FROM J2SOP. 91 33. Testudo et Aquila. Testiido aqiulam magnopere orabat, ut sese a voJare doceret. Aquila ei ostendebat quidem, eam b rem petere c natural suae contrariam; sed ilia nihilo 6 minus instabat, et obsecrabat aqullam, ut se a volucrem facere f vellet. Itaque ungulis arreptam* aquila sustulit in sublime, et de- misit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn in saxa incidens comminuta interiit. Heec fabula docet, multos^ cupiditatibus suis occoeca- tos consilia prudentiorum respuere s et in exitium mere g stultitia sua. h 34. Luscinia et Jlccipiter. Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae, 1 quum in- telligeret sibi-J mortem g impendere, ad preces conversa orat accipitrem, ne k se perdat sine causa. Se s enim avidissimum ventrtm- illius non posse explere, et suadere adeb, ut grandiores aliquas volucres venetur} Cui ac- cipiter, Insanirem™ inquit, si partam pradam amitteref et incerta ° pro certis ° sectdri vellem? 35. Senex et Mors. Senex in silv'a ligna ceciderat, iisque q sublatis domum r * Supply illam. • § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. b 91- 2. » 78, 8. *> 27, 2, 6, and 91, h 31, 3. » 87, 5. § 145, Obs. 1, &2. " 39,5. ° 19,4. ■ 96, 1. i § 112, R. IV. p§ 140, 2. d § 111, R. k 121,2. q 9, 1, &109. • § 132, R. XLIII. > § 141, Obs. 8. ' § 130, R. XXXIX. f 87. 5. 92 FABLES FROM ^ESOP. redJre cuepit. Quum aliquantunr 1 viae b progressus esset, c et d onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et secum setatis et inopise mala contemplatus 6 Mortem clara voce invocavit, quae f ipsum % ab omnibus his malis h liberaret. f Turn Mors senis precibus auditis 1 subito adstitit,* et, quid vellet, j percunctatur. k At Senex, quern 1 jam voto- rum m suSrum poenitebat, 1 Nihil, \ inquit, sed requiro, qui n onus paululum allevet* dum ego rursus subeo.% 36. Inimici. In eadem navi vehebantur duo, qui inter se p capitalia odia exercebant. Unus eorum q in prora, alter in puppi residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes de vita desperarent, interrogat is, r qui in puppi sedebat, gubernatorem , Utram partem navis prius submersum iri 8 existimdret) Cui gubernator, Proram,||respondit. Turn ille, Jam mors mihi non molesta est, quum inimici mei mortem adspecturus sim. x 37. Hinnuleus et Cervus. Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- gasse dicitur : Mi u pater, quum multo v sis w major canibusf * Supply seni, § 112, R. IV. f Supply volo. X Supply id, viz : onus ;| Supply prius submersum iri. * § 132. i 74, 16. q 21, 2. b § 106, R, VIII. k § 137, Obs. 1. r 34, and 35. « 74, 8. i 66, 9. " 100, 7. d 124, 1. * § 113, Exc. II. t § 45, 1, & § 79, 8 e 106, 1. » 37, 1, &. » § 20, Note 1. f 40, 4. § 99, Obs. 1, 4tb v § 132, R. XLIII. « 32, 8. ° 19, 1. " 74, 1. h § 125. Obs. 2. p 123, 3, & * 6,3. 1 104, 1. § 28. Obs. 5. FABLES FKOM JESOT. i)3 et tarn ardua cornua habeas? quibus a te vim propulsdre possis* qui jitf ut canes tantopere metuasl Ibi cervus ridens,.oMz nate, inquit, vera d memoras; mihi e tamen, nescio quo pacto, semper acciditf ut audita canum voce, infugam statim convertar. Haec fabula docet, natura f formidolosos nullis rationi- bus f fortes reddi posse. 38. Hcedus et Lupus. Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confugisset in caulam ovium, Qmd tu, stulte, inquit ille, Jiic te salvum futurum s sperasj ubi quotidie pecitdes rapi h et diis' 1 mactdri h vid- easl h Non euro, inquit hcedus; nam si moriendum* sit , quanto^ prceclarius 1 mihi m erit, meo cruore aspergi aras deorum immortalium : quam irrigdri siccas lupi fauces. Heec fabula docet, bonos 11 mortem, quae omnibus 6 imminet, non timere, si cum honestate et laude conjunc- ta sit.P 39. Corvus et Vulpes. Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in altam arborem subvolarat.* 1 Vulpecula ilium caseum appetens corvum blandis verbis f adoritur; quumque primum for- a § 149. e § 47, Note 1. i § 98, Obs. 6. b § 141, Obs. 8. b 95, 4. »§ 111. c 51,4. ' § 126, R. III. » 91,2. * 19, 4. i § 147, R. LXI. and ° 95, 1. •§ 112, R. IV. Obs. 1. p § 140, 2. 1 § 129. k § 132, R. XLIII. <§79, 1. 94 FABLES FROM JESOP. mam ejus a pennarumque nitSrem laudasset, Pol, inquil, te avium regem esse dicer em, b si canius pulchritudini c tuce responderet. Turn ille laudibus vulpis inflalus etiam cantu se a valere d demonstrate voluit. Ita vero e rostro aperto caseus delapsus est, quern. vulpes arreptum devo- ravit. Hffic fabula doeet, vitandas e esse adulatorum voces, qui blanditiis suis nobis f insidiantur. 40. Leo. Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, o^. Prae- da s autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes sequales divisa, leo, Prima]* ait, mea h est; debetur enim hac h prestantid* mece. Tollam et secundam, quam meretur robur meum. Tertiam* vindicat sibi egregius labor mens. Quartam qui sibi arrogdre voluerit, is k sciat, 1 se habitu- rum m me inimicum sibi. n Quid facerent imbecilles bestiae, aut quae* sibi n leonem infestum habere vellet? 41. Mus et Rustlcus. Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprehensus tarn p acri morsu ejus a digitos vulneravit, ut p ille eum dimit- teret, q dicens: Nihil, mehercule, tarn pusillum est, quod r de salute desperdre deb eat, modo se defender e et vim de- pulsar e velit? * Supply bestia, 19. a 31, &Obs. h 19. » § 111. b 78,8. i 64, 2, &§ 126. ° § 42, II, 2d. « § 112, Obs, 5, 5th. i 62, & § 123. p 124, 15. * 96, 2. * § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. § 141, Obs. 7. *§84, 2, &58, 1. » § 129, Obs. 2. c§ 131, R. XL. I § 44, I. 1, and » 102, 1. * S9, 6. § 140, 5. o § 126, Obs. 2. • 51, 2. i § 44, VI. p 66, 8, &§ 113,11 ' 98, 3. «< § 124, Obs. 2. « § 129 R. 96 FABLES FROM ^SOP. ipsi a traderent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabuiaia, quaiis b callidum regis consilium ante oculos potier* \\ % "Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse, a se nunquam in posterum e greges esse impugnaturos/ si canes ipsis s dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastoribus 1 ' conditi5nem; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis 1 nudatas vidissent, eos J impetu facto omnem gregem dilaniasse. 46. Puer mendax. Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori- bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum aggressos esse k fingens. Sa;pe autem frustratus eos, qui auxilium laturi 1 advenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente, multis cum lacrymis vicinos orare ccepit, w£ sibi m etgregi m subvenirent. At illi eum parlter ut antea ludere" existi- mantes preces ejus et lacrymas neglexerunt, ita ut lupus libere in oves grassaretur, plurimasque earum p dilani- aret. 47. Corvus. CorvuSj-qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alta voce q significavit. Quo r sono q allecti plures corvi famelici advolaverunt, 8 impetuque in ilium facto, oplmam ei* da- pem eripuerunt. a § 123. e§126, R. III. °94,l,2d,&96, 2. f 5, 3, and * 7, 2. ° § 140, 1, 1st. § 110, Obs. 1, 2. J 64, 8. p § 107, R. X. « § 141, R. II. J § 149. q § 129. d 98, 2, & 94, 3. * 94,l,2d,2,&98,2 » 38. e § 89, Obs. 1, & 19, 5 i 102, 1. «> Supply ad eum. ' 100,3. « 7, 2,&§112.R.V t 5,1. FABLES FROM JESOV. 97 48. Comix et Columha. Comix columbse a gratulabatur fcecunditatem, b quod singulis mensibus pullos excluderet. c At ilia, JVe mei, inquit, doloris causam commemores* Nam quos pullos e educo, eos f dominus raptos aut ipse comedit, aut aliis comedendos s vendit. Ita mihi mea fcecunditas novum semper luctum parit. 49. Leo, Asinus, et Vulpes. Vulpes, asinus, et leo venatum h iverant. 1 Ampla prseda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubeU Qui k quum singulis singulas 1 partes poneret eequales, leo eum cor- reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculse partiendi m negotium tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni partem maximam apposuit, sibi vix minimam reservans particulam. Turn leo subri- dens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit" in- terrogate, coepit. Et vulpes, Hujus me, inquit, calami- tas docuit, quid minor es v potentioribus debeant. n 50. Muscce. Efiusa mellis copia est: Muscae advolant: q Pascuntur. At mox impedltis cruribus Revolare nequeunt. Heu miser am, inquiunt, vicem ! r • 7, 2, & § 112, R.V. s 107, 2. » § 140, 5. b § 128, Obs. l,Exc. h 114, 1. ° Viz: asini. and Note. '* § 102, R. I. p 19, 1. °§ 141, Obs. 7 J § 44, I. 3. § 147, Obs. 2. * § 126. § 47, Note 1. e 124, 11. s 31. i § 101, Obs. 4. d Sup. ad eum. MYTHOLOGY. 1. Cadmus, Agenons filius, a quod draconem, Martis filium, fontis cujusdam in Bceotia custodem, a occiderat, omnem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum Harmonia, b uxore a sua., in Ulyriam fugit, ubi ambo c in dracones conversi sunt. 2. Amyous, Neptuni filius, a rex Bebryeiae, omnes, qui in ejus regna venissent, d cogebat eaestibus secum conten- dere, et victos occidebat. Hie quum Argonautas ad cer- tamen provocasset, e Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum interfecit. 3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii f mira magnitudme s fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis 11 mensibus 1 novem digitis j crescebant. Itaque quum essent annorum novem , & in ccelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faci- ebant, k ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, alios- que prseterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis sagit- tis interempti sunt. 4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius, artifex peritissimus, ob • 12, 1. » 74, 8. h 26, 5. b § 102, Obs. 2. ' § 97, Obs. 2. I § 131, R. XLL • § 98, Obs. 1, & 2. e 6, 1, and i § 132, R. XLII. *§ 141, R.I. § 106, R. VII. k§44,n. 2. 100 MYTHOLOGY. eaedem Athenis a commissam in Cretam b abiit ad regem Minoem. Ibi labyrintfrum exstruxit. A Minoe c ali- quando in custodiam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas cera d aptavit, et cum eo avolavit. Dum Icarus al this e evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decldit, quod ex eo Icarium pelagus f est appellatum. Daedalus autem in Siciliam b pervenit. 5. iEsculapius, Apollinis films, medicus praestantissi- mus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. Ob id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Turn Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non poterat, Cyclopes, qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoo fac- tum, Apollinem Jupiter Admeto, h regi Thessaliee, in ser- vitutem dedit. 6. Alcestim/ Peliae filiam, quum multi in matrimonium peterent, Pelias promisit, se filiam ei esse daturum, j qui feras currui junxisset. k Admetus, qui earn perdite ama- bat, Apollinem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuvaret. Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei l serviebat, liberaliter esset tractatus, aprum ei et leonem currui junxit, m quibus n ille Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo implicitus, munus ab Apollme accepit, ut prsesens periculum efFugeret, si quis sponte pro eo moreretur. Jam quum neque pater, neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluissent p uxor se Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte adveniens Orci manibus q eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 7. Cassiope filias su83 Andromedss formam Nereidum » 6,2. s 123,2. and » § 114. R. XIX, and * 123, 1, and § 136, Obs. 3, 4. Obs. 3. § 130, Obs. 10. h § 123. » § 99, Obs. 6. « § 126, Obs. 2. i § 15. 2. o § 42, II. 2d, and d 6,4. J 100 2. § 140, 2. e 22, 3. k 80, 2. p § 102, Obs. 1. ' § 103. 1 7.2&§112,R. V « 5,1, MYTHOLOGY. 101 formae a anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illae a Neptuno b postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto c immani, qui oras populabatur, objiceretur. Quae d quum ad saxum alli- gata esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat, advolavit, et, bellua devicta e et interempta, 6 Androme- dam liberavit. 8. Quam quum abducere vellet victor, Agenor, cui antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ Ille, re cognita, e ca- put Medusse insidiantibus ostendit, quo e viso, omnes in saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda in patriam rediit. 9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, Alcyone, conjugis morte audita, 6 se in mare praecipitavit. Turn deorum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae Alcyones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem- pore. 11 Per illos dies mare tranquillum esse dicitur; unde nautae tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos appel- lare solent. 10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam carus fuit diis, 1 ut Ju- piter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas deo- rum admitteret. f At ille, quae J apud Jovem audiverat, cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur k apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque sitlre. Nam, quoties haustum aquae sumpturus l est, aqua rece- dit. Turn etiam poma ei m super caput pendent; sed, quo- ties ea decerpere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii * § 123, R. t 85. i 37, 2. b § 124, Obs. 2. s 38, 5. k § 145, Obs. 4 c§ 126, R. III. h § 131, R. XL. 1 §79,8. «• 39, 2. ' § 111. ^ 5,3, &§ 110, Obs. 1 « 104, 1. 102 MYTHOLOGY. saxum ejus capiti a impendere dicunt,cujus ruinam timens perpetuo metu cruciatur. 1.1. In nuptiis b Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati erant praeter Discordiam. Hsec ira commota malum misil in medium, cui c inscripla erant verba: Pulcherrtma me habeto. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul ap- petebant; ll magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupiter Mercurio imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami filium, dueeret, e qui inmonte Ida greges pascebat;* hunc earum litem dirempturum esse. f Huic Juno, si se pulchemmam judicasset, s omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita ; Mi- nerva ei splendidam inter homines famam promisit ; Venus autem Helenam, Ledae et Jovis filiam, se ei in conjugium dare h spopondit. Paris, hoc dono prioribus anteposito i Venerem pulchemmam esse j judicavit. Pos- tea Veneris hortatu Lacedsemonem k profectus, Helenam conjugi 1 suo m Menelao eripuit. Hinc bellum Trojanum origin em cepit, ad quod tota fere Graecia, duce 11 Aga- memnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 12 Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium suum cito periturum esse, f si Graecorum exercitum ad Trojam sequeretur, g eum misit in insulam Scyron, regi- que Lycomedi commendavit. Hie eum,muliebri habitu, 1 ' inter filias suas servabat. Graeci autem quum audivis- sent eum ibi occultari,* 1 unus e6rum r Ulysses, rex Itha- cae, in regio s vestibulo munera feminea s in calathiscis * Supply dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, 94. 4. a § 112, R. IV. h 94, 3, & 100, 2. •> 110, 1. b § 136, Obs. 3. " 104, 1. § 10. Greek nouns. « § 126, R. III. J 90, 3. P § 129. J § 102, R. I. * § 130, 2. q 96, 7. e § 140, 1, 3d. i 5,1. r 21, 2. i 94,l,2d.&100, 1. n. 30,4, & ■ § 106, Obs. 4. ? $ 140, 2. § 28, Obs. 3, Exc. MYTHOLOGY. 103 posuit, simulque clypeum et hastam; mulieresque advo- uari* jussit. Quae b dum omnia contemplabantur, subito tubicen cecinit; quo sono audlto, Achilles arma arripuit. Unde eum virum c esse d intellectum est. 13. Quum totus Graec5rum exercitus Aulide e conve- nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob irara Dianae retinebat. Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditionis, cervam deae f sacram s vulneraverat, superbiusque h in Dianam locutus erat. Is quum haruspices convocasset, responderunt, iram deae expiari 1 non posse, d nisi filiam suam Iphige- niam ei immolasset.J Hanc ob causam Ulysses Argos k profectus mentitur 1 Agamemnonem filiam Achilli in matrimonium promisisse.™ Sic earn Aulidem k abduxit. Ubi quum pater earn immolare n vellet, Diana virginem miserata cervam ei p supposuit. Iphigenlam ipsam per nubes in terram Tauricam detulit, ibique templi sui sa- cerdotem fecit. 14. Troja eversa, quum Greeci domum q redire vellent. ex Achillis tumiilo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Graecos monebat, ne fbrtissimum virum sine honore relinquerent/ Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, quae virgo fuit formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 15. Prometheus, Iapeti filius, primus s homines ex luto finxit, iisque p ignem e coelo in ferula attulit, mon- stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent. 1 Ob hanc rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis 1 90, 4. h 22, 3. o 106, 1. b 38, 6. i 87, I. p § 123, R. XXIX. « § 103, R. V. J § 141, Obs. 8.&80. and Exp. * 96, 2. k § 130, 2. 64, 6. § 141, Obs. 2,4th. b 74, 3. » 40, 5, & b 44, 3, & 47. i 38,4. § 141, R. II. c § 140, l"3d. J 27,6. o 94, 1, 2d. d 100, 2. k 39, 1. p 124,19. c § 145, Obs. 5, 5th. 1 96,1. q § 140, 6. f § 141 Obs. 8. MYTHOLOGY. 105 columis. Hunc a itaque Althaea liligenter in area clau- sum servavit. Interim Diana CEneo b irata quia ei sacra annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine c misit, qui agrum Calydonium vastaret. d Quem e Meleager cum juvenibus ex omni Graecia delectis interfecit, pellemque ejus Atalantae donavit. Cui f quum Althaeae fratres earn eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui avunculos occidit. Turn Althaea, gravi ira * in filium commota, titionem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- biliter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt. 19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in taurum mutatus Sidone h Cretam 1 transvexit, et ex ea procreavit Minoem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. Hanc ut reducerent Agenor suos filios misit, conditione addita, ut nee ipsi J redirent, nisi sororem invenissent. k Horum unus, Cadmus nomine, 1 quum erraret, Delphos' venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem praecedentem se- queretur; m ubi ille decubuisset, k ibi urbem conderet.* Quod quum faceret, n in Bceotiam venit. Ibi aquam quae- rens ad fontem Castalium draconem invenit, Martis filium, qui aquam custodiebat. Hunc Cadmus interfecit^ dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex qui- bus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes originem dux- erunt. * Conderet is in the same construction with sequeretur. a Sup. titionem ' 39 "from her," t§ 141, Obs. 8. b § 111. and 5, 1. i § 128, R. XXXIV. « 6. 1, and e § 129, R. XXXV. ^ § 140, Obs. 5. § 106, R. VII. *§ 130,3. » 38, 4. d 40,4. ' § 130, 2. ° § 44, II. 2. 6 39,7. J 32,3. 106 MYTHOLOGY. 20 Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele Alius, exercitum in fndiam duceret, Silenus ab agmme aberravit. Quern* Midas, rex Mygdoniee, hospitio b liberaliter accepiteique ducem dedit, qui c eum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob hoc oeneficium Bacchus Midee optionem dedit, ut quicquid vellet d a se peteret. f Ille petiit, ut quidquid f tetigisset d aurum fieret. e Quod s quum impetrasset, h quidquid f te- tigerat aurum fiebat. Primo gavlsus est hac virtute i sua; mox intellexit nihil ipsi J hocmunere k perniciosius esse. Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum mutabatur. 1 Quum jam fame cruciaretur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum revocaret. e Quern a Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se abluere, quumque aquam tetigisset, facta est colore™ aureo. 21. Schoeneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur habuisse, quae cursu viros superabat." Haec quum a pluribus ° in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet, d prius cursu cum ea contenderet; e si victus esset, d occideretur. e Multos quum superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque b Atalantse cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hip- pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus filiam ux5rem dedit. Quam p quum in patriam duceret, oblitus Veneris beneficio b se vicisse, q grates ei r non egit. a 39, 7. g 38,7. *'6, 1,&§106,R.VI1 b § 129, R. XXXV. h 74, 8, and n § 44, II. 1. c 40, 4, and § 140, Obs. 4. ° 19, 1. § 141, R. II. 1 § 136, Obs. 5. p 39, 8. d § 141, Obs. 8. i § 111. < 94, 1, 2d,& 98, 2. •§ 140, 1, 3d. * 6, 3. ' 27, 2d, 6, and t 37,8 i § 102, Obs. 1. § 123. MYTHOLOGY. 107 Hanc ob causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leonem, At- alanta in leeenam. A 22. Nisus, rex Megarensium, in capite crinera purpu- reum habuisse dicitur, a e que prsedictum b fuit, tarn diu eum regnaturum, c quam diu d eura crinem custodisset. e Hunc Minos, rex Cretensium, bello f aggressus est. Qui* quum urbem Megaram oppugnaret, Scylla, Nisi filia, amore f ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet, h patri * dormienti fatalem crinem praecidit. Ita Nisus a Minoe victus j et occisus est. Quum autem Minos in Cretam rediret, k Scylla eum rogavit, ut earn secum ave- heret. Sed ille negavit Cretam tantum scelus esse recep- tiiram. c Turn ilia se in mare praecipitat, navemque per- sequitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus tot, Scylla in piscem, quern Cirim vocant. Hodieque, si- quando ilia avis hunc piscem conspexerit, 1 mittit se in aquam, rap turn que unguibus f dilaniat. 23. Amphion, Jovis et Antiopes nlius, qui Thebas muris cinxit, Nioben, Tantali filiam, in matrimonium duxit. Ex qua procreavit filios septem totidemque filias. Quem partum Niobe Latonae liberis anteposuit, super- biusque m locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id Apollo filios ejus venantes sagittis interfecit, Diana au- tem filias. Niobe liberis n orbata in saxum mutata esse dicitur, a ej usque lacrymae hodieque manare narrantur.* Amphion autem, quum templum Apollmis expugnare vellet, ab Apolline sagittis est interfectus. a § 145, Obs. 4. * § 129, R. * § 44, II. b 51,2, & 8 39, 1. i § 45, III. 1, 2. § 101, Obs. 5. ■» § 140, 1, 2d. » 22, 2. • 100, 2. i 5. 1. ■ 64, 8, & 5-1. * 124, 19. J 115, 1. o § 140, Obs. 4. *§ 141, Obs. 8. 108 MYTHOLOGY. 24. Phineus, Agenoris films, ab Apolline futurarum rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum vero hominibus a deo- rum consilia enuntiaret, b Jupiter eum excsecavit, et im- misit ei a Harpyias, quae Jovis canes c esse dicuntur, ut cibum ab ore* ei d auferrent. e Ad quern f quum Argo- nauts venissent, ut eum iter g rogarent, h dixit se illis iter demonstraturum esse, 1 si eum poena.J liberarent. Turn Zetes et Calais, Aquilonis filii, k qui pennas in capite et in pedibus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in in- sulas Strophadas, et Phineum poena j liberarunt. * Ab ore is emphatic •'' from him, from his very mouth." * § 123. • § 140, 1, 2d. * 100, 2. b § 140, Ohs. 4. ' 39, 9. i § 125. c § 103. e § 124, * § 97, Obs, 2. d 5, 1. * § 141, Obs. 8. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 1? Thales interrogates an facta hominum deos a late- rent^ respondit, ne c cogitata quidem. 2. Solon, qui Athenienslbus leges scripsit, dicebat neminem, dum viveret, d beatum haberi posse, quod om- nes ad ultlmum usque diem anciplti fortunes 6 obnoxii essent. f 3. Pythagoras philosophi tanta fuit apud discipulos suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent, d ea in dubi- tati5nem adducere non auderent. g Rogati autem ut cau- sam redderent h eorum, quae dixissent, d respondebant, Ipsum dixisse} Ipse autem erat Pythagoras. 4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus, j quum patriam Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret, k interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret, b Ego vero, respondit, 1 bona mecum porto omnia. 5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, omne fere patrimonium suum civibus donavit, ne do- » § 116, R. XX. f § 141, Obs. 7. J § 107, Obs. 8, and b 74, 12. «§ 140, 1. 1st. 19, 1, &4, ° 121,5. h 78,5. * 74,3. d § 141, Obs. 8. • 98, 1. i § 116, Obs. 6. § 11 10 110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. mesticarum rerum cura a philosophic studio avocare- tur. a 6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Thebanos di visit, nihil sibi servans prater peram et baculum. Haec enim Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo b consilio quum amici et propinqui eum avocare studerent, c eos correpto baculo d fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus, quam ab omnibus curis e vacuum f uni philosophise ope- ram dare.s 7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci- ential augendae h causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, Non essemj inquit, salvus, nisi ista* periissent. k 8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquam cessavit a philosophise studio. Ssepe ei accidit, 1 ut, quum cibi h capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus m innse- rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur." 9. Idem adversus Zendnem Stoicum scripturus caput helleboro purgabat, ne corrupti humores sollertiam et acumen mentis impedirent. a 10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte d filii audita, vultu nihil ° immutato dixit. p Sciebam me mortdlem genuisse.* 11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itincre reversus agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Graviter te castigdremf inquit, nisi irdtus essem* 12. Plato quoque, quum in servum vehementius r ex- a § 140, 1. 2d. b § 149, R. and Obs.l » § 112, R. IV. b 38,8. * 112, 1, &5. « § 140, 1, 4th. 74, 3, and i 78, 8. • § 128. § 140, Obs. 4. J § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. p § 116, Obs. 6. a 9, 1, and 104, 2. * § 140, Obs. 2. i 98, 1. e § 107, R. XI. Obs. 10. i 51,3, "happened." ' 22, I. f Sup. se. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill arsisset, veritus ne a vindictse modum excederet, Speu- sippo b adstanti mandavit, ut de illius poena statueret. 13. Idem discendi d cupiditate ductus JEgyptum pera- gravitj et a sacerdotibus illius regionis geometriam et astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecit, ut ibi Py- thagoras philosophiam et instituta disceret. 6 14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque philoso- phum 3 qui ausus f fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii es- sent, ff Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fuisse fertur. Quam h ejus indolem quum perspexisset Alcibi- ades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset, s quod mulierem tam acerbam et jurgidsam non exigeret 1 domo.J Turn ille, Quoniam, inquit, dum illam domi* perpetior, insu- esco, ut ceterorum quoque foris petulantiam et injurias facilius feram. e 16. Xenocrates philosophus, quum maledicorum quo- rundam sermoni k interesset, neque quidquam ipse loque- retur, 1 interrogatus, cur solus taceret, g respondit: Quia dixisse m me aliquando pcenituit, tacuisse m nunquam. 17. Hegesias philosnphus in disputationibus suis n mala et cruciatus vitas tam vividis coloribus repraesenta- bat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occiderent. Quare a Ptolemseo rege ulterius his de rebus disserere est prohibitus. * 121, 6, and » § 78. *§ 112, R.I, & 5. 4 § 140, Obs. 6. b 74, 11, and i § 149. *> § 123. § 140, 5. ™ 66, 10, and c§ 140, 1, 3d. »» 38, 6. § 113, Obs. 7. J § 147, Obs. 2. « § 141, Obs. 8. " 30, 1. « § 140, 1, 2d. J § 130, 4. § 140, 1, 1st. 112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 18. Gorgiae Leontino, a qui eloquentia b et eruditione omnes suae aetatis homines superare existimabatur, uni- versa Graecia in templo Apollmis Delphici statuam aure- am collocavit. 19. Idem, quum annum centeftmum septimum agefet, interrogates, quapropter tarn diu vellet c invitaremanere, respondit: Quia nihil habeo, quod d senectutem meam accusem* 20. Illustrissimi saepe viri humili loco f nati fuerunt. s Socrates, quern oraculum Apollmis sapientissimum omni- um hominum h judicavit/ obstetricis filius fuit. Euri- pides, poeta tragicus, matrem habuit, 1 quae olera vendi- tabat, j et Demosthenis, oratoris eloquentissimi, patrem cultellos vendidisse k narrant. 21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Graecorum, dolore absumptus esse creditur, quod quaestionem a piscatoribus ipsi 1 propositam solvere non posset. m 22. Simonides, poeta praestantissimus, gloriatur in quodam poemate, se n octoginta annos° natum in certa- men musicum descendisse k et victoriam inde retulisse. Idem aliquancriu vixit apudHipparchum, Pisistrati filium, Athenarum tyrannum. Inde Syraciisas p se contulit ad Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicitur. Primus q carmina statiito pretio r scripsit- quare eumMu- sam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 23. Quum .ZEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens 3 tragce- diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,* ibique in loco aprico a § 123. s 72. n § 145, R. LVIII. b § 128, R. XXXIV. h § 107, R. X. § 131, R. XLI. * 74, 16. i 73. p § 130, 2. § 122, Obs. 2. J § 44, II. 1. 9 § 98, Obs. 10. « § 141, R. I. * 97, 1. ' § 133, R. XLIV. ' 6, 5, & i 32,9,§126,R.III • § 103. § 119, R. XXIII. » § 141 Obs. 7. t 74, 3. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 113 sederet, aquila testudinem glabro ejus capiti a immisit quod pro saxo habuit. Quo b ictu ille extinctus est. 24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter poetas tragi- cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibus lace- ratUs est. 25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, ut ex tragcedia sententiam quandam tolleret. c Ille au- tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere solere, d ut popiilum doceret, e non ut a populo disceret. 26. Philippides, comcediarum scriptor, quum in poe- tarum certamme prseter spem vicisset f et ilia victoria impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est. 27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, Apollini^ gratissimus fuisse dicitur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum Delphicum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei h tribuebatur donorum, quae sacrificantes i deo obtulerant. Ferunt etiam Pana j Pindari hymnis k tantopere fuisse lsetatum, ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret. 1 Quum Alexander, rex Macedonia?, Thebas diriperet, unius Pindari domo m et familise pepercit. 28. Diogenes Cynicus Myndum profectus, quum vide- ret magnif icas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios mon- uit, ut portas clauderent, ne urbs egrederetur. e 29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- b5re eo n pervenit, ut, quum ° multi eum ingenio p parum valere existimarent, omnes aBtatis suae orat5res superaret eloquentia p . Nunquamtamen extempore dicebat, neque in concione volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur, q * § 123. s§ 111. » § 112, R.V.&7, 2 b 38,9. h § 126, R. III. » 28, Obs. c § 140, 1, 3d. " 19, 1. <>§ 140, Obs. 4. " 96, 2. J § 15, 4. p § 128. e § 140, 6, or 1, 2d. * § 121, Obs. 2. i§ 141, Obs. 8. 1 74.8. i § 140, I, 1st. 114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. accurate antea meditatus esset. a Unde plerique eum tim- idum esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue- tudinem imitabatur, qui non facile de quaque re dicere, nee existimati5nem suam b fortune committere solebat. 30. Pericles in concionem itiirus, quum ammo perpen- deret, quantum periculi c inconsiderate dicta d hominibus afferrent, e solebat precari a diis, f ne quod ipsi s verbum imprudenti excideret, quod reipublicaB officere posset. h 31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam quandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove colloqui 1 leges- que ab eo accipere* dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae- moniis-J persuasit, se leges suas b ab Apolline didicisse. k 32. Quum Lycurgus, LacedaBmoniorum legislator, Del- phis 1 in templum Apollinis intrasset, ut a deo f oraculum pe- teret, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: Nescio utrum de- us an homo appellandus m sis ; sed deuspotius videris 11 esse. 33. Leonidas, rex LacedaBmoniorum, quum Persee di- cerentur sagittarum multitudine solem obscuraturi, re- spondisse fertur: Melius itdque in umbra pugnabimus. 34. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomina memoria tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- ginti gentium, quaB sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita di- dicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus imperabat, sine inter- prete loqui posset. 35. Themistocles interroganti p utrum Achilles esse mallet, e an Homerus, q respondit: Tu verb mallesne te in Olympico certamine victor em renuntidri r an prceco esse, qui victorum nomina procldmat ? » § 140, Obs. 2, e § 112, Obs. 3. ~~ » 74, 9, & 108, 1. b 30,3. h §14l, Obs. 8. » 70,3. * § 106, R. VIII. 1 96,1. ° 7, 2, &§ 112, R.V d 19,4. J § 123, &7, 2. p 19, &§ 98, Obs. 5 e 74, 11. * 98, 2. i § 103. R. V. '§124, Obs. 2 i § 130, l,Exc. &6.2 ' § 145', Obs, 1, 3. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 115 36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello ad- versus Lacedsemonios, animos suorum religi5ne excitan- dos a ratus, arma in templis affixanocte b detraxit, persua- sicque militibus, quum ilia abesse c viderent, deos iter suum sequi, c ut ipsis d prceliantibus adessent. 37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulneratus est. Quum animam recepisset, interrogavit circumstantes amicos, an clypeus salvus esset; e deinde, an hostes fusi essent. e Illi utrumque affirmaverunt. Turn demum hastam e corpore educi f jussit. Quo s facto statim ex- spiravit. 38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia h et integritate, ut post plurima bella, quibus Thebanorum potentiam incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet prae- ter ahenum et veru. 39. Lysander, dux Lacedeemoni5rum, militem quen- dam via 1 egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullius, rei rapinam se ab agmine recessisse, j respondit: JVe k spe- ciem quidem rapturi 1 prcebeas volo. 40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum praesidio tene- ret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse m vigilias circumiret, vigilem, quem dormientem invenerat, hasta transfixit. Quod n factum quibusdam ei ° ut saevum ex- probrantibusj Qualem? inveni, inquit, talem reliqui. 41. Quum quidam Thrasybiilo, qui civitatem Athe- niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: Quantas q tibi gratias Jlthence debent I ille respondit: Dii a 108, 4, &§ 79, 9. e 38,5. « 19,&§ 98, Obs. 5 b § 131, R. XL. h § 106, R. VII. "» 32,3. ■ 96, 2. I § 136, R. LII. - 38. c § 112, R. I. J 94, l,2d, & 98 2. "§123. • 74. 12, &§ 140, 5. k 121, 2, and p 44, 4, & 47. f 90, 4. § 140, 1. 3d. § 136, R. LII. b 113 8. h § 129. n 104, 1. c § 140, 6. i § 140, 1, 1st. o § 112, R. V. d § 136, Obs. 5. i § 141, Obs. 8. Obs. 5, 5th. e § 140, 5. * 74, 8, & p 112, 7. { § 140, 2. § 140, Obs. 4. i 106, 1. 8 78,8. & i 98,3 r 94, 1, 2d, & 100,8. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 121 69. Publius Decius consul, quum in bello contra Lat- inos Roman5rum aciem cedentem videret, capite pro re- publics salute dev6to, a in medium hostium agm en irruit, et magna strage edita a plurimis telis obrutus cecidit. Hsec ejus mors Romanorum aciem restituit, iisque victo- riam paravit. 70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit, filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restituere conati erant, ipse b capitis damnavit, eosque virgis cresos securi d percuti e jussit. 71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unicum, ju- venem summa? pietatis f et magna? spei, miorte s amisisset, dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus curiam peteret, 11 ibique muneris sui negotia strenue oblret. 72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Macedo- nia} rege, accidit, 1 ut serena nocte j subito luna deficeret. Hsec res ingentem apud milites terrorem excitayit, qui existimabant hoc omine g futiiram cladem portendi. k Turn vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione militum causam hujus rei tarn diserte exposuit, ut poste- ro die J omnes intrepido animo s pugnam committerent. h 73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem ap- pellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse 1 is dicitur centum et viginti prceliis; m cicatricem aversam nullam, adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse; coronis 11 esse donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralibus tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin-' * 104,1. e§129. k 96,5. b 32, 4. h § 140, 1, 1st. i § 145, Obs. 4. '§122. i 51,3. » § 136, Obs. 5. (in.) * § 15, 6, &Note 3. J 6, 7, & »§ 123, Obs. 3, and * 90, 4, or 94, 3. § 131, R. XL. §126. f § 106. R. VII. 11 122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodeviginti. Phaleris idem donatus est quinq tries viciesque. Trium- phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos a novem. 74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria millia b Carpetanorum reliquerunt. Quorum c exemplum ne ce- teri quoque barbari sequerentur, d edixit eos a se esse di- missos, e et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, quorum fides ipsi f suspecta erat, domum s remlsit. 75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non posset, h ut praealtum flumen transirent, 1 neque rates haberet, h qui- bus eos trajiceret, 1 jussit ferocissimum elephantorum sub auye vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerassetjj se in flumen conjicere illudque tranare. Turn elephantus exaspera- tus ad persequendum dol5ris sui auctorem tranavit am- nem, k et reliqui quoque eum secuti sunt. ^§ 116, R. II. e 98, 6. » § 140, Obs. 4. b § 24, 5. * 5, 2, & « § 141, Obs. 8. • 38. § 126 R. XXXIII. i § 141, R. VI. * § 140, 1. 2d. s $ 130, 4. * § 136, It. LII. AN EPITOME OF ROMAN HISTORY, FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE EMPERORS. LIBER PRIMUS. 1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- nisse dicitur. Ibi haud procul a Janiculo arcera condldit, eamque Saturniam a appellavit. Hie Italos primus b agri- culturam docuit. c 2. Postea Latlnus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc -ZEneas, Anchl- sdd films, cum multis Trojanis, quibus d ferrum Grsecorum pepercerat, aufugit, - et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latlnus rex ei benigne recepto* filiam Laviniam in matrimonium dedit. --Eneas urbem condldit, quam in hon5rem conju- gis Lavinium* appellavit. 3. Post iEneae mortem Ascanius, iEnese filius, reg- num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtu- lit, urbemque condldit in monte Albano, eamque Albam a Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui post iEneae mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus *§ 116, Obs. 1. '§ 124. § 112, R. V. » § 98, Obs. 10. * 7, 2, and e 104, 3. 124 ROMAN HISTORY. posted omnes usque ad Romara conditam a Albse b regna- verunt. 4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove c ma- jorem esse dicebat, d et, quum tonaret, militibus impera- vit, ut clypeos hastis percuterent, e dicebalque hunc so- num multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus/ et in Albanum lacum prsecipitatus est. 5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios reliquit Numitorem s et Amulium. Horum minor h natu,' Arau- liusj fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet, j an bona, quae pater reliquisset. k Numitor paterna bona praetulit; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissime possideret, 1 Numi- toris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris Rheam Silviam Vestalem virginem m fecit. Nam his Vestse sa- cerdotibus non licet viro n nubere. Sed haec a Marte geminos filios Romiilum et Remum peperit. Hoc quum Amulius comperisset, matrem in vincula conjecit, pue- ros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat, et, quum pueri in vado essent positi, aqua refluens eos in sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque uberibus suis aluit. Quod p videns Faustulus quidam, pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori AccaB Lau- rentiae nutriendos q dedit. 8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastores transegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent, a § 146, Obs. 2. e § 97, Obs. 5. » § 116, Obs. 1. b 4, 1. * § 107, Obs. 6. » § 112, R. V ° 6, 3. i § 128, R. o 74, 8, & § 126, R. III. & e 38,5. » § 116, Obs. 1. 64,6. n§ 130,l.Exc.&6. 2 » § 131, R. XLI. c § 98, Obs. 5. i § 140, 1. 2d. and Exp. a § 146, Obs. 6. i § 44, II. 1. ° § 128, R. 5,1 &§ 126, R. Ill k 96,1. p 7, 6. & § 1U. LIBER I. 127 bem ampliavit, et nova ei a moenia circumdedit. Oarce rem primus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit*, Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperii mor- bo obiit. 16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- cus accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos patriae 13 ' 7 Corinthi fugiens in Etruriam ve'nerat. Ipse b Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- quando Romam c profectus erat. Advenienti d aquila pi- leum abstulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. Hinc Tanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum e perita, reg- num ei portendi intellexit. 17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis familiari- tatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorum suorum tutorem f reliquit. Sed is pupillis d regnum intercepit. SenatorTbus, quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios addidit, qui mino- rum gentium s sunt appellati. P]ura bella feliciter ges- sit, nee paucos agros hostibus h ademptos urbis territorio adjunxit. Primus triumphans urbem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. TricesTmo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios, quibus §28, Obs. 5. > § 106, R. VII. 130 ROMAN HISTORY. consilioj ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro ipso rege interfecit. Turn aregiis a satellitibus compre- hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus allatis terreret, b dextram arse c accensse imposuit, donee flammis consumpta esset. d Hoc facinus rex miratus e ju- venem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficiura referens ait/ trecentos alios juvenes in eum conjurasse. g Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit, Tar- quinius autem Tusculum se contulit, ibique privatus cum uxore consenuit. 27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos, h 259. populus Romae seditionem fecit, questus quod tributis et militia a senatu exhauriretur. 1 Magna pars plebis urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienem amnem secessit. Turn patres turbati Menenium Agrip- pam miserunt ad plebem, qui-* earn senatui conciliaret. Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris humani corporis; qua populus commotus est, ut in urbem rediret. Turn primum tribuni plebis creati sunt, qui j plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges, h 261. Q u - Marcius, Coriolanus k dictus ab urbe Volsco- - rum Coriolis, 1 quam m bello ceperat, plebi " invT- sus fieri ccepit. Quare urbe° expulsus ad Volscos, acer- rimos Romanorum hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux k exer- citus factus Romanos saepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintum milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum le- " a § 106, Obs. 4. f § 44, I. 3. * § 103, R. and~ b § 44. II. 2, and s 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d § 116. Obs. 1. § 42, Obs. 2. h § 146, Obs. 2. ' § 97, R. I. c§123, R. i § 141, Obs. 7. m § 99, Obs. 3. *§ 140,4. i 40, 4, and »§ 111, R. • 106, l,and § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. ° § 136, R. LII. § 146. Obs. 6. LIBER I. 131 gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret. a Denique Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum vene- runt; quarum fletu et precibus commotus est, ut exerci- tum removeret. a Quo b facto a Volscis ut proditor c oc- cisus esse dicitur. 29. Romani quum adversum Veientes bellum gererent familia Fabiorum sola hoc bellum suscepit. Profecti sunt trecenti sex nobilissimi homines, duce d Fa- bio consule. Quum ssepe hostes vicissent, apud 2 74. Cremeram fluvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Vei- entes dolo e usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi exorto f omnes perierunt. Unus superfuit ex tanta fa- milia, qui propter setatem puerilem duci non potuerat ad pugnam. Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum illum, & qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctatione debilitavit. 30. Anno trecentesimo etaltero h ab urbe con- dita 1 decemviri creati sunt, qui J civitati leges 302.' scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt; se- cundo autem dominationem exercere cceperunt. Sed quum unus eorum k Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam, Virginiam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, pater earn occidit. Turn ad milites profugit, eosque ad seditionem commovit. Sublata est decemviris l potestas, ipsique omnes aut m morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 31. In bello contra VeientanosFurius Camil- lus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua 11 obsidi- 3 ' 5 g ' 5ne quum ludi literarii magister principum filios ex urbe in castra hostium duxisset, Camillus hoc donum a § 140. 1, 2d. f § 146, Obs. 6. * § 107, R. X. b 38,5. e 27,1st. 1 § 126, R. III. &5.1 <=§ 149, Obs. 1. h § 24, 7. » 124,3. <» 110, 1. 1 § 146, Obs. 2. » 38, 8. «§ 121, R. XXVI. J § 141, R. II. Obs. ° § 140, Obs. 4, and 7, 4. 2, 4th. 132 ROMAN HISTORY. non accepit, sed scelestum hominem, manibus post ter- gum vinctis, pueris Falerios a reducendum b tradidit; vir- gasque iis dedit, quibus prodit5rem in urbem agerent. c 32 Hac tanta animi nobilitate commoti Falisci urbem Ro- manis tradiderunt. Camillo d autem apud Romanos crimi- ni datum d est, quod albis equis triumphasset, e et prsedam inique divisisset; damnatus^ue f ob earn causam, 364. ' e ^ civitate expulsus est. Paulo post Galli Se- nones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu- men Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupfirunt.s Jam nihil prseter Capitolium defendi h potuit. Et jam presidi- um fame laborabat, et in eo * erant, j ut pacem a Gallis auro emerent, k quum Camillus cum manu militum super- veniens hostes magno prcelio superaret. LIBER SECUNDUS. 1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto 394. P ost urDem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem ac- cesserant, et quarto milliario * trans Anienem fluvium consederant Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine m fortis- simum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. T. Manlius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocationem accepit, Galium occidit, eumque torque" aureo spoliavit, quo ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquati appel- lati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt. a § 130, 2. f 115, 1. * § 140, 1, 1st. b 107, 1. g § 79, 1, 1st. i § 132, R. c 83, 3, and h 87, 6. m 6, 1, and § 141, Obs. 2, & 3. » 19, 6, & § 106, R. VII. d § 114, R. § 31, Obs. 2. » § 125, R. & 6, 8. e § 141, Obs, 7. i § 102. R. II. ° § 129, R. LIBER II. , 133 2. Novo bello cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis . tt w . A. U. quadringentesimo sexto, iterum Gallus processit 406 robore a atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum ex Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret. b Turn se M. Va- lerius, tribunus militum, obtulit; et, quum processisset ar- matus, corvus ei c supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox, commissa pugna, hie corvus alis d et ungiubus Galli ocu- los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio a Valerio interiiceretur, e qui hinc Corvini nomen accepit. 3. Postea Romanibellum gesserunt cum Sam- nitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum honore 430 dictatoris profectus est. Qui f quum negotii cu- jusdam causa Romam ivisset, prascepit Q. Fabio s Rul- liano, magistro equitum, quern apud exercitum reliquit, ne pugnam cum hoste commit'teret. b Sed ille occasionem nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob hanc rem a dictatore capitis h damnatus est. At ille in urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et populi libe- ratus est; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut psene ipse 1 interficeretur. n 4. Duobus annis p6st j T. Veturius et Spurius Postu- mius consiiles bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi a Pontio Thelesino, duce hostium, in insidias inducti sunt. Nam ad Furculas Caudinas Romanos pellexit in angustias, unde sese expedire non poterant. Ibi 433 ' Pontius patrem suum Herennium rogavit, quid k faciendum putaret. 1 Illerespondit,automnesoccidendos IU *§ 128, R. ' 39, 1. § 136, Obs. 6. b § 140, 1, 3d. e§ 112, R. V. k 91,5. « § 110, Obs. 1. h § 126, R. I. 1 § 140, 5. d § 129, R. i 32, 3. » 108, 4. °§ 140,1.4th. i § 90, 4, and 12 " § 140, 1, 1st. 134 ROMAN HISTORY. esse, ut Romanorum vires frangerentur, a aut omnes di- mittendos, ut benefieio obligarentur. 3 Pontius utrumque consilium improbavit, omnesque sub jugum misit. Sam- nites denique postbellum undequinquaginta annorum su- perati sunt. 5. Devictis Samnitibus, Tarentinis b bellumin- A. U. . . 472 dictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam fe- cissent. c Hi Pyrrhum, d Epiri regem, contra Ro- manos auxilium d poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, tumque primum Romani cum transmarino hoste pugna- verunt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lse- vlnus. Hie, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit eos per castra duci, e tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent* Pyrrho, qusecunque a Romanis agerentur/ 6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhusauxilio elephantorum vi- cit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per noc- tem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanos mille s octingentos cepit, eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in proe- lio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad ccelum ma- nus dicitur cum hac voce: Ego cum tallbus viris brevi orbem terrdrum subigerem. h 7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig- neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad Prasneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campa- niam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redi- mendis ' missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti sunt; captivos sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis ? Fabricium, sic a § 140, 1, 2d. d § 124, R. & 62, 5. t § 24, 5, & 7. b § 126, R. III. c 94, 3. h § 42, II. 2d. c§140, Obs. 2. ' § 141, Obs 8. ' 112.8. LIBER II. 185 admiratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promitte- ret, si ad se translret, a sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 8. Quum jam Pyrrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratione teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, preestantissimum virum, qui b pacem peteret ea conditioned ut Pyrrhus earn par- tem Italiae, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani responderunt, eum cum Romanis pacem habere non pos- se, nisi ex Italia recessisset. d Cineas quum rediisset, Pyrrho eum e interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset/ respondit, se regum patriam vidisse. g 9. In altero h prcelio cum rege Epiri commisso Pyrrhus vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum 1 fugit. Interjecto anno, Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus Pyr- rhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu- rum,' si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex admiratus ilium dixisse fertur; Ille k est Fabricius , qui difficiliiis ab hones- tate, quam sol a cursu suo averti potest. Paulo post Pyrrhus tertio etiam proelio fusus a Tarento re- cessit, et, quum in Grseciam rediisset, apud Ar- 4 gj ' gos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 10. Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo post urbem conditam ' Romanorum exercitus primum 4 ' 9 o # in Siciliam trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum Hieronem, Po3nosque, qui multas civitates in ea insula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto an- 49 - no hujus belli, quod contra Po3nos gerebatur, ■ § 140, 2. e 63, 3. I § 130,2. f§ 141, R. II.&40.4 f § 140, 5. J 100, 2 & 94, 1, 2d. c§ 129, R. k 98, 2. *§ 103, R. a § 140, 6. h § 24, 7. i § 146, Obs. 2. 136 110MAN HISTORY. primum Romani, C. Duillio et Cn. Cornelio AsTna con- sulibus, a in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, sep- tem millia hostium b cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla vic- toria Romanis c gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, ut, quum a coena redlret, pueri funalia gestantes, et tiblcen eum comitarentur. d 11. Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in Afri- 499 cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- sium dux, pugna navali superatur; nam perditis sexaginta quatuor navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas amiserunt. Quum in Africam venissent, Pcenos in pluri- bus prceliis vicerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Turn victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis e petierunt. Quam f quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare nollet nisi durissimis conditionibus, Carthaginienses aux- ilium petierunt a Lacedaemoniis. e Hi Xanthippum mise- runt, qui Romanum exercitum magno prcelio vicit. Reg- ulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 12. Non tamen ubique fortuna Carthaginiensibus e fa- vit. Quum aliquot prceliis victi essent, Regiilum roga- verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivorum- que permutationem a Romanis obtineret. Ule quum Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua h in potestatem Pcenorum venisset. 1 Turn Romanis j suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha- giniensibus facerent: k illos 1 enim tot casibus fractos spem nullam nisi in pace habere:™ tanti" non esse, ut a 110, 2. f 39,3. "§ 140, 1,3d. b §106,E.VL « § 112, R. V. • 94,4. C §111,R. h § 131, R. XL. » 96, 2, & 94, l,2d d § 140, 1, 4th. « § 141, R. VI. ■§ 122, R. XXVIII e § 124, Obs. 2. J § 123 R. Exp. LIBER III. 137 tot millia a captivorum propter se unum et paucos, qui ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Hsec sententia obtinuit. Regressus igitur in Africam crudelissimis sup- pliciis exstinctus est. 13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesimo tertio 513 magnum proelium navale commissum est contra Lilybaeum, promontorium Sicilian. In eo prcelio septua- ginta tres Carthaginiensium naves, cap ta?, b centum viginti quinque demersal ,triginta duo millia hostium capta, tre- decim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem petierunt, eisque pax tributa est. Captivi Romanorum, c qui tenebantur a Carthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Pceni Sicilia, d Sardinia, et ceteris insiilis, quae inter Italiam Af- ricamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Hispaniam quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. LIBER TERTIUS. 1. Anno quingente^simoundetricesimoingen- tes Gallorum copise Alpes transierunt. Sed pro g 2 9 Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est,* octingenta millia a hominum c ad id bellum parata fuissef Res prospere gesta est apud Clusium: quadraginta millia hominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis g post h pugna- tum est 1 contra Gallos in agro Insubrum, finitumque est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Scipione consulibus. Turn Marcellus regem Gallorum, Viridom- a § 24, 5. e § 44, Obs. & III. e § 131, R. XL. b 115,2. 5,51,2. h § 136, Obs. 6. °§107, R.X. * 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 9. « § 85, 3. J § 136, R. LII 138 ROMAN HISTORY. arum, manu sua occidit, et triumphans spolia Galli stip- lti a imposita humeris suis vexit. 2. Paulo post Punicum bellum renovatum est per Han- nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar novem annos b natum aris admoverat, ut odium perenne in Romanos juraret. c Hie annum agens vicesimum aeta- tis Saguntum,Hispaniae civitatem, Romanis am- 5 ' 36 ' icam, oppugnare d aggressus est. Huic Romani per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret. e Qui f quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthaginem miserunt, ut mandaretur ff Hannibali, a ne bellum contra socios populi Romani gereret. e Dura responsa a Cartha- giniensibus reddita. Saguntinis interea fame victis, Ro- mani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, Pyreneeum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo- ginta millia peditumjet viginti millia equitum,septem et triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. Cornelius Scipio, qui, prcelio ad Ticinum commisso, 11 su- peratus est, et, vulnere accepto, h in castra rediit. Turn Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt. Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consulem ad Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp- tus, 1 Romanorum viginti quinque millia caesa sunt. 4. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno post 540. urbem conditam L. iEmilius Paullus et P. Te- rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. t Supply is with traditur, or eum with abduxisse, § 145, Obs. 4. a §126 3 R. III. * § 144, Obs. 2. s 51 & § 144. Obs. 1 b § 131, R. XLI. e § 140, 1. 3d. h 104, 2. c § 140. 1. 2d. i 39, 1. « 115, 2. LIBER III. 139 Quamquam intellectum erat, a Hannibalem non aliter vin- ci posse quam mora, Varro tamen morse b impatiens apud vicum, qui Cannae c appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo consules victi, Paullus interemptus est. In ea pugna con- sulares aut prsetorii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut occisi; militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millia et quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod d nun- quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 5. Post earn pugnam multse Italian civitates, quse Ro- manis 6 paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- nibal Romanis obtiilit, f ut captivos redimerent; respon- sumque est a a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios, qui armati capi potuissent. g Hos omnes ille postea variis suppliciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum Carthaginem misit, quos manibus h equitum Romanorum, senat5runij et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum magno exercitu, a duobus Scipionibus vincitur, perditque in pugna triginta quinque millia hominum. 6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem Campanise, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- pore Philippus, Demetrii nlius, rex Macedonian, ad Han- nibalem legatos mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanos pol- licetur. Qui legati 1 quum a Romanis capti essent,' M. Valerius Laevinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem lm- pediret, k quo minus copias in Italiam trajiceret. 1 Idem in Macedonians penetrans regem Philippum vicit. » 51,2, and «§112, R. V. i § 140, Obs. 4. § 144, Obs. 1. ' 60,4. k§ 141, Obs. 2, 4th, b § 107; R. IX. * § 140, 6. and 83, 2. ' § 103, Obs. I. h § 123, R. » 78, 7. * 37. 9. • 38, 1. 140 SOMAN HISTORY. 7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel- lus magnam hujus insula? partem cepit, quam Pceni occu- paverant; Syraciisas, nobilissimam urbem, expugnavit, et ingentem inde praedam Roraam a misit. Lsevinus in Ma- cedonia cum Philippo et multis Greecise populis amicitiam fecit; et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Pcenorum du- cem, apud Agrigentum cepit; quadraginta civitates in de- ditionem accepit, viginti sex expugnavit. Ita omni Si- cilia recepta, cum ingenti gloria Romam a regressus est. 8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipionesab Hasdru- bale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir Roman5rum b omnium fere primus. Hic, c puer d duodevi- ginti annorum, e in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singulari virtiite e servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem f mul- tos g nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere h cupienti- uiDj auctoritate sua ab hoc con&ilio deterruit. Viginti quatuor annorum e juvenis in Hispaniam missus, die qua venit, Carthaginem Novam cepit, in qua omne aurum et argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, nobilisslmos quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi- des parentibus suis 1 reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa- niae civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt. 9. Ab eo inde tempore resRomanorum in dies leetiores facta? sunt. Hasdrubal a fralre ex Hispania in Italiam evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem,in insidias inci- dit, et strenue pugnans occisus est. Plurimae autem civi- tates, quae in Brutiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. a § 130, 2, * 13, 2. s 21, 3. b § 107, R. X. e § 106, R. VII. * § 144, 5, & Obs. 2 ' 274. f § 106, Obs. 4. « § 28. Exc. LIEER IV. 141 10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus, a et in 550# Africam missus est. Ibi contra Hann5nem, du- cem Carthaginiensiunij prospere pugnat, totumque ejus exercitum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia homi- num occidit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quin- gentis militibus. Syphacem, Numidise regem, qui se cum Poenis conjunxerat, cepit, eumque cum nobilissimis Numi- dis et infinitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua b re audita, omnis fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse c aCartha- giniensibus in Africam redire jubetur. Ita anno 553 decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus d semel frustra tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- simi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio vic- tor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. Post hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. Scipio, quum Romam rediisset,ingenti gloria triumphavit, atque Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam cceperat. LIBER QUARTUS. 1. Finito Punicobellojsecutum est Macedo- nicum contra Philippum regem. Superatus est 5 ' 56 rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocepha- las, paxque ei data est hislegibus: ne Gracice civitatibus, quas Romdni contra eum defender ant, bellum inferret l » 115, 1. « 32,3. e § 131, Obs. 2. " 38, 3. * § 120, Obs. 3. ' § 140, 1, 2d. 142 ROMAN HISTORY. ut captivos et transfugas redder et ; quinquaginta solum naves haberet ; reliquas Romdnis daret ; mille talenta prastdret, et obsidem* daret filium Bemetrium. T. Quinctius etiam Lacedsemoniis inlulit bellum, et du- cem eorum NabTdem vicit. 2. Finito bello Macedonico.secutum est bel- A. U. . _ . w » •■- , 563 lum bynacum contra Antiochuni regem, cum quo Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eumL. Cornelius Scipio consul, cui b frater ejus Scipio Africanus legatus est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus, c An- tiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asise civitatem, a Cornelio Scipione consule ingenti proelio fusus est. Turn rex An- tiochus pacera petit. Data est ei b hac lege, ut exEuropd et Asia recederet, atque intra Taurum se contineret, de- cern millia talentorum et viginti obsides praberet, Han- nibdlem, concitorem belli, dederet. Scipio Romam re- diit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse, ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 3. Philippo, rege Macedonian, mortuo, films ejus Per- seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis. d Dux Romano- rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Ro- mani earn pranstare noluerunt, nisi his conditionibus, 6 ut se et suos Romanis dederet. Mox iEmilius Paullus con- sul regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti millia 586. peditum ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege fugit. Urbes Macedonian omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus gestis, d cum ingenti pompa, f Romam rediit in nave Persei, a 13. 1. e 115, 2. e § 129, R b § 126, R. III. a 104, 1. f § 129, Obs. 2. LIBER TV. 143 inusilatai magnitud]nis; a nam seelecim rem5rum ordines habuisse dieltur. Triumphavit magnificentissime m curru aureo, duobus filiis utioque latere b adstantibus. Ante cur- rum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus ducti sunt. 4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Cartha^mem , ~ „ . A. U. susceptum est sexcentesimo et aJtero c anno ab 602# urbe condita, d anno quinquagesimo primo post- quam secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L. Manlius Censorinus et M. Manlius consules in Africam trajecerunt, e et oppugnaverunt Carthagmem. Multa ibi praeclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipionis Africani nepotem, qui tribunus f in Africa militabat. Hujus apud omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, quam contra eum proelium committere. 5. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio anno postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant, e consul est creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is hanc A. TJ. uibem a civibus acerrime defensam s cepit ac 6 ' 08< ' diruit. Ingens ibi praeda facta, plurimaque in- venta sunt, quae multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago collegerat. Haec omnia Scipio civitatibus b Italian, Sici- lian, African reddidit, quae 1 sua j recognoscebant. Ita Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat, deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanorum ducem, ad interne- cionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux a Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti *§ 106. R. VII. e § 116, Obs. 5. »> 63. b § 136, Obs. 6, (in) ■ 13, 1. i 34. «§ 24,7. s§ 146, Obs. 6. J 31, 5. Note. J § 146, Obs. 2. 144 ROMAN HISTORY. quinque millibus ex militibus a ejus occlsis, Macedonian! recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatein su- am redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum indictum est, nobi- lissimae Graeciae civitati, b propter injuriam Romanis lega- tis c illatam. Hanc Mummius consul cepit ac di- eos. ' ruit. Tres igitur Roma; simul celeberrimi trium- phi fuerunt; Scipionis d ex Africa, ante cujus currum ductus est Hasdrubal; Metelli d ex Macedonia, cujus currum praecessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus dicitur; Mummii d exCorintho, ante quern signaaeneaet pic- ta3 tabulae et alia urbis clarisslmae ornamenta praelata sunt. 7. Anno sexcentesimo decimopost urbem con- 610> ditam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro- manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latro- num dux; postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit, utvindex 6 libertatis Hispaniae existimaretur/ Denique a suis s interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium a Caepione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquam Romanis placuisse h imperatorem a militibus suis interfici. 8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantinis, civi- tate b Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul, qui pacem cum iis fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus jussit infringi, 1 atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tradi. 1 Turn P. Scipio Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militem ignavum et corruptum correxit; turn multas Hispaniae civitatespartim bello cepit, partim in deditionem 621 accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame ad deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam provinciam m fidem accepit. a § 107, Obs. 8. b § 97, Obs. 1. c § 126, R. III. d Sup. triumphus. e § 103, R. & Exp. ' § 140, 1. 1st. e 19, 2. h 51,5. i 90,4. LIBER V. 146 9. P. Scipione Naslca a et L. Calpurnio Bestia consu- libus, Jugurthse, Numidarum regi, bellum illatum est, quod Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Micipsse filios, patrueles su- os, interemisset. b Missus adversus eum consul Calpurnius Bestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosissi- mam fecit, quse a senatu improbata est. Denique Qu. Caecilius Metellus consul Jugurtham variis prceliis vicit, elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, multas civitates ipsius in deditionem accepit. Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtham cepit. Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum 6 ' 48 ' duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu consulis in carcere stran^ulatus. LIBER QUINTUS. 1. Dum bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque Germanorum et Gallorum gentes Italia? c minabantur, aliseque Romanorum exercitus fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romae d timor, ne e iterum GalH urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul f creatus, eique bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- que protracto, tertius ei et quartus consulatus delatus est. In duobus prceliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theuto- bochum; propter quod meritum absens quinto Consul crea- tus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum copia adhuc infinlta erat, in Italiam transierunt. 653 ' Tterum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos * HO, 2. i 4,1. §140, Obs. 6. b §141,Obs. 7. ■ 121, 6, and ' § 103, R. § 112, R. V. 13 146 ROMAN HISTORY. dimicatum est a ad Veronam. Centum et quadraginta millia aut in pugna, aut in fuga csesa sunt; sexaginta millia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris b signa sublata sunt. 2. Sexcentesimo quinquagesimo nono anno ab 6 ' 59 ' urbe condila in Italia gravissimum bellum exar- sit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Pelignique, qui mul- tos annos populo Romano obedierant, aequa cum illis jura sibi b dari postulabant. Pernici5sum admodum hoc bel- lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occisus est; plures exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla cum c alia egregie gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quin- to demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit finem. Romani tamen, id d quod prius negaverant, jus civitatis, bello iinitOj sociis tribuerunt. 3. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo sexages- G q.q' imo sexto primum Romse bellum civile exortum est; eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam bello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sulla} bellum adversus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Ma- rius ei e hunc honorem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, qui adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum c interfecit, turn fugavit. Turn rebus Romse utcunque compositis, in Asiam profectus est, pluribusque prceliis Mithridatem coegit, ut pacem a Romanis peteret/ et Asia, quam inva- serat, relicta, regni sui finibus contentus esset. 4. Sed dum Sulla in Grsecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- cit, Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus a § 85, 3. " o 124, 8. « § 123, R. & 5, 1. b § 126, R. III. a 37, 9. « § 140, 1, 3d. LIBER VI. J 47 ex consulibus, bellum in Italia repararunt, et ingressi Ro- mam nobihssimos ex senatu et consul ares viros interfece- runt; multos proscripserunt; ipsius Sullae domo eversa, filios et uxorem ad fugam compulerunt. Universus reli- quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Graeciam ve- nit, orans ut patriae subvenlret. a Sulla in Italiam traje- cit, b hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem ingressus est, quam caede c et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interfici d jussit; duo millia equitum et senatdrum proscripsit. Turn de Mith- ridate triumphavit. Duo haec bella funestissima, Itali- cum, quod et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt ultra centum et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros con- sulares viginti quatuor, praetorios septem, aedilitios sexa- ginta, senatores fere ducentos. LIBER SEXTUS, 1. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo septua- gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo g et M. Aurelio 6 ' 76 ' Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bi- thyniae, et testamento populum Romanuiaa fecit heredem. 6 Mithridates, pace rupta/ Asiam rursus voluit invadere. Adversus eum ambo consiiles missi variam habuere fortii- nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus proelio, a rege etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde Mithridates Cyzicum h transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta, £ a § 140, 1, 3d. d 90, 4. s 110, 2, and b § 116, Obs. 5. «§I16, Obs. 1. § 146, Obs. 10 » § 125, R. f 104, 1. h § 130, 2. 148 ROMAN HISTORY. totam Asiam invaderet, Lucullus ei* alter consul, oecurrit, ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse b eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis prceliis vicit. Postremo Byzantium fugavit; navali quoque proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme d et sestate a Lucullo centum fere millia e militum regis exstincta sunt. 2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo f septuagesimo b78< " octavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores, ducibus g Spartaco, Crixo, et CEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Ca- puae h erat, effugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes panne non levius bellum, quam Hannibal, 1 moverunt. Nam con- traxerunt exercitum fere sexaginta millium e armatorum, multosque duces et duos Romanos consules vicerunt. Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule, et, posfmultas calamitates Italia3, j tertio anno huic bello finis est impositus. 3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse- cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proelio superatum fugavit, et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam tenebat, eidem k erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a Tigrane, Armenian rege, qui turn ingenti gloria impera- bat; sed hujus quoque regnum ] Lucullus est ingressus. Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenian civitatem, cepit; ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit, • § 112, IV. » § 24, 7. i § 106, Obs. 1. b 32, 3. e 110, 2. k 5, 1, & e § 130, 2. * § 130, 1. § 126, R. III. * § 131, R. XLI. i § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. » § 136, R. LII. - § 24, 5. LIBER VI. 149 ut robur militum Armeniorum deleret.* Sed quum Lucul- lus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei b missus est. 4. Per ilia tempora piratae omnia maria infestabant ita, ut Romanis, toto orbe c terrarum victoribus, sola naviga- • tio tuta non esset. a Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio d de- cretum est, quod intra paucos menses incredi- bili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ei d de- 687 ' latum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Ti- granem. Quo e suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Mi- nore nocturno prcelio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta millibus ejus occisis/ viginti tantum de exercitu suo per- didit et duos centuri5nes. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et duobus comitibuSj neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui seditione coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc vitse finem ha- buit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrial s atque consilii. Regnavit annis h sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus: contra Romanos bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 5. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit. Ille 1 seJ ei # dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suum J in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit- Parte k regni eum multavit et grandi pecunia. Turn alios etiam reges et populos superavit. Armeniam Minorem Deiotaro, Galatiee regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra Mithridatem tuierat. Seleuciam, vicinam AntiochTa3 civi- tatem, libertate l donavit, quod regem Tigranem non rece- pisset. m Inde in Judseam transgressus, Hierosolymam, caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, .duodecim millibus Judaeo- rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem * i. e. Pompey. f i. e. Tigranes. ! § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. a § 140, 1, 1st. e 38, 5. j § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. b § 110, R. t 104, 1 *§ 125, R. c § 136, Obs. 5, (in) e § 106. R. VII. ■ § 123, Obs. 3. d § 126, R. III. * § 131, R. XLI. « § 141, Obs. 7. 150 ROMAN HISTORY. antiquissimo bello imposuit Ante triumphantis a currum ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, nlius Tigranis, et Aristobulus, rex Judaeorum. Praelata ingens pecunia, auri atque ar- genti infinitum. 1 * Hoc tempore nullum per orbem terra- rum grave bellum erat. 6. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio 6 ' 89 ' consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catilina, nobilisimi generis vir, sedingeniipravissimi,addelendam d patriam conjuravit cum quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus viris. A Cicerone urbe e expulsus est, socii ejus depre- hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero consiile, Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus. 7. Anno urbis conditaa sexcentesimo nonagesT- g 93 ' mo tertio C. Julius Csesar cum L. Bibulo consul est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper vincendo f usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- muit autem annis s novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri- tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus h ante eum ne nomen "quidem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque trans Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius - Crassus contra Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina et auspicia prcelium commisisset, a Surena Oro- 7 "oo ' dis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum filio, clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae exercitus per C. Cassium qua3storem servataB sunt. » Sup. Pompeii. «> 112. 7. s § 131, R. XLI. » Sup. pondus. e § 136, R. LII. »> § 126, R. XXXIII. • § 106, R. VII. ' § 147, Obs. 5. LIBER VI. 151 9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ro- mani nominis fortuna mutata est. Caesar enim 705 / victor e Gallia rediens, absens coepit poscere alterum a consulatum; quern quum aliqui sine dubitatione deferrent, b contradictum est c a Pompeio et aliis, jussus- que est, dimissis exercitlbus, in urbem redire. Propter hanc injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregatos habe- bat, infesto exercitu Romam d contendit. Consules cum Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex urbe fugit, et in Graeciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel- lum contra Caesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem ingres- sus dictatorem se fecit. 10. Inde Hispanias e petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- peravit; turn in GraBcia adversum Pompeium ipsum dimi- cavit. Primo proalio victus est et fugatus; evasit tamen, quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque Caesar, nee* Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan turn die se potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicaverunt. Nun- quamf adhuc Romanae copiae majores neque melioribus ducibus f convenerant. Pugnatum est c ingenti contenti- 6ne,"victusquead postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di- repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam e petiit, ut a rege iEgypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet & aux- ilia. At hie fortunam magis quam amicitiam h secutus, occidit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum Caesari misit. Quo 1 conspecto, Caesar lacrymas fudisse dicitur, tanti viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. * Nee i. e. et non, 124, 1. f Nunquam, i. e. neque unquam, 124, 5. » § 24. 7. d § 130, 2. h § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. b § 140, Obs. 4, and e § 130, Obs. 10. ■ 38, 5, & § 44, 2. f § 136, Obs. 5 (cum) § 146, Obs. 2. c § 85, 3. 6 § 140. 1, 2d. 152 ROMAN HISTORY. 11. Quum ad Alexandriam venisset Csesar, Ptolemaeus ci insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illatum est. Rex viclus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus ejus cum lorica aurea. Caesar, Alexandria* potltus, reg- num Cleopatree dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeiana- rum b partium reliquias est persecutus, bellisque civilibus toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam rediit. Ubi quum insolentius agere coepisset, c conjuratum d est in eum a sexaginta vel amplius senatonbus, equitibusque Romanis. Praecipui fuerunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex genere illius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis, 6 primus Romas consul fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo 709. Csesar, quum in curiam venisset, c viginti tribus vulneribus confossus est. 12. Tnterfecto Ceesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Csesaris percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Csesaris partibus sta- bat. Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis sceleribus commissis, e a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatus- que Antonius, amisso exercitu, e confugitad Lepidum, qui Csesari s magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes copias militum habebat: a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus h patris 1 sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Ro- mam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibi j juveni vi- ginti annorum k consulatus daretur. 1 Turn junctus cum Antonio et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere coepit, se- natumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator oc- cisus est, multique alii nobiles. a 7, 5, & " 104,1. » viz: JuliiCcesaris § 121, R. XXYT. ' § 112, R. V. J § 126,'R. III. b § 106 Obs. 4. e § 110, R. & Obs. 1. * § 106, R. VII. • § 140, Obs, 4 h 102, 1. i § 140, 1. 3d d §85, 3. LIBER VI. 153 13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfect5res Csesaris, ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Caesar Oc- tavianusj qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Anto- niusj apud Philippos, Macedonian urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt An- 7 ' 12> tonius et Caesar; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cassius; secundo Brutum et infmltam nobilitatem, qua? cum illis bellum susceperat, victam a interfecerunt. Turn victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavia- nus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. 14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata b sor5re Caesaris Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginam iEgypti, uxorem duxit. Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra cupiditate c muliebri optat Roman regnare. Victus est ab Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Ac- tium, qui d locus in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in 723' iEgyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad Augustum translrent, se ipse e interemit. Cleopatra quo- que aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta est. Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Ro- mam rediit anno duodecimo f quam consul fuerat. Ex eo inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta et quatuor annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodecim annis cum Antonio et Lepido tenuerat.f Ita ab initio principalis ejus usque ad finem quin'quaginta sex anni fuere. * " Enira," &c, assigning a reason for " Solus." f Sup. earn, i. e. rempublicam. * 104,3, and '§ 129, R. • 33, 1. § 98, Obs. 4. «» 37, 5. t § 131, Obs. 2. b 104. 1. ■ OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 1. Uni versus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, Europam, a Asiam, Africam. Eur5pa ab Africa sejungi- tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt altissimi, Abyla a in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui b mon- tes Herciilis columnar appellantur. Per idem fretum mare internum, quod littoribus Europas, Asiaa, et African includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 2. Europa terminos d habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium, pontum Euxlnum, et paludem Maaotida; 6 a meridie/ mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive Oceanum; a septentrione/ mare Britannicum. Mare in- ternum tres maximos sinus habet. Quorum g is, qui Asiam a Grsecia sejungit, iEgaeum mare vocatur; secun- dus, qui est inter Graeciam et Italiam, Ionium; tertius denique, qui occidentales Italise oras alluit, a Romanis Tuscum, a Graecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 3. In ea Europae parte, quae ad occasum vergit, prima terrarum s est Hispania, quae a tribus lateribus mari cir- cumdata per Pyrenaeos montes cum Gallia cohaeret. * § 97, Obs. 5. <> § 116, Obs. 1. ' § 90, 6. » 37, 6. Note. • § 15, 4. e § 107, R. X. & 38. • § 103, R. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 Quum universa Hispania dives sit a et fcecunda, ea tamen regio, quae a flumine B3eti b Bsetica vocatur, ceteras fer- tilitate c antecellit. Ibi Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditano nomen dedit. Tota ilia regio viris, d equis, ferro, plumbo, sere, argento, auro- que abundat, et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis, linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque lapi- cidinas habet. In Baetlca minium reperitur. 4. Gallia posita est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rhenum, orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Oce- anus. Ejus pars ilia, quee Italiae e est opposita, et Nar- bonensis vocatur, omnium f est leetissima. In ea ora sita est Massilia, urbs a Phocseis condita, qui, patria a Persis devicta, quum servitutem ferre non possent,^ Asia relic- ta, h novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est cam- pus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent, g Jupiter filium imbre lapidumadjuvit. Credas'pluisse^adeomulti passim jacent. 5. Rhodanus fluvius, haud longe a Rheni fontibus or- tus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita ut per medium lacum integer fluat, k tantusque, quantus 1 ve- nit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Gallias aliquan- diu dirimit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum am- nium accessu auctus in mare effunditur. 6. Ea pars GalliaB, quse ad Rhenum porrigitur, frumen- ti pabulique m feracissima est, ccelum saliibre; noxia ani- malium genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victimis n gaudere existiment. k a § 140, Obs. 3. ' 19,&§107,R.X. J 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. b § 15, 5. 8 §140, Obs. 4. "§ 140, 1,1st. c§ 128, R. h 104, 1. i 44, 3.' d § 121, R. I § 45, I. 3, last Ex. m § 107, R. XI. • § 126, R. in. § 140, 1, 1st. ■ § 121, Obs. 2. J 56 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE Magistri religionum et sapientise sunt Druulae, qui, quae 3 se scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis docent. Animas seternas esse b credunt, vitamque alteram post mortem incipere. b . Hanc ob causam cum defunctis c ar- ma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrlnam homines ad bellum d alacriores facere existTmant. 7. Universa Gallia divisa est inter tres magnos popu- los, qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenseo monte usque ad Garumnam Aquitani habitant; inde ad Sequanam Celts; Belgse denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent'. 8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenaao monte delapsus, diu vadosus est et vix navigabiilis. Quanto e magis procedit, tanto fit latior; ad postremum magni freti f similis, non solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris exsurgitj navigantesque c atrociter jactat. 9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentnonem pergit. Postquam se haud procul Lutetia. 5 cum Matrona con- junxit, Ocea.no h infunditur. Hsec flumina opportunissi- ma sunt mercibus 1 permutandis j et ex mari interno in Oceanum transvehendis. j 10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus haud procul ab origine lacum efFicit Venetunij qui etiam Brigantinus ap- pellatur. Deinde longo spatio k per fines Helvetiorum, Mediomatricorum, et Trevir5rum continuo alveo fertur, aut modicasinsulas 1 circumfluens; in agro Batavo autem, ubi Ocea.no appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur; nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus, * 37, 2. Obs. 5. i § 111, R. »» 95, 1. f § 111, Obs. 2. i § 112, 6. c 19,1,' s § 136, Obs. 5, (a) * § 132, R. * § 107, Obs. 3, 2d. h § 126, R. III. » § 136, R. LII. * § 132, R. XLIII. & NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 157 Flevo appellatur, ejusdemque nominis insulam amplexus, fit iterum arctior et fluvius* iterum in mare emittitur. 1 1 . Trans Rhenuni Germani habitant usque ad Vistu- lam, quae finis est Germaniae ad orientem. Ad meridiem terminatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari Britannico et Baltico. Incolae corporum proceritate b excel lunt. Am- inos bellando, c corpora laborious exercent. Hanc ob causam crebrd bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tarn finium prolatandorum d causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob bel- li amorem. Mites 6 tamen sunt erga supplices, 6 et boni hospitibus. Urbes mcenibus cinctas aut fossis aggeribus- que munitas non habent. Ipsas domos ad breve tempus struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quae frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari f peri- culosum g arbitrantur libertati. 12. Agricultiirae 11 Germani non admodum student, nee quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet. Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, campus, nemusve iis h placuerit, 1 ibi domos figunt, mox alio tran- situri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem in subterraneis speciibiis dicuntur transigere. 13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- via redditur. Inter silvas j maxima est Hercynia, cujus latitudinem k CaBsar novem dierum iter 1 patere narrat. Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumina sunt in Germania multa et magna.. Inter haec clarissi- mum nomen Rheni, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii. Clari quoque amnes, Moenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius, * 13,l,&§97,Exp e 19,1. « § 140, 5. b § 128, R. I 89, 5. J § 107, Obs. 8. • § 147, Obs. 5, and s § 98, Obs. 6. * § 145, R. Ill, 6. *§ 112, R.V. i § 132, R. * 112.5. 14 158 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE omnium Europae fluminum a maximus, apud Rha?tos ori- tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexagiitta amnibus, in Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis effunditur. 14. Britanniam insulam Pho3nicibus innotuisse, eosque stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabile est. Romanis earn Julius Csesar primus aperuit; neque tamen prius cognita esse coepit quam Claudio b imperante. Hadrianus earn, muro ab ocea.no Germanico ad Hiberni- cum mare ducto, in duas partes divisit, ut inferiorem in- sulae partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- lorum, qui in Scotia habitabant, incursionibus tueretur. 15. Maxima insulee pars campestris, collibus passim silvisque distincta. Incolse Gallos proceritate d corporum vincunt, ceterum ingenio d Gallis similes, simplicidres ta- men illis e magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus. Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabula pecori, sed plerumque ad breve tempus. Humanitate d ceteris prsestant ii, qui Can- tium incolunt. Tota heec regio est maritima. Qui in- teriorem insulae partem habitant, frumenta non serunt; lacte f et carne vivunt. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus. g 16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad fretum Siculum porrigi- tur inter mare Tuscum et Adriaticum. Multo h longior est quam latior. 1 In medio se attollit Appenninus mons, qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- gio ob fertilitatem soli ccelique salubritatem. Quum longe in mare procurrat, j plurimos habetportus populorum inter se k patentes commercio. 1 Neque ulla facile m est regio, a § 107, R. X. f § 121, Obs. 2. 74, 1. b § 146, Obs. 9. s § 126, R. V. * § 28, Obs. 5. ° § 140, 1. 2d. h § 132, R. XLIII. > § 112, R. XVII. a § 128, R. » § 120, Obs. 6. * § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. * 6, 3, & § 120, R. i § 140, Obs. 3, and NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 quse tot tamque pulchras urbes habeat, a inter quas Roma et magnitudlne b et nomrnis fama emmet. 17. Haec urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes complectltur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; Augusti aevo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant fora, templa, portlcus, aquaeductus, theatra, arcus trium- phales, horti denique, et id genus c alia, ad quse vel lecta d animus stupet. Quare recte de ea praedicare videntur, qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam ei e comparari posse dixerunt. 18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi ibi vitiferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Seti- num, Caecubuin, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem fontes f saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- chylio g quoque et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent. 19. Clarissimi amnes Italias sunt Padus et Tiberis. Et Padus quid em in superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisalpi- na vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesuli montis exoritur; primiim exilis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per septem ostia in mare efTundat. h Tiberis, qui antiquisslmis temporibus Albulae nomen habebat, ex AppennTno oritur; deinde duobus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit navi- gabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa. villas adspicit, praeci- pue autem urbis Romanae magnificentiam. Placidissi- mus amnium raro ripas 1 egreditur. 20. In inferiore parte Italiae clara quondam urbs Taren- tum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli fertilitas coelique jucunda temperies.in causa fuisse vide* tur, ut incolae luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque »§ 141, R.I. § 146, Obs. 6. * § 140, 1, 1st. t>§128.R. e § 126, R, III. 1 § 136, Obs. 5, « § 136, Obs. 5, (ad) * § 101, Obs. 4. (ultra.) J 101, 4, and e§ 121, R. 160 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE aliquandiu potential florerent, b copiasque haud contem- nendas alerent, peregrinis tamen plerumque ducibus in bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho, c rege Eplri, quo superato, urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 21. Proxima Italian est Sicilia, insula omnium d maris interni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum Italia cohsesisse, 6 marisque impetu,autterraB motuinde divulsam esse, 6 verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita ut litterse, quam Grseci Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mons yEtnse f qui urbi Catanse imminet, turn s ob altitudinem, turn etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare Cyclopum in illo monte officinam esse poetsedicunt. Cineres e crateribus egesti agrum circumjacentem foecundum et feracem red- dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen habent a duobus juvenibus Catanensibus, qui, flammis quondam repente ingruentibus, parentes senectute con- fectos, humeris sublatos, flammse h eripuisse feruntur. Nomina fratrum Amphinomus et Anapus fuerunt. 22. Inter urbes Sicilige nulla est illustrior Syracusis, Corinthiorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab Atheniensibus bello petita, maxMnas hostium copias dele- vit: Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af- fecit. Secundo bello Punico per triennium oppugnata, Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. Marcello capta est. Vicinus huic urbi fons Arethusee Nymphse 1 sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponneso per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si quid ad Olympian! in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in * Sup. esse, quet," § 144, § 47, 6. Obs. 2. t Commissdri, ,c in order to enjoy a ban- a § 128, b § 140, c § 149, R. Obs. 3. R. {ut, as,) d 19, e 97, f §97, & § 107, R. 1, &4. Exc. 1. X s 124, h § 123, ' § 111, 7. R. R. iNATlOWS OF ANTIQUITY. 161 Arethusse fonte reddi. a De ilia fabula quid statuendum sit, b sponte apparet. 23. In raari Ligustico insula est Corsica, quam Grseci Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis c invia, caelum grave, mare circa d importunum. Incola3,latroci- niis dedlti,feri sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius in- su]ae amara esse dicuntur corporibusque 6 nocere. Proxi- ma ei est Sardinia, quae a Grsecis mercatoribus Ichniisa vocatur, quia formam humani vestigii habet. Solum f quam coelum melius. Illud k fertile, hoc k grave ac nox- ium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venenatas gig- nit. Multum inde frumenti s Rom am mittitur; unde hsec insula et Sicilia nutrices urbis vocantur. 24. Grsecia nominis celebritate omnes fere alias orbis terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnorum in- geniorum h fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque artes majore studio ' excoluit. Plurlmas eadem colonias in omnes terras partes deduxit. Multum itaque terra man- que valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum gloria gessit. 25. Grsecia inter Ionium et JEgseum mare porrigitur. In plurlmas regiones divisa est, quarum j amplissimae sunt Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam has a nonnullis a Grse- cia sejunguntur — turn Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi et Alexandri regnum illustravitj quorum ille k Groeciam subegit, hic k Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Persis 1 imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regionis et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarum J septuaginta - Sup. dicUur. • § 112, R. V. > § 129, R. b § 140. 5, & 108, 9. '§ 101, Obs. 4. i § 107, R. X. • § 136, Obs. 5, (in) s § 106, R. VIII. * § 28, Obs, 3, 3d. <§90, 4. h § 107. Obs. 1. 1st. ' 5, 1, § 126, R.III 162 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE duas, Perseo, ultimo Macedonia? rege, superato, Paullus /Emilius diripuit. 26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montlbus, desinit in Acheloo flumine. Plures earn populi incolunt. Illustris ibi Dod5na a in MolossSrum finibus, vetustissimo Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbae ibi ex arboribus oracula dedisse narrantur; quercusque ipsas et lebetes aeneos inde suspensos deorum voluntatem tinnitu significasse b fama est. 27. Acheloi fluvii ostiis c insulae aliquot objacent, qua- rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae praeterea insulae littori c Eplri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Ho- inerus Scheriam appellasse existimatur. d In hac Phaea- cas posuit ille et hortos Alcinoi. Coloniam hue dedux- erant Corinthii, quo e tempore Numa Pompilius Romae regnavit. Vicina ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspera mon- tibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, ut ne fer- tilissimis quidem regionibus cedat. f 28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam et Epirum, foecunda regio, generosis praecipue equis excellens, unde Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo- rabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existimatur, d Pelion et Ossa, per quos gigantes coelum petivisse dicun- tur; d (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con- scenso g se ipsum cremavit. Inter h Ossam et Olympum Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, vallem amcenis- simam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 29. Inter h reliquas Graeciae regiSnes nominis claritate 1 eminet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, a § 101, Obs. 4. d § 145, Obs. 4. e 104. 1. b 97, 1. » 37, 2d, & Note. h 123, 3. c § 112, IV. ' § 140, 1, 1st. > § 128, R. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163 de qua urbe deos inter se certasse fama est. Certius est a nullam unquam urbem tot poetas tulisse, tot oratores, tot philosophos, totque in omni virtutis genere claros viros. Res alitem bello eas b gessit,ut huic soli c gloria? d studere videretur; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Acro- polis 6 urbi imminenSj unde latus in mare prospectus pa- tet. Per propylaea ad earn adscendltur/ splendidum Peri- clis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjectus est portus Piraeeus, post bellum Persicum secundum a Themistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio 6 navium. 30. Atticam attingitBceotia, fertilisslma regio. Incolae magis corporibus g valent quam ingeniis. Urbs celeber- rima Thebae, 6 quas Amphion musices h ope moenibus cinxisse dicitur. Illustravit earn Pindari poetse ingenium, Epaminondae virtus. Mons e ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes, et Citheeron plunmis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 31. Boeotise Phocis finitima, 6 ubi Delphi urbs clarissi- ma. In qua urbe oraculum Apollinis quantam i apud om- nes gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot x quamque pra?- clara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe Delphos j missa fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons, in cujus verticibus Musse habitare dicuntur, k unde aqua fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare existimatur. k 32. Cum ea parte Gr£ecia3, quam hactenus descripsi- mus, cohaBret ingens peninsula, quae Peloponnesus voca- tur, pl^t-ani folio 1 simillima. Angustus ille trames inter a 51, 2. f Sup. a homirilbus, « § 140, 5. b 2S, 1. 67,2. J § 130, 2. c 16, 4. e§ 128, R. * § 145, Obs. 4 d § 112, R. V. h § 9, Greek nouns. i § 111, R. • § 101, Obs. 4 164 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE Mgddum mare et Ionium, per quern cumMegaride cohse- ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad quod ludi celebrantur Isthmici. Ibidem in ipso Pe^pon- nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissana, ex cujus summa a arce, (Acrocorinthon b appellant,) utrumque mare conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret, c maritimisque valeret copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma- ni cum Grsecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam Cicero Grsecise lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata d fun- ditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Ceesar, colo- nosque e eo milites veteranos misit. 33. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, templo Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua f ex ebore facta, Phidise summi artificis opus preestantissimum. Propel illud templum ad Alphei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur Olympici, ad quos videndos h ex tota Graecia concurri- tur. 1 Ab his ludis Grseca gens res gestas suas numerat. 34. Nee Sparta praetereunda J est, urbs nobilissima, quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- travit. k Nulla fere gens bellica laude 1 magis floruit, pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi immi- net mons Taygetus, qui m usque ad Arcadiam procurrit. Proxime urbem g Eurotas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas Spartani se exercere solebant. In Sinum Laconicum efFunditur. Haud procul inde abest promontorium Tae- narum, ubi altissimi specus, per quos Orpheum ad infe- ros descendisse n narrant. 35. Mare iEgaeum, inter Graeciam Asiamque patens, » 17, 2. s § 136, Obs. 5. ad. * § 102, Obs. 1 b § 10, Greek nouns. * 112, 7. i § 128, R. « § 140, Obs. 4. 1 Sup. ab hominl- m 35, 1. d 115, 1. bus, 67, 2. » 97,1 c § 116, Obs. 1. i 108, 1. o 123,3. § 101, Obs. 4. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. J 65 plurimisinsulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt pr- elacies, sic appellatae, quia in orbem jacent. Media earum a est Del us, quae repente e mari enata esse dicitur. In ea insula Latona Apollinein et Dianain peperit, quae numina ibi una cum matre summa religione coluntur. Urbi im- minet Cynthus, mons excelsus et arduus. Inopus amnis pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem tem- plique religionem mercatores ex toto orbe terrarum eo confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Graeciae, post secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in earn insulam, tanquam in commune totius Graeciae aerarium, conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atheni- enses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 36. Euboea insula littori b Boeotian et Atticae praetendi tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terras motu a Baeotia avulsaesse creditur; saepius earn concussam esse c constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungltur, vocatur Eu- rlpus, saevumet aestuosurn mare, quod continuo motu agi- tatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori- bus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii hoc negant, dicen- tes, mare temere in venti modum hue illuc nioveri. Sunt, qui narrent, d Aristoielem philosophum, quia hujus mira- culi eausas investigate non posset, e aegritudine confectum esse. 37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus/ Supra Ma- cedonian! Thracia porrigitur a Ponto Euxino usque ad Illyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun- dior, quae propiores sunt mari. Pomiferae arbores rarae; frequentiores vitesj sed uvae non maturescunt, nisi frigus a §107, R. X « 97,1. -§141, Obs. 8. b §126, R. III. d § 141, R. I. t 77, 7, & § 45, I. 1. 166 * OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE studiose arcetur. Sola Thasus, insula littori Thracise ad- jacens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celeberrimi Hebrus, ad quern Orpheus a Meenadibus discerptus esse dicitur, Nestus et Strymon. Montes altisslmi, Haemus, ex cujus vertice Ponius et Adria conspicitur; Rhodope et Orbelus. 38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nominibus diver- sse et moribus. Inter has Getse omnium sunt ferocissimi et ad mortem paratissimi. a Animas enim post mortem redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos deflentur; funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. Plures singuli b uxores habent. Hae omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul- que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, magnoque id certamine a judicibus c contendunt. VirgTnes non a parentibus tra- duntur viris, sed aut publice ducendaB d locantur, aut ve- neunt. Formosae in pretio sunt; ceteraa maritos mercede data inveniunt. 39. Inter urbes Thracise memorabile est Byzantium, ad Bosporum Thracium, urbs natura munita et arte, qua3,eum e ob soli fertilitatem,tum ob vicinitatem maris, omnium re- rum, quas vita requirit, copia abundat. Nee Sestos pra> tereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespontum posita, quam amor Hems et Leandri memorabilem reddidit; nee Cynos- sema, tumulus HecubaB, ubi ilia, post Trojam dirutam/ in canem mutata et sepulta esse dicitur. Nomen etiam habet in iisdem regionibus urbs iEnos, ab JEnea, e patria pro- fugo condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem secuta esse narrantur; Abdera demque, ubi Diomedes rex advenas equis suis devorandos d objiciebat, donee ipse ab Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quae s urbs quum rana- rum muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto h a § 111, Obs. 3. b 26, 6. c § 124, Obs. 2. d 107, 1. e 124, 8. ' § 146, Obs. 2 e 38, 1. * 104, 1. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 167 patriae solo, novas sedes qusesiverunt. Hos Cassander, rex Macedonian, in societatem accepisse, agrosque in ex- tremal Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montibus Rhipeeis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio nullis fere intus fmibus dividitur. Scythae enim nee agrum exercent, nee certas sedes habent, sed armenta et pecora pascentes per incultas solitudines errare solent. Uxores liberosque secum in plaustris vehunt. Lacte et melle vescuntur- aurum et argentum, cujus nullus apud eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus b vestiunt. 41. Diversse sunt Scytharum gentes, diversique mores. Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacrificiis celebrent, c eorumque capitibus d afTabre expolitis auroque vinctis pro poculis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, id- que e tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet ma- joribus. Ii, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, anti- quissimis temporibus advenas Dianse mactabant. Inte- rius habitantes ceteris f rudiores sunt. Bella amant, et quo s quis plures hostes interemerit, eo s majore existima- tidne apud suos h habetur. Ne foedera quidem incruenta sunt. Sauciant se qui paciscuntur, sanguinemque permis- tum degustant. Td fidei pignus certissimum esseputant. 42. Maxima fluminum Scythicorum sunt Ister, qui et Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic- tum est. 1 Borysthenes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liqui- * Tanto magis quanto quis; literally, (i more by so much as any one," (§ 132, Obs. 5,) i. e. " in proportion as," &c. a 17, 1. 7. 4. s 22, 4, & 44, 7. b § 125, R. o Sup. faciunt. h 19,3. «§ 141, R. I. f 6. 3. « §85, 3. ^ § 121, R. XXVI. & 168 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE dissimas aquas trahit et potatu a jucundas. Placidus idem lsetissima pabiila alit. Magno spatio navigabilis juxta urbem BorysthenIda b in Pontum efFunditur. 43. Ultra Rhipseos montes et Aquilonem gens habitare existimatur Felicissima, Hyperboreos c appellant. Regio apiica, felix coeli temperies omnique afflatu d noxio carens. Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio, e bruma semel occi- dit. Incoke in nemoribus et lucis habitant; sine omni discordia et segritudine vivunt. Quum vitee f eos tsedet, epulis sumptis s ex rupe se in mare praecipltant, Hoc enim sepulture genus beatissimum esse existimant. 44. Asid. ceteris terraB partibus 11 est amplior. Oceanus earn alluit, ut locis ita nominibus differens; Eous ab ori- ente, a meridie Indicus, a septentri5ne Scythicus. Asia? nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, quaj a mari ^Egseo usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est Bithynia ad PropontTdem sita, ubi Granlcus in mare efFunditur, ad quern amnem Alexander, rex Macedonise, pr'imam victoriam de Persis reportavit. Trans ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus in cervice peninsiilse, urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appella- ta, qui in illis regionibus ab Argonautis pugna occisus est. Haud procul ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare efFun- ditur, circa quem angues nascuntur, non solum ob mag- nitudinem mirabiles, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex aqua emergunt et hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum, 1 quod fretum quinque stadia J latum Europam ab Asia sep- arat. Ipsis k in Faucibus Bospori oppidum estChalcedon, 1 a § 148, 2, & 114, 2. e § 131, R. XL. > § 129, Obs. 2. b §15, 4. ' § 113 Exc. II, & i § 132, R. XLII. c Sup. quam 66,5. k 32,6. § 116, Obs. 1. e 104, 1. > Sup. condlta. d 5 121, R. XXV. h 6, 3. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 169 ab Argia, Megarensium principe, et ternplum Jovis, ab Jasone conditum. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, non molli a neque arenoso circumdatus litt6re,tempestati- bus b obnoxius, raris stationibus. c Olim ob saevitatem pop- ulorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus fuisse dicl- tur; postea, mollitis illorum moribus,dictus est EuxinuS. 46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs est Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta earn spe- lunca est Acherusia, quani ad Manes perviam esse existi- mant. d Hinc Cerberus ab Hercule extractus fuisse dicitur. Ultra fluvium ThermodontaMossyni habitant. Hi totum corpus distinguunt notis. Reges suffragio eligunt; eosdem in turre lignea inclusos arctissime custodiunt, et, si quid perperam imperitaverint, 6 media totius diei afficiunt. Extremum Ponti angulum Colchi tenent ad Phasidem; quae f loca fabiila de vellere aureo et Argonautarum ex- peditio illustravit. 47. Inter provincias Asise proprie dicta? illustris est Ionia, in duodecim civitates divisa. Inter eas est Miletus, belli pacisque artibus inclyta; eique vicinum Panionium, sacra regio, quo omnes Ionum civitates statis temporibus legatos solebant mittere. Nulla facile « urbs plures colo- nias misit, quam Miletus. Ephesi, quam f urbem Amazo- nes condidisse traduntur, ternplum est Dianae, quod sep- tem mundi miraciilis annumerari solet. Totius templi longitudo est quadringentorum viginti quinque pedum, latitudoducentorum viginti; columnae centum viginti sep- tem numero, sexaginta pedum altitudine; h ex iis triginta sex caelatae. Operi ' proefuit Chersiphron architectus. a 16, 6. ■ 74, 6, and « § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. b § 111, R. § 101, Obs. 1. *§ 128, R. «=§ 106, R. VII. ' 37, 4. I 6 112, R. I •i § 101, Obs. 1. 15 170 OF THE GEOGRAPHY .AND THE 48. iEolis olim Mysia appellata, a et, ubi Hellespontnm attingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices montis Idae, urbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universa Grsecia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idaeo monte Scamander defluit et Simois, amnes fama quam natura maj5res. Ipsum ihontem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium illustrem reddidit. In littore clarae sunt urbes Rhoeteum et Dar- dania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis. qui ibi post certamen cum Ulysse gladio incubuit, utraque b clarius. 49. Ionibus c Cares sunt finitlmi, populus armorum d bellique adeo amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac- cepta gereret. 6 Princeps Cariae urbs a Hal icarnassus, Ar- givorum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus e5rum Mau- solus fuit. Qui f quum vita g defunctus esset, Artemisia conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cineresque con- tusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendidumque praeterea sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter septem orbis terrarum miracula censetur. 50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia proprie sic dicta cum Syria conjungltur. Sinus ille ab urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua b limpidissima et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo quum lavaret, 1 parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.J Antrum Corycium in iisdem regionlbus ob singularem naturam memorabile est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in monte arduo, alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen- dentibus. Ubi ad ima k perventum est, 1 rursus aliud antrum aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorum ingredientes k terrere a § 101, Obs. 4. e § 140, 1, 1st. « § 140, Obs. 4. b Sup. urbe. * 39, 1. i § 140, 3. e § 111, JR. « § 121, R. XXVI. k i9 ; 6, & 19, 1. * § 1/37 R. IX. »» § 106, R. VII. » 67, 5. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171 dit.ftur. Totus hie specks augustus est et vere saeer, et a diis habitari existimatur. 51. E Cilicia egressos a Syria exeipit, cujus pars est Phoenice in littore maris interni posita. Hanc regionem sollers hominum genus colit. Phcenices enim litterarum formas a se inventasaliis populis tradiderunt; alias etiam artes,quae ad navigationem et mercaturam spectant, studi- ose coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio b crebrisque flumini- bus rigata, quorum ope terrae marisque opes facili negotio inter se c permutantur. Nobilissimse Phcenices urbes Si- don, antequam a Persis caperetur, maritimarum urbium maxima; et Tyrus, aggere cum terra conjuncta. Purpura b hujus urbis omnium pretiosissima. Conficitur ille color ex succo in conchis, quas etiam purpuras vocantur,latente. 52. Ex Syria descenditur d in Arabiam, peninsulam in- ter duo maria, Rubrum et Persicum, porrectam. Hujus ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petraeae nomen accepit, plane est sterilis; hanc exeipit ea, quae ob vastas solitudines Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhaeret Arabia Felix, regio angusta, sed cinnami, e thuris aliorumque odorum, feracissima. Multse ibi gentes sunt, quae fixas sedes non habeant/ Nomades a Graecis appellatae. Lacte g et car- ne ferlna vescuntur. Multi etiam Arabum populi latro- ciniis& vivunt. Primus e Romanis .ZElius Gallus in hanc terrain cum exercitu penetravit. 53. Camelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duo harum sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabiae. Illae h bina habent in dorso tubera,hac h singula; unum autem sub pectore, cui incumbant. Dentium online 1 superiore carent. Sitim ■ 19, 1. • § 107, R. IX. and Obs. 2. b § 101, Obs. 4. t § 141, Obs. 3. b § 28, Obs. 3. 3d. c§28, Obs. 5. *§ 121, R. XXVI. > § 121, R. XXV. a 67. 6. 172 OF THE GEOGRAPHY" AND THE quntriduo tolerant; aquam, aniequam bibant, a pedibus turbant. Vivunt quinquagenis annis; b queedam etiam eentenis. 54. Ex Arabia pervenltur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- nitudlne et diyitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel, ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Mu- rus exstructus laterciilo c coctili, triginta et duos pedes d est latus, ita ut quadriga? inter se e occurentes sine pericu- lo commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentorum pedum; tur- res autem denis b pedibus f quam murus altiores sjunt. Totius opens ambitus sexagintamillia passuum complec- titur. Mediam urbem g permeat Euphrates. Arcem ha- bet viginti stadiorum h ambltu; * super ea pensiles horti conspiciuntur, tantseque sunt moles tamque firmse, ut onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 55. Amplissima Asia? regio J India primiim patefacta est armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedonia?, cujus exem- plum successores secuti in interiora k Indisepenetraverunt. In eo tractu, quern Alexander subegit, quinque millia op- pidorum fuisse, 1 gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam partem esse m terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt. Ingentes ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo 11 major Ganges. Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit, totidem Ganges interque eos plures navigabiles. 56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi grandiores ceteris. 11 Arbores tantaB proceritatis h esse tra- duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber- a § 140, 4. • § 28, Obs. 5. i § 97, R. b § 131. R. XLI. * § 132, R. XLIII. k 19, 6. and § 24, 11. s § 136, R. LII. » 98, 2. c § 128, Obs. 2. * § 106, R. VII. m 96, 2. i § 132, R. XLII. « § 128, R. » 6,3. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 173 tas soli, temperies coeli, aquarum abundantia. Immanes quoque serpentes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu corporis conficiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut mel- la frondibus a defluant, b sylvse lanas ferant, b arundinum internodia fissa cymbarum usum praebeant, binosque, quae- dam etiam ternos c homines, vehant. 57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino d aliives- tiuntur et lanis arborum, aliiferarum aviumque pellibus, pars nudi e incedunt. f Quidam animalia occidere eorumque carnibus vesci nefas s putant; alii piscibus tantum alun- tur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quam annis et macie conficiantur, h velut hostias caedunt eorumque vis- ceribus 1 epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit, mortem in solitudine aequo animo exspectant. Ii, qui sa- pientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent, solem immobilibus oculis intuentes; ferventibus arenis^ to- to die k alternis pedibus 1 insistunt. Mortem non exspect- ant,sed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se praecipitantes. 58. Maximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant. b Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma jacere, gladiatorum more congredi, saltare et per funes in- cedere. Plinius narrat, Romae unum segnioris ingenii m saepius castigatum esse verberlbus, quia tardius" accipie- bat, quae tradebantur; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. Ducit agmen maximus natu,° cogit is, qui aetate ei est a § 136, R. LII. e Sup. esse, & 51, 5. i § 129, R. b § 140, 1, 1st. h § 140, 4. » § 106, R. VII. c 26, 1. i § 121, Obs. 2. » 22, 3. * § 126, R. V. J § 136, Obs. 5, (in) » § 26, 6, Note & «§98,Exc. 2. k§131, R. XLI. § 128, R. * § 102, R. II. 174 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE proximus. Amnem transituri mimmospraemittunt. Capi- untur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit, a celeri ramos congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conantur extra- here. Domantur fame et verberibus. Doraiti militant et turres b armatorum in hostes ferunt, magnaque ex parte Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies prosternunt, arma- tosproterunt. Ingens dentibus c pretium. In GraBcia ebur ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissima materia adhi- betur; in extremis d Africa? postium vicem in domiciliis prsebet, sepesque in pecorum stabulis elephantorum den- tibus e fiunt. Inter omnia animalia f maxime oderunt 8 murem. Infestus elephanto etiam rhinoceros, qui nomen habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. In pugna maxime adversarii alvum petit, quam scit esse molliorem. Lon- gitudlne elephantum fere exaequat; crura multo breviora; color buxeus. 59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. HaBc avis humanas voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti h ejus eadem est duritia, quae rostro. h Quum devolat, rostro se excipit, eique innititur. 60. Testudines tantas magnitudinis Indicum mare emit- tit, ut singularum testis 1 casas integant.J Insulas k rubri praBcipue maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- miscentes in summa aqua, id 1 quod proditur stertentium sonitu. Turn terni adnatant, a duobus in dorsum verti- tur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- tore stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vi- vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant; j »§140, 5, &74,6. c § 128, Obs. 2. » § 125, R. b Sup. plenas, full * § 107, Obs. 8. i § 140, 1, 1st. § 107, R. XI. s § 84, Obs. 2. * § 130, 2, & Obs. 10. ■ § 110, R. * § 112. R. II. i 37, 9, Note 3. a 19, (pariibus.) NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 in terrain egressae, herbis. a Pariunt ova ovis avium simi- lia, ad centena b nuinero; eaque extra aquam defossa ter- ra cooperiunt. 61. Margaritas Indici oceani omnium c maxime laudan- tur. Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adhaerentibus. Max- ima laus est in candore, magnitudine, laevore, pondere. Raro duae inveniuntur, qua? sibi ex omni parte sint simi- les. Has auribus d suspendere, c feminarum est gloria. Duos maximos uniones Cleopatra, ^gypti regina, habu- isse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnincenti& superaret/ in coena aceto solvit, solutum hausit. 62. iEgyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posita, a plurimis ad Asiam refertur; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi- nal! existimant. HaBC regio, quanquam expers g est imbri- um, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efficit, omnium fluviorum, qui in mare internum effunduntur, maximus. Hie in desertis Africas oritur, turn ex ^Ethiopia descendit in iEgyptum, ubi de altis rupibus praecipitatus usque ad Elephantidem urbem fervens adhuc decurrit. Turn demum fit placidior. Juxta Cercasorum oppidum in plures am- nes dividitur, et tandem per septem ora effundltur in mare. 63. Nilus, nivibus in ^Ethiopia? montibus solutis, cres- cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta fere dies; totidem diebus minuitur. Justum incrementum est cubitorum h sedecim. Si minores sunt aquae, non omnia rigant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorum h duodevi- ginti; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquas, aggeres aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om- nis recesserit,' 1 agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. » § 121, Obs. 2, (vi- d § 123, R. « § 107, R. XT. vunt.) •§ 144, 1, &R.LVI. h § 106, R. VII. *» § 24, 11. I § 140, 1, 2d. I 74. 6. ■ § 135, R. XLVII. 176 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 64. Nilus crocodllum alit, belluam quadrupedem, in terra non minus quam in flumine hominibus infestam. Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu a caret; dentium plureshabetordines; maxilla inferior est immobilis. Mag- nitudine excedit plerumque duodeviginti cubita. Paril: ova anserinis b non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus est, et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terra agit, noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore somnum capit ore hiante, trochllus, parva avis, dentes ei c fauces- que purgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per easdem fauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvum. Hebetes oculos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer- rimos. TentyritaB in insula Nili habitantes, dirse huic bellua3 d obviam ire audent, eamque incredibili audacia expugnant. 65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamum; ungulis 6 binis, dorso e equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro re- simo, cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetrabilis, prseterquam si humore madeat. f Primus hippopotamum et quinque crocodilos M. Scaurus sedilitatis suae ludis s RomaB ostendit. 66. Multa in iEgypto mira sunt et artis et naturae ope- ra. Inter ea, quae manibus hommum facta sunt, eminent pyramides, quarum maximae sunt et celeberrimae in monte sterili inter Memphin oppidum et earn partem iEgypti, quae Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- ginta sex hommum h millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra- duntur. Haec octo jugera soli occupat; unumquodque latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes i longum est; alti- a § 121, R. XXV. * § 135, R. XLVII. g§ 131, R. XL. b § 106, Obs. 4, & e § 106, R. VII. * § 107, R. X. 19, (ovis.6,3 ) '§ 140. l,2d,&74,2. i § 132. R. XLII. c § 110, Obs. 1. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177 tudo a caeumine pedum a quindecim millium. Intus in ea est puteus octoginta sex cubitorum. a Ante has pyramides Sphinx est posita miras magnitudinis. a Capitis ambitus centum duos pedes habet* longitudo est pedum "centum quadraginta trium; altitudo a ventre usque ad summum capitis apicem sexaginta duorum. 67. Inter miracula iEgypti commemoratur etiam Moe- ris lacus, quingenta millia b passuum in circuitu patens; Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pa- riete amplexus, totus marmore c exstructus tectusque; turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemffio, Lagi filio, condita. Usus d ejus navibus 6 noctu ignes ostendere ad pramuntianda f vada portusque introitum. 68. In palustribus ^Egypti regionibus papyrum nasci- tur. Radicibus incola3 pro ligno utuntur; ex ipso autem papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modo decoctum. PraBparantur ex eo etiam chartae. Chartas ex papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. Primo enimscriptum & in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris quarundam arborum; postea publica monimenta plumbeis tabulis h confici, aut marmorlbus 1 mandari ccepta sunt. Tandem semulatio regum Ptolemsei et Eumenis in biblio- thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 69. Mores incolarum -^gypti ab aliorum populorum moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, nee sepeliunt; verum arte medicatos intra penetralia col- » § 106, R. VII. d § 101, Obs. 4. fc§ 136, Obs. 5, (in). b § 132, R. XLII. 8c • § 123, R. I § 126, R. III. §24,5. f 112.7. J 124,12. <§ 128, Obs. 2. « Sup. est, 67. 6. 178 OP THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE locant. Negotia extra domos feimna?, viri domos et res domesticas curant; onera ilia? humeris, hi capitibus ge- runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani- malia. Ha?c interfecisse a capital e est; morbo exstincta lugent et sepeliunt. 70. Apis omnium iEgypti populorum numen est; bos niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula; nodus sub lin- gua, quern cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum certos vitae annos excedere. Ad hunc vita? terminum quum per- venerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, ali- umque qua?runt, quern ei substituant; b nee tamen unquam diu quaeritur. Delubra ei sunt gemina,qua?thalamos vo- cant, ubi populus auguria captat. Alterum c intrasse a * lastum est; in altero dira portendit. Pro bono etiam ha- betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In publicum procedentem grex puerorum comitatur, carmen- que in ejus hon5rem canunt, d idque videtur intelligere. 71. Ultra iEgyptum iEthiopes habitant. Horum pop- uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu- tius vivunt. Plus auri e apud eos reperitur, quam asris; hanc ob causam aes illis videtur pretiosius. JEre se exor- nant, vincula auro f fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus aqua tarn est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, qua? im- mittuntur, sustinere queat; quare arb5rum quoque folia non innatant aqua?, sed pessum aguntur. 72. Africa ab orrente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris parti- bus mari. Regiones ad mare posita? eximie sunt fertiles; interiores inculta? et arenis sterilibus tecta?, et ob nimium * (jipim,) intrasse alterum, " for Apis to have entered the one," Icetum est. a § 144, R. LVI. & « 19, (thaldmum). * § 106, R. VIII. Exp, a § 102, Obs. 4. « § 128, Obs. 2 b § 141, Obs. 3. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 calorem deserts. Prima pars ab occidente est Maurita- nia. Ibi mons preealtus Abyla, Calpae monti in Hispania oppositus. Hi montes columns Herculis appellantur. Fama est, ante Herculem mare internum terris inclusum fuisse, necexitum habuisse in Oceanum; Herculem autem junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum Oceano. Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tanturn oppidis habitatur. Solum melius quam incolse. 73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo a littore intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita fluctlbus, spins piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancoree etiam cautibus infixae, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca effusi. Finitima regio, a promontorio Metagonio ad aras Philaenorum, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber- rimse Utica et Carthago, ambae a Phoenicibus conditae. CarthagTnem divitiae, mercatura imprimis comparatse, turn bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit. a 74. De aris Philaenorum hsec narrantur. Pertinacis- sima fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de finibus. Tandem placuit, b utrinque eodem tempore juve- nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi. Carthaginiensium legati, Philaani fratres, paulo ante tem- pus constitutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre- nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset con- tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt,se turn demum hunc locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos obrui passi essent. Illi conditionem acceperunf. Car- thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis, ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorumque vir- tutem aBternis honoribus prosecuti sunt. » § 102, Obs. 1; b 51, 5, Sup. t7Zt5. 80, 2. 180 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 75. Inde ad Catabathmum Cyrenaica porrigitur, ubi Ammonis oraculum et fons quidam, quern Solis esse* dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet, b turn paulatim tepes- cit; sole oriente fit frigidus; per meridiem maxime riget. Catabathmus vallis est devexa versus JEgyptum. Ibi finltur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes nori habent, sed in tuguriis vivunt, quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecu- dum vestitur pelllbus. 6 Potus est lac succusque bacca- rum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vivunt. Se- quuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducuntur, ita illi tuguria sua promovent. Leges nullas habent, nee in commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytae in speciibus habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, leones gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat. Leoni d prsecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicitur; in infantes nonnlsi summa fame ssevit. Animi ejus index 6 Cauda, quam, dum placidus est, immotam servat; dum irascitur, terram et se ipsum f ea flagellat. Vis 6 summa in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur. g Vul- neratus percussorem novit, h et in quantalibet multitudine appetit. Hoc tarn sa3vam animal gallinacei cantus terret. Domatur etiam ab hominlbus. Hanno Poenus primus leonem mansuefactum ostendisse dicitur. Marcus autem Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campis Philip- picis, Romse leones ad currum junxit. 77. J Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo '* in- sidentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad hoc demum videntur datse, ut currentes adjiivent; nam a terra * § 103, R. Sup. /on- i § 112, R. II. * 116, 3. tern. * e § 101, Obs. 4. h 84, 3. *§44, I. 1. t 33. 1. i § 112, R. IV. * § 126. R. V. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 181 tolli non possunt. Ungulae cervinis* sunt similes. His in fuga comprehendunt lapides, eosque contra sequentesja- culantur. Omnia concoquunt. Ceterum magna iis b sto- liditas, ita ut, quum caput et collum frutice occultave- rint, se latere existiment. c Pennse eorum quseruntur ad ornatum. 78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum d cubitorum; e nee minores India. Certe Megasthenes scribit, serpen- tes ibi in tantam magnitudmem adolescere, ut solidos hauriant cervos taurosque. In primo Punico bello ad flumen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum e a Reg- ulo, imperatore Romano, ballistis et tormentis expugna- ta esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillaB diu Romee in tem- plo quodam asservatee sunt. In India serpentes perpetu- um bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arboribus se in prsetereuntes f prsecipitant gressusque ligant nodis. Hos nodos elephanti manu resolvunt. At dracones in ipsas g elephant5rum nares caput condunt spiritumque pra3clu- dunt;plerumque in ilia dimicatione utrique commoriun- tur, dum victus elephas corruens h serpentem pondere suo elidit. * 18, (ungulis,) & » § 140, 1, 1st. f 19, (illos.) § 106 Obs. 4. d 26, 1. 6 32, 6. " 6 112, R. II. e § 106, R. VII. h § 146, Obs. 6. 16 DICTIONARY EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. aaj. adv. app. c. conj. adjective. Jr. from. adverb. freq. frequentative. appendix. inc. inceptive. common gender. ind. indeclinable. conjunction. imp. impersonal. comparative. int. interjection. doubtful gender. intr. intransitive. defective. irr. irregular. deponent. m. masculine. diminutive. n. neuter, s. distributive. neut. pass, neuter passive. feminine. num. numeral. comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25. id, derived from the same word as the preceding. § Refers to the sections in Bullions's Latin Grammar, t Refers to the Introduction, in this work, concerning Latin idioms. ,*, Words marked m. f. n. c. d. denoting gender, are nouns, and their declension is known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according to § 8. Words conjugated, are verbs, and their conjugation is known by the vowel before re, in the infinitive, according to § 51, 3. d. ¥■ dep. dim. dis. obsol. ord. part. pass. pi. prep. pret. pro. rel. tr. obsolete. ordinal. participle. passive. plural. preposition. preteritive. pronoun. relative, substantive superlative, transitive. A., an abreviation of Aulus. A, ab, abs, prep. /row, by,(&h\.) ab oriente, on the east: a meridie, on the south. Abdera, ae, f. a maritime town of Thrace. Abditus, a, urn, part, & adj. removed; hidden; conceal- ed; secret; irom Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi- tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re- move from view; to hide; to conceal. Abduco, abducere, abduxi, abductum, tr. (ab & duco,) to lead away. Abductus, a, um, part, (ab- duco.) Abeo, abire, abii, abitum, intr. irr. (ab & eo,) to go away; to depart. Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr. (ab & erro,) to stray; to wander; to lose the way. Abjectus, a, um, part, from Abjicio, abjicere, abjeci, ab- jectum, tr. (ab & jacio,) to cast from ; to cast away , to throw aside. Abluo, ere, i, turn, tr. (ab & luo,) towashfrom, or away to wash; to purify. Abrumpo, abrumpere, abrQpi abruptum, tr. (ab & rum po,) to break off; to break Abscindo, abscindere, abscidi abscissum, tr. (ab & scin do,) to cut off. 184 ABSENS ACCIPIO. Absens, tis, part, (absum, § 54. Obs. 3,) absent. Absolvo, absolvere, absolvi, absolutum, tr. (ab & sol- ve) to loose from; to loose; to release. Absorbeo, absorbere, absor- bui & absorpsi, tr. (ab & sorbeo,) to suck in from, (viz: an object ;) to absorb, or suck in; to swallow. Absterreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. abs & terreo,) to frighten away; to deter. Abstinentia, se, f. abstinence; disinterestedness ; freedom from avarice; from Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui, tr. (abs. & teneo, § 81,) to keep from ; to abstain. Absum f abesse., abfui, intr., irr. (ab & sum,) (to be from, viz : a place, i. e.) to be absent or distant; to be gone ; parum abesse, to want but little ; to be near. Abstimo, absumere, absumpsi, absumptum, tr. (ab & su- mo,) to take away ; to con- sume; to destroy; to waste. 4bsumptus, a, urn, part, (ab- stimo.) Absurdus, a, urn, adj. (ab & surdus, deaf ; senseless ;) harsh ; grating ; hence senseless; absurd. Abundantia, se, f. plenty ; abundance ; from Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr. (ab & undo, to rise in waves, to boil r and hence) to over, flow; to abound. Abyla, ae, f. Abyla ; a moun- tain in Africa, at the en- trance of the Mediterranean sea, opposite to mount Calpe in Spain. These moun- tains were anciently called the Pillars of Hercules. Ac, atque, conj. and; as; than. Acca, a?, f. Acca Laurentia, . the wife of Faustulus, and nurse of Romulus and Re- mus. Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac- cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,) to move near to; to draw near ; to approach ; to ad- vance ; to engage in; to undertake. Accendo, accendere accendi, accensum, tr. (ad & can- deo) to set on fire. Accensus, a, um, part, (ac- cendo,) set on fire; kin- dled; lighted; inflamed; burning. Acceptus, a, um, part, (ac- cipio.) Accessus, us, m. (accedo,) ap- proach; access; accession. Accido, ere, i, intr. (ad & ca- do,) to fall down at, or be- fore : accidit, imp. it hap- - pens, or it happened. Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac- ceptum, tr. (ad & capio,) § 80,) to take; to receive; to learn ; to hear ; to under- stand ; to accept : accipere ACC1PJTKR ADAMO. 185 fin em, to come to an end ; to terminate. Accipiler, tris, m. a hawk. Accumbo, accumbere, accu- bui, intr. (ad & cubo, § 81,) to sit or recline at table. Accurate, adv. (ius, issime) (accuratus, ad & euro,) ac- curately; carefully. Accurro, accurrere, accurri or accucurri, intr. (ad & curro,) to run to. Acctiso, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & causor, to allege,) to ac- cuse ; to blame ; to find fault with. Acer, cris, ere, adj. (acrior; acerrimus,) sharp; sour; eager; vehement; rapid; courageous; fierce; violent; acute; keen; piercing. Acerbus, a, um, adj, comp. sour; unripe; vexatious; harsh ; morose; disagree- able; from acer. Acerrime, adv. sup. See Acri- ter. Acervus, i, m, a heap. Acetum, i, n. vinegar. Achaicus, a, um, adj. Achaean, Grecian. Achelous, i, m. a river of Epi- rus. Acherusia, ae, f. a lake in Campania; also, a cave in Bithynia. Achilles, is & eos, m, (§ 15, 13,) the son of Peleus and Thetis, and the bravest of the Grecian chiefs at the siege of Troy. Acidus, a, um, adj. comp. sour; sharp; acid. Acies, ei, f. an edge; a line of soldiers; an army in battle array; a squadron; a rank; an army; a battle. Acinus, i, m. a berry; a grape- stone. Acriter, acrius, acerrime, adv. (from acer) sharply; ardent- ly; fiercely; courageously. Acroceraunia, orum, n. pi. (§ 18, 19,) lofty mountains betioeen Albania and Epi- rus. Acrocorinthos, i, f. (§ 10. Gr.) the citadel of Corinth. Acropolis is, f. the citadel of Athens. Actio, onis, f. (from ago,) an action; operation; a process. Actium, i. n. a promontory of Epirus, famous for a naval victory of Augustus over Antony and, Cleopatra. Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) driven ; led. Aculeus, i. m. (acuo) a sting , a thorn ; a prickle ; a por- cupine's quill. Acumen, inis, n. (from acuo,) acuteness ; perspicacity. Acus, us, f. (acuo) a needle. Ad, prep, to; near; at; to- wards; with a numeral, about. Adamas, antis, m. adamant; a diamond. Adamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. § 91, 1, 2, & amo,) to love greatly, or desperately. 186 ADDICO ADMONITUS. Addlco, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. (ad. & dico) to adjudge; assign; make over. Additus, a, um, part, from Addo, addere, addidi, addi- tum, tr. (ad & do,) to put a thing close to another ; i. e. to add ; to annex ; to ap- point ; to give. Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad- ductum, tr. (ad & duco,) to lead ; to bring : in dubita- tionem, to bring into ques- tion. Ademptus, a, um, part, (adl- mo.) Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so much; to such a degree; so very. Adeo, adlre, adii, aditum, intr. irr. (ad & eo,) to go to. $83,3. Adherens, tis, part, from Adhsereo, haerere, haesi, hae- sum, (ad & haereo,) to stick to ; to adhere ; to adjoin ; to lie contiguous. Adherbal, alis, m. a king of Numidia, put to death by his cousin Jugurtha. Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, adhibitum, tr. (ad & ha- beo,) to hold forth ; to ad- mit ; to apply ; to use ; to employ. Adhuc, adv. (ad & hue) hither- to ; yet ; as yet ; still. Adimo, adimere, ademi, ad- emptum, tr.(ad & emo,) to take away. Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus sum,dep.(ad. & apiscor) to reach ; to attain ; to over- take ; to get. Aditus, us, m. (adeo,) a going to ; entrance ; access ; ap- proach. Adjaceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. (ad & jaceo,) to lie near ; to adjoin ; to border upon. Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi, adjunctum, tr.(ad&jungo,) to join to ; to unite with. Adjutus, a, um, part, from Adjuvo, adjuvare, adjiivi, ad- jiitum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to assist ; to help ; to aid. Admetus, i, m. a king of Thessaly. Administer, tri, m. a servant; an assistant. Administro, are, avi, atum tr. (ad & ministro,) to admin- ister ; to manage. Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,) admiration. Admiratus, a, um, part, from Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to admire. Admissus, a, um, part, from Admitto, admittere, admisi, admissum, tr. (ad & mit- to,) to admit ; to allow ; to receive. Admodum, adv. (ad & mo- dus,) very ; much; greatly. Admoneo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (ad & moneo) to put in mind ; to admonish ; to warn. Admomtus, a, um, part, (ad- moneo.) ADMOVEO ADVERSUS 187 Admoveo, admovere, admovi, admOtum, tr. (ad & rao- veo,) to move to; to bring to. Adnato, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. (ad & nato, from no,) to swim to. Adolescens, tis, adj. (adoles- co,) (compar. ior, § 26, 6,) young : subs, a young man or woman ; a youth. Adolescentia, sd, f. {the state or time of youth,) youth, a youth, from Adolesco, adolescere, adolevi, adultum, intr. inc.(§ 88, 2,) to grow, to increase; to grow up. Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & opto,) to choose to or for one's self ; i. e. to adopt; to take for a son ; to assume. Adorior, oriri, ortus sum, tr. dep. (ad & orior,) to rise or go to; (hence,) to attack; to accost ; to address, to undertake. Adria, ae, m. the Adriatic sea. Adriaticus, a um, adj. Adri- atic. : mare Adriaticum, the Adriatic sea ; now, the gulf of Venice. Adscendo, see ascendo. Adsequor, see Assequor. Adservo, see Asservo. Adsigno, see Assigno. Adsisto, or assisto, sistere, stiti. intr. (ad & sisto,) to stand by ; to assist ; to help. Adspecturus, a, um, part, (as- picio.) Adspergo, or aspergo, gere, si, sum, tr. (ad & spargo.) to sprinkle. Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere, spexi, spectum, tr. (ad & specio,) to look at; see; regard ; behold. Adstans, tis, part, from Adsto, or asto, stare, stiti, intr. (ad & sto,) to stand by ; to be near. Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr. (ad & sum,) to be present ; to aid ; to assist. Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a flatterer. Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad & uncus,) bent ; crooked. Advectus, a, um, part, from Adveho, advehere, advexi, ad- vectum, tr. (ad & veho,) to carry ; to convey. Advena, se, c. (advenio,) a stranger. Adveniens, tis, part, from Advenio, advenire, adveni, ad- ventum, intr. (ad & venio,) to arrive ; to come. Adventus, us, m. (from adve- nio,) an arrival ; a coming. Adversarius, i, m. (adversor, to oppose,) an adversary ; an enemy. Ad versus, a, um, adj. (adver- to, to turn to ;) turned to- wards ; adverse ; opposite ; unfavorable ; bad ; front- ing : adversa cicatrix, a scar in front : ad verso cor- pore, on the breast. Adversus & adversum, prep, (id.) against ; toward. 188 ADVOCO JESTUOSUS. Advoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & voco,) to call for or to ; to call ; to summon. Advolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (ad & volo,) to fly to. iEdifico, are, avi, atum, tr. (aedes, a house , & facie-,) to build. iEdilis, is. m. (aedes) ari&dile; a magistral e who had charge of the public buildings. iEdilitas, atis, f. (aedllis,) the office of an edile ; edileship. jEdilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who has been an edile. iEgaeus, a, um, adj. Mgcean : iEgaeum mare, the JEgcean sea, lying betioeen Greece and Asia Minor; now called the Archipelago. iEger, ra, rum, adj. (aegrior, aegemmus) sick, weak, in- firm; diseased. JEgre, adv. (aeger,) grievous- ly ; loith difficulty. iEgritudo, inis, f. (aeger) sor- row ; grief. .ZEgyptus, i, f. (§ 7. Obs. 2 ;) Mgtfpt. iElius, i, m. the name of a Roman family. JEmilius, i, m. the name of several noble Romans of the gens iEmilia, or Mmi- lian tribe. iEmulatio, onis, f. (aemiilor,) emulation ; rivalry ; com- petition. -ZEmulus, a um, adj. emulous. JSmulus, i, m. a rival ; a com- petitor. yEneas, ae, m. a Trojan prince, the son of Venus and An- chises. jEneus, a, um, adj. (aes,) bra- zen. JSnos, i, f. (§ 10 Gr. N.) ; a town in Thrace, at the mouth of the Hebrus, named after its founder, Mneas. ^olis, idis, f. a country on the western coast of Asia Minor, betioeen Troas and Ionia. JEqualis, e, adj. (aequus,) equal. iEqualiter, adv. (aequalis,) equally. iEqmtas, atis, f, equity ; jus- tice; moderation, from iEquus, a, um, adj. (comp.) equal : aequus animus, or aequa mens, equanimity. Aer, is, m. the air ; the at- mosphere. iErarium, i, n. the treasury ; from JEs, aeris, n. brass ; money. iEschylus. i. m. a celebrated Greek tragic poet. iEsculapius, i, m. the son of Apollo, and god of medicine. JEstas, atis, f. (aestus) summer. .ZEstimandus, a, um, part, to be esteemed, prized ; or re- garded ; from iEstimo, are, avi, atum, tr. to esteem; to value; to regard; to judge of; to estimate. iEstuo, are, avi, atum, intr. (asstus) to be very hoi ; to boil. iEstuosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) ^STUS AGGER. 189 undulating ; rising in surges ; boiling ; stormy ; turbulent. iEstus, us, m. heat. iEtas, atis, f. (scil. sevitas from aevum,) age. iEternus, a, um, adj. (scil. aeviternus. id.) eternal; im- morial. ^Ethiopia, ae, f. Ethiopia, a country in Africa, lying on both sides of the equator. iEthiops, opis, m. an Ethio- pian. iEtna, ae, f. a volcanic moun- tain in Sicily. jEvura, i, n. time ; an age. Afer, ra, rum, adj. of Africa. AfTabre adv. (ad & faber, an artist ;) artfully ; inge- niously ; curiously ; in a workmanlike manner. AfTectus, a, um, part, affected; afflicted. AfTero, afferre, attuli, alla- tum, tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to bring ; to carry. Afncio, icere, eci, ectum, tr. (ad & facio,) to affect : me- dia, to affect ivith hunger ; i. e. to deprive of food : cladibus, to overthrow : pass, to be affected: gaudio, to be affected with joy ; to rejoice: febri, to be attack- ed with a fever. AfFigo, afTigere, affixi, affix- um, tr. (ad & figo,) to af- fix; to fasten: affigere cru- ci, to crucify. AfTinis, e. adj. (ad & finish neighboring ; contiguous : hence Affmis, is, c. a relation. Affirmo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & firmo,) to affirm ; to confirm. Affixus, a, um,.part. (affigo.) Afflatus, us, m. (afflo, to blow against:) a blast ; a breeze; a gale ; inspiration. Africa, as, f. Africa ; also a part of the African conti- nent, lying east of Numi- dia, and west of Cyrene. Africanus, i, m. the agnomen of two of the Scipios, de- rived from their conquest of Africa. (App.II 4.) Afncus, a, um, adj. belonging to Africa; African. Afncus ventus, the southwest wind. Agamemnon, onis, m. a king of MycencB, the command- er-in-chief of the Grecian forces at the siege of Troy. Agathyrsi, or urn, m. pi. a bar- barous tribe living near the palus Masotis. Agellus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a small farm. Agenor, oris, m. a king of Pho2?iicia. Agens, tis, part, (ago.) Ager,gri,m. afield ; land; a farm ; an estate ; ground , a territory ; the country. Agger, eris, m. (aggero, ad & gero, to carry to :) a heap ; a pile ; a mound ; a bulwark ; a bank ; a rampart ; a dam. # 190 AGGREDIOR ALCINO US . Aggredior, edi, essus sum, tr. & intr. dep. (ad & gradi- or,) to go to ; to attack. Agressus, a, um, part, having attacked. Agitator, oris,m. a driver; from Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (ago,) §88. Obs 2. to drive; to agitate ; to revolve. Agiaus, i, m. a poor Arcadian. Agmen, mis, n. (ago,) a train; a troop upon the march ; a band ; an army. Agnitus, a, um, part, from Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,) to recognize ; to know. Agnus, i, m. a lamb. Ago, agere, eg:, actum, tr. to set in motion ; to drive ; to lead ; to act ; to do ; to reside ; to live : funus, to perform funeral rites : an- num vigesimum, to be spending, or, to be in his twentieth year : bene, to behave well : agere gratias, to thank. Agor, agi, actus sum, pass, to be led : agitur, it is deba- ted : res de qua agitur, the point in debate : pessum agi, to sink. Agricola, ae, m. (ager & colo,) a husbandman ; a farmer. Agricultura, se, (id.) f. agri- culture. Agrigentum, i, n. a town upon the southern coast of Sicily, now Girgenti. Agrippa, Ee, m. the name of several distinguished Romans. Ahenum, i, n. (scil. vas aene- um,) a brazen vessel; a ket- tle; a caldron. Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, (§ 84, 5,) I say. Ajax, acis, m. the name of two distinguished Grecian warriors at the siege of Troy. Ala, sb, f. a wing; an arm-pit; an arm. Alacer, or acris, acre, adj. (comp.) lively; courageous; ready ; fierce ; spirited. Alba, ae, f. Alba Longa; a city of Latium, built by Asca- nius. Albanus, i, m. an inhabitant of Alba ; an Alban. Albanus, a, um, adj. Alban. mons Albanus, mount Al- banus, at the foot of which Alba Longa was built, 16 miles from Rome. Albis, is, m. a large river of Germany, now the Elbe. Albula, 83, m. an ancient name of the Tiber. Albus, a, um, adj. white, (a pale xohite ; see can did us.) Alcestis, idis, f. the daughter of Pelias, and wife of Ad- metus. Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent Athenian, the pupil of So- crates. Alcinoiis, i, m. a king nfPhaBa- ALCYONE ALPES. 191 cia or Corcyra, whose gar- dens were very celebrated. Alcyone, es,f. the daughter of 2E6lus, and wife of Ceyx : she and her husband icere changed into sea birds, call- ed Alcyones, king fishers. Alcyon, is, m. kingfisher. Alcyoneus, a, um, adj. halcyon. Alexander, dri, m. Alexander surnamed the Great, the son of Philip, king of Ma- cedon. Alexandria, se, f. ihe capital of Egypt ; founded by Alex- ander the Great. Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be cold. Alicunde, adv. (aliquis & un- cle,) from some place. Alienatus, a, um, part, aliena- ted ; estranged ; from Alieno, are, avi, atum, tr. to alienate; to estrange ; from Alienus, a, um, adj. of or be- longing to another; for- eign ; another man's ; an- other's ; m. a stranger. Alio, adv. to another place; elsewhere. Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis & diu,) for some time. Aliquando, adv. (alius & quan- do,) once; formerly; at some time; at length; sometimes. Aliquantum, n. adj. some- thing; somewhat ; a little. Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & ali- quid, indef. pron. ($37, 3,) some. ; some one ; a certain Aliquot, ind. adj. some. Aliter, adv. (alius,) otherwise . aliter — aliter, in one icay — in another. Alius, a, ud, adj. § 20. Note 2 ; another; other: alii — alii, some — others. Allatus, a, um, part. (arTero,) brought. Allectus, a, um, part, (allicio.) Allevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & levo,) to raise up ; to al- leviate ; to lighten. Allia, 33, f. a small river of Italy, flowing into the Ti- ber. Allicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, (ad & lacio, to draw,) tr. to allure ; to entice. Alligatus, a, um, part, bound; confined; from Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & ligo,) to bind to ; to fas- ten ; to bind or tie. Allocutus, a, um, part, speak- ing, or having spoken to ; from A116quor,-16qui, -locutus sum, tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to speak to ; to address ; to accost. Alluo, -luere, -lui, tr. (ad & luo,) to flow near ; to wash; to lave. Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al- tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed; to support ; to increase ; to maintain ; to strengthen. Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son of Titan awl Terra. Alpes, imn, f. pi. the Alps. 192 A LPHEUS AMPHION. Alpheus, i, m. a river of Pelo- ponnesus. Alpmus, a, urn, adj. of or be- longing to the Alps ; Al- pine : Alplni mures, mar- mots. Alte, (iu«, issime,) adv. on high ; highly ; loudly ; deeply ; low. Alter, era, erum, adj. § 20, 4, the one (of two;) the other; the second. § 24, 7. Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter) alternate ; by turns. Althaea, ae, f. the loife of (E- neus, and mother of Me- leager. Altitudo, mis, f. height ; from Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) high ; lofty ; deep ; loud. Alumnus, i,m.(alo,)ap2^z7 ; a foster-son. ■ Alveus, i, m. a channel; from Alvus, i, f. the belly. Am, insep. prep. § 91, 2. Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior, issimus,) loving ; fond of. Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) bitter. Amatus, a, um. part, (amo.) Amazon, onis ; pi. Amazones, um, f. Amazons, a nation of female warriors, who lived near the river Don, and afterwards passed over into Asia Minor. Ambitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am- bition. Ambitus, us, m. (id) a going round or about ; compass ; extent ; circuit; circumfe- rence. Ambo, 39, o, adj. pi. §24. Obs. 3 ; both ; (taken togethtr; see uterque.) Ambiilo, are, avi, atum, intr. (dim f. ambio,) to walk. Amice, adv. -cius, -cissime. (amicus,) in a friendly manner, kindly. Amicitia, 33, (.friendship; from Amicus, a, um, adj. comp. (amo,) friendly. Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend. Amissus, a, um, part. from. Amitto, amittere, amisi, amis- sum, tr. (a & mitto,) to send away; to lose; to relinquish. Ammon, onis, m. a surname of Jupiter, who ivas wor- shipped under this name, in the deserts of Lybia, un- der the form of a ram. Amnis, is, d. a river. Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to love ; (viz. cordially, from the impulse of natural af- fection ; see diligo.) Amoenus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) pleasant, agree able; delightful; fr. amo. Amor, oris, m. (amo,) love. Amoveo, vere, vi, turn, tr. (a and moveo,) to move away or from ; to remove. Amphinomus, i. m. a Catanean distinguished for his filial affection. Amphion, onis, m. a son of Jupiter and Antiope, and the husband of Niobe. He AMPLE ANI0. 193 is said to have built Thebes by the sound of his lyre. Ample, adv. (ius, issime,) am- ply ; from amplus. Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr. dep. (am & plector,) to em- brace. Amplexus, a urn, ^zxl, having embraced; embracing. Amplio, are, avi, atum, tr. (amplus,) to enlarge. Ampliiis, adv. (ample,) more. Amplus, a, um, adj. (comp) great ; abundant ; large ; spacious. Amulius, i, m. the son of Sil- vius Procas, and brother of Numitor. Amyclae, arum, f, pi. a town on the western coast of Italy. Amycus, i, m. a son of Nep- tune, and king of Bebrycia. An, adv. whether ; or. Anacreon, tis, m. a celebrated lyric poet of Teos, in Ionia. Anapus, i, m. a Catanean, the brother of Amphinomus. Anaxagoras, ae, m. a philoso- pher of CAazomene, in Ionia. Anceps, cipitis, adj. (ancipi- tior,) (am and caput,) un- certain; doubtful. Anchises, ae, m, a Trojan, the father of Mneas. Anchora, or Ancora, ae, f. an anchor. Ancilla, ae, f. a female servant; a maid. Ancus, i, m. (Martius,) the fourth king of Rome. Andriscus, i, m. a person of mean birth, called also Pseudophilippus-, on ac- count of his pretending to be Philip, the son of Per- sis, king of Macedon. Andromeda ,32, f. the daughter of Cephus and- Cassiope, and wife of Perseus. Ango, angere, anxi, tr. (to press close or tight; to stran- gle; hence,) to trouble; to disquiet; to torment; to vex. Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake; a serpent. _ Angulus, i, m. a corner. Angustiae, arum, f. pi. nar- rowness ; a. narrow pass; a defile ; from Angustus, a, um, adj. comp. (ango,) narrow; limited; straitened ; pinching. Anima, ae, f. (animus,) breath; life ; the soul. Animadverto, vertere,- verti, versum, tr. (animus ad & verto, to turn the mind to;) to attend to; to observe; to notice ; to punish. Animal, alis, n. (anima) an animal. Animosus, a, um, adj. full of wind or breath; spirited; courageous ; bold; from Animus, i, m. wind; breath; spirit ; the soul or mind; disposition ; spirit, or cour- age ; a design; uno am- mo, unanimously ; mihi est animus, I have a mind ; I intend. See mens. Anio, enis, m. a branch of the 194 ANNECTO APOLLO. Tiber, which enters it three miles above Rome. It is now called the Teverone. Annecto,-nectere,-nexui,-nex- um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an- nex ; to tie or fasten to. Annona, as. f. (annus,) yearly produce ; corn ; provisio?is. Annulus, i, m, (dim, fr. an- nus,) a small circle ; a ring. Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & numero,) to reckon among ; to number ; to reckon. Annuo,-nuere,-nui, intr. (ad & nuo, to ?iod } ) to assent ; to agree. Annus, i, m. a circle ; a year ; hence Anno us, a, um, adj. annual ; yearly ; lasting a year. Anser, eris, m. a goose ; hence Anserinus, a, um, adj. of or belonging to a goose : ova, goose-eggs. Ante, adv. before ; sooner. Ante, prep, before. Antea, adv. (ante & ea ace. pi. n. of is,) before ; here- tofore. Antecello,-cellere, tr. (ante & cello, obsol. to drive,) to drive or move before; hence to excel ; to surpass ; to ex- ceed ; to be superior to. Antepono,-ponere,-posui,-pos- ltum, tr. (ante &: pono,) to set before ; to prefer. Antepositus, a, um, part, (an- tepono.) Antequam, adv. before that ; before. Antigonus, i, m. a king of Macedonia. Antiochla, 83, f. the capital of Syria. Antiochus, i, m. a king of Syria. Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly- cus, king of Thebes, and the mother of Amphion. Antiquus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) ancient ; old ; of long continuance ; fr. ante. Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian poet. Antium, i, n. a maritime town of Italy. Antonius, i, m. Antony, the name of a Roman family. Antrum, i, n. a cave. Apelles, is, m. a celebrated painter of the island of Cos. Apennmus, i, m. the Appe- nines. Aper, apri, m. a boar ; a wild boar. Aperio,-perire,-perui,-pertum , tr. (ad & pario,) to open ; to discover ; to disclose ; to make known. Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.) Apex, icis, m. a point ; the top ; the summit. Apis, is, f. a bee. Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped as a deity among the Egyp- tians. Apollo, mis, m. the son of Ju- piter and Latona, and the god of music and poetry. A PPAKATUS ARCEO. 195 Apparatus, us, m. (apparo, to prepare ;) a preparation ; apparatus; equipment; ha- biliment. Appareo, ere, ui, intr. (ad & pareo,) to appear ; to be manifest or clear. Appellandus, a, um, part, from Appello, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & pello,) to name or call ; to address ; to call upon. Appendo, - pendere, - pendi, pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,) to hang upon or to ; to weigh out ; to pay. Appetens, tis, part, seeking after ; from Appeto, - petere, - petivi,-peti- tum, tr. (ad & peto,) to seek to ; hence, to desire ; strive for ; to aim at ; to attack. Appius, i, m. a Roman praeno- men belonging to the Clau- dian gens or tribe. Appono, - ponere, - posui,-posi- tum, tr. (ad & pono,) to set or place before ; to put to ; to join. Appositus, a, um, part, (ap- pono.) Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, intr. (ad & propinquo,) to to approach ; to draio near. Apricus, a, um, adj. (comp.) sunny ; serene ; warm ; (as e^apericus from aperio.) Apto, are, avi, atum, tr. toft ; to adjust. Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ; before ; to ; in the house of; in the writings of . Apulia, a?, f. a country in the eastern part of Italy, near the Adriatic. Aqua, as, f. water. Aquasductus, us, m. (aqua & duco, to lead:) an aque- duct ; a conduit. Aqmla, a?, f. an eagle. Aquilo, onis, m. the north wind. Aquitania, a3, f. a country of Gaul. Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Aquitania. Ara, a3, f. an altar. Arabia, a3, f. Arabia : hence. Arabicus, a, urn, adj. Arabi- an, of or belonging to Ara- bia. Arabicus sinus, the Red Sea. Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabian. Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian. Arbitratus, a, um, part, having thought; from Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (arbiter,) to believe; to think. Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree. Area, se, f. a chest. Arcadia, as, f. Arcadia, a coun- try in the interior of Pelo- ponnesus. Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ; also a son of Jupiter and Calisto. Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ward off; to keep from; to restrain. 190 ARCESSITUS— -ARMENTUM. Arcessltus, a, um, part, from Arcesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (ar- cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,) to call; to send for; to in- vite; to summon. Archimedes, is, m. a famous mathematician and mecha- nician of Syracuse. Architectus, i, m, an architect; a builder. Aichytas, ae, m. a Pythago- rean philosopher of Taren- tum. Arete, adv.(ius, issime,) strait- ly; closely; from Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) narrow; close; fr. arceo. Arc us, us, m. a bow; an arch. Ardea, ae, f. a city of Latium, the capital of the Rutuli. Ardens, tis, part. &adj. burn- ing; hot; from Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, intr. to glow; to be on fire; to burn; to sparkle; to shine; to dazzle. Arduus, a, um, adj. high; lofty; steep; arduous; dif- ficult. Arena, ae, f. (areo, to be dry,) sand ; hence Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. Arethusa, ae, f. the name of a nymph of Elis, who was changed into a fountain in Sicily. Argentum, i, n. silver. Argias, ae, m. a chief of the Megarensians. Arglvus, a, um, adj. (Argos,) of Argos; Argive. Argivi, Drum, m. pi. (id,) Ar- gives; inhabitants of Argos. Argonaut as, arum, m, pi. (Argo & nautae,) the Argonauts; the crew of the ship Argo. Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, Orum, rn. pi. a city in Greece, the capital of Ar- golis. Arguo, uere. ui,titum, to speak in loud or shrill tones; hence to argue; to accuse; to prove; to shew; to con- vict. Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, on the coast of the Adriatic. Aristobulus, i, m. a name of several of the high priests and kings of Judea. Aristoteles, is, m: Aristotle, a Greek philosopher, born at Stagira, a city of Mace- donia. Arma, orum, n. pi. arms. Armatus, a, um, part, of ar- mo, armed: pi. armati, orum, armed men; soldiers Armenia, ae, f. {Major,) a country of Asia, lying be- tween Taurus and the Cau- casus. Armenia, (Minor,) a small country lying between Ca- padocia and the Euphrates. Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- nian. Armentum, i, n. (for aramen- tum, from aro,) a herd. A.RMILLA ASTUTUS. 197 Armilla, ae, f. (dim. fr. armus, the arm,) a bracelet, or ring worn on the left arm by soldiers who had been dis- tinguished in battle. Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ar- ma,) to arm. Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, tr. to plough; to cover with the plough. Arreptus, a, um, part, frojn Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, *rep- tum, tr. (ad & rapio, § 80, 5,) to seize upon. Arrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. &rogo,) to demand for one's self; to arrogate; to claim. Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; skill; employment; occupa- tion; pursuit. Arsi. See Ardeo. Artemisia, 33, f. the wife of Mausolus, king of Carta. Artifex, icis, c. (ars. & facio,) an artist. Arundo, in is, f. a reed; a cane. Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son of Tarquin the Proud. Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel; a fortress. Ascanius, i. m. the son of Mneas and Creusa. Ascendo {or adscendo,) dere, di, sum. tr. & intr. (ad & scando, to climb to;) to ascend; to rise; ascenditur imp. it is ascended or they ascend; $ 85, 6. & 1 67 Note. Asia, a3, f. Asia; Asia Minor; also, proconsular Asia, or the Roman province. Asiaticus, i, m. an agnomen of L. Cornelius Scipio, on account of his victories in Asia. App. II. 4. Asma, sb, m. a cognomen or surname of a part of the Cornelian family. Asinus, i, m. an ass. Aspecturus, a, um, part, (as- picio.) Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, erimus,) rough; rugged. Aspergo. See Adspergo. As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to spurn; to despise; to reject. Aspicio. See Adspicio Aspis, idis, f. an asp. Assecutus, a, um, part, from Assea x uor, -sequi, -secutus sum, tr. dep. (ad & se- quor,) to come up to; to overtake; to obtain. Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & servo,) to take care of; to preserve; to keep. Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & signo,) to mark with a seal; hence, to appoint; to allot; to distribute. Assisto. See Adsisto. Assuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -suetum, intr. inc. (ad & suesco,) to be accustomed; to be wont. Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, -surrectum, intr. (ad &sur- go,) to rise up; to arise. Astronomia, aa, f. astronomy. Astutus, a um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) {from astu, the city 198 AS VLUM AUGUSTUS . viz: of Athens,) knowing; shrewd; cunning; crafty. Asylum, i, n. an asylum. At, conj. but. Atalanta, as, f. the daughter of Schoeneus, king of Arca- dia, celebrated for her swift- ness in running. Athenae, arum, f. pi. Athens, the capital of Attica; hence, Atheniensis, is, m. an Athe- nian. Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper name. Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- tic; relating to Atlas: mare Atlanticum, the Atlantic ocean. Atque, conj. and; as; than. Atrociter, adv. (ius, issime,) (atrox,) fiercely; violently; severely. Attalus, i. x m, a king of Per- gdmus. Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, (ad & tero,) tr, to rub close; to rub off; to wear. Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- tica. Attica, se, f. Attica, a cou.ntry in the southern part of Greece proper. Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to touch; to border upon; to attain; to reach. Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) to raise up. Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,) rubbed away; ivorn off. Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one who increases, or erAarges; hence, an author. Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; influence; reputation; from auctor. Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) increased; enlarged; aug- mented. Audacia, ae, f. audacity; bold- ness; from Audax, acis, adj, (comp.) bold; daring; audacious; despe- rate; from Audeo, audere, ausus sum, neut. pass, to dare; to at- tempt. § 78. Audio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to hear. Auditus, a, um, part. Auditus, us, m. the hearing. Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- tum, tr. irr. (ab & fero,) to take away; to remove. Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to fly aioay; to run off; to es- cape; to flee. Augendus, a, um, part, from Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, tr. to cause to grow; to in- crease; to augment; to en- large; intr. to grow; to in- crease; to rise. Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird, and garrio, to chirp,) a foretelling of future events from the singing of birds; hence, augury; divination. Augusts, adv. (ius, issime,) nobly; from Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.) AUGUSTUS AXENU3. 199 august; grand; venerable; (from augeo.) ' Augustus, i, m. an honorary appellation bestowed by the senate upon C&sar Octavi- anus; succeeding emperors took the same name. Aulis, idis, f. a seaport town in Boeotia. Aulus, i, m. a common praeno- men among the Romans. App. II. Aurelius, i, m. the name of several Romans. Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,) golden. Auriga, as, m. (aurea, Obsol. arein, and rego, to govern,) a charioteer. Auris, is, f. the ear. Aurum, i, n. gold. Auspicium, i, n. (avis, a bird, and specio, to look :) a spe- cies of divination, from the fight, Sj-c, of birds ; an auspice; the guidance, or protection of another. Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,) daring ; having dared. Aut, conj. or; aut — aut, ei- ther — or. Autem, conj. but ; yet. Autumnus, i, m. (augeo,) au- tumn. Auxi. See Augeo. Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help ; aid ; assistance. Avaritia, as, f. avarice; from Avarus, a, um, adj". (comp.) avaricious ; covetous : (fr. aveo, to long for.) ■ Aveho,-vehere,-vexi, -vectum, tr. (a & veho,) to carry off , or away. Avello,-veliere,-velli o?--vulsi, -vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to pull off, or away; to pluck; to take away ; (forcibly). Aventinus, i, m. mount Aven- tine, one of the seven hills on which Rome was built. Aversus, a, um, part, turned away : cicatrix aversa, a scar in the back : from Averto, - vertere, - verti, - ver- sum, tr. (a & verto,) to turn away ; to avert ; to turn. Avicula, as, f. dim. (avis,) a small bird. Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) (ior, issimus.) desirous : ravenous ; greedy ; eager. Avis, is, f. a bird. Avdco, are, avi, atum, tr. (a & voco,) to call away ; to divert ; to withdraiv. Avolaturus, a, um, part, from Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a & volo) to fly away, or off Avulsus, part, (avello.) Avunculus, i, m. (dim. of avus,) a mother s brother ; an uncle. Avus, i, m. a grandfather. Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek word signifying inhospita- ble:) the Euxine sea; an- ciently so called, on account of the cruelty of the neigh' boring tribes. 200 BABYLON BENEFICIUM. B, Babylon, onis. f. the metropo- lis of Chaldea, lying upon the Euphrates. Babylonia, as, f. the country about Babylon. Bacca, as, f. a berry. Bacchus, i. m. the son of Ju- piter and Semele, and the god of wine. Bactra, orum, n. the capital of Bactriana, situated up- on the sources of the Oxus. Bactriani, Drum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Bactriana. Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- trian, pertaining to Bac- tra or Bactriana. Baculus, i, m. and Baciilum, i, n. a staff. Bastica, ae, f. a country in the southern part of Spain, watered by the river Bcetis. Bastis, is, m. a river in the ■ southern part of Spain, now the Guadalquiver. Bagrada, as, m. a river of Af- rica, betioeen TJtica and Carthage. Ballista, as,-f. an engine for throwing stones. Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic: mare Balticum, the Baltic sea. Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking a strange language; {not Greek or Roman;) foreign; hence, barbarous ; rude ; uncivilized; savage: subs, barbari, barbarians. Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavi- an ; belonging to Batavia, now Holland. Beat it ddo, in is, f. blessedness ; happiness ; from Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) happy ; blessed: (fr. beo, to make happy.) Bebrycia, 93, f. a country of Asia. Belgas, arum, m. pi. the in- habitants of the north- east part of Gaul ; the Belgians. Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or pertaining to the Belga. Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of Glaucus, king of Ephyra. Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus, (bellum,) ofawar- like spirit ; given to war. Bellicus, a, um, adj. (bellum,) relating to war ; warlike. BeHigero, are, avi, atum,intr (bellum & gero,) to wage war ; to carry on war. Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to war ; to ivage war ; to contend; to fight. Bellua, ae, f. a large beast ; a monster. Bellum, i. n, (duellum,) zoar. Belus, i. m. the founder of the Babylonish empire. Bene, adv. (melius, optime,) well ; finely ; very : bene pugnare, to fight success- fully ; (fr. benus obsol. for bonus.) Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa- cio,) a benefit ; a kindness. BENEVOLENTJA BRIGANTINUS. 201 Benevolentia, ae, f. (ben 3 & vo- lo,) benevolence ; good will* Bemgne, adv. (ius, issime,) kindly; from Benignus, a um, adj. (comp.) kind; benign: (benigenus fr. benus for bonus, & genus.) Bestia, 33, f. a beast ; a wild beast. Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a Roman consul. Bias, antis, m. a philosopher born at Priene, and one of the seven wise men of Greece. Bibliotheca, 33, f. a library. Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, tr. to drink, (in order to quench thirst :) to imbibe : See poto. Bibiilus, i, m. a colleague of Julius Ccesar in the con- sulship. Bini, 33, a, num. adj. § 24. Ill; two by two; two, two each. Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) two-footed, with two feet. Bis, num. adv. twice. Bithynia, ae, f. a country of Asia Minor, cast of the Propontis. Blanditia, as, f. a compliment- ing : blanditiae, pi. bland- ishments ; caresses ; flat- tery : from Blandus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) courteous; agreeable; flattering; enticing; invi- ting; tempting. Baeotia, ae, f. a country of . Greece, north of Attica. Bonitas, atis, f. goodness ; ex- cellence; from Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior, op- timus,) good; happy; kind. Bonum, i, n. a good thing; an endowment; an advantage; profit : bona, n. pi. an es- tate ; goods: (fr. bonus.) Borealis, e, adj. northern; from Boreas, ae, m. the north wind. Borysthenes, 'as, m., a large river of Scythia, flowing into the Euxine; it is now called the Dneiper. Bor} T sthenis, idis, f. the name of a town at the mouth of the Borysthenes. Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow ; $ 15. 12. Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m. the name of two straits be- tween Europe and Asia ; one the Thracian Bospho- rus, now the straits of Con- stantinople ; the other the Cimmerian Bosphorus, now the straits of Cajfa. Brachium, i, n. the arm ; (viz from the hand to the el- bow.) Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly; in short time; from Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short ; brief ; hence, Bre vitas, atis, f. shortness ; brevity. Brigantinus, a, um, adj. be- longing to Brigantium, a town of the Vindelici: Brigantinus lacus, the lake of Constance. 202 BRITANNIA CALEP10. Britannia, as, f. Great Britain. Britannicus a,um, adj. belong- ing to Britain ; British. Britannus, a, urn, adj. Brit- ish : Britanni, the Britons. Bruma, as, f. the winter sol- stice ; the shortest day. Bruttium, i, n. a 'promontory of Italy. Bruttii, Drum, m. pi. a people in the southern part of Italy. Brutus, i, m. the name of an illustrious noble family. Bucephalus, i, m. the name of Alexanders war-horse. Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- dia, near the Hydaspes, built by Alexander, in me- mory of his horse. Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, the box-tree :) of box; of a pale yellow color, like box- wood. Byzantium, i, n. now Constan- tinople, a city of Thrace, situated upon the Bospho- rus. C. C, an abbreviation of Caius. Cabira, ind. atownofPontus. Cacumen, inis, n. the top; the peak; the summit. Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) Cadmus, i, m, a son of Age- nor, king ofPhasnicia. Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, intr. to fall. Csecilius, i, m. a Roman name. Caecubum, i, n. a town of Cam. pan? a, famous for its zcine. Cascubus, a, um, adj. Ccecu- ban; of Ccecubum. Caedes, is, f. slaughter; car- nage; homicide; murder; from. Caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; to beat. Caelatus, a, um, part, from Caelo, are, avi, atum, tr. to carve; to engrave; to sculp- ture; to emboss. Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. an onion. Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul who commanded in Spain. Caesar, aris,m. a cognomen or surname given to the Julian family. Caestus, us, m. (caedo,) a gauntlet; a boxing glove. Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo,) cut; slain; beaten. Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno- * men. Calais, is, m. a so?i of Boreas* Calamitas, atis, f. {a storm which breaks the reeds or stalks of corn, hence,) a calamity; a misfortune; fr. Calamus, i, m. a reed. Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala- thus,) a small basket. Calefacio, calafacere, calefeci, calefactum, tr. (caleo &fa- cio,) to warm; to heat. Calef 10, fieri, factus sum, intr. irr. $ 83, Obs. 3 ; to be warmed. CALEFACTUS CAPTIVUS 203 Calefactus, a, um, part, (cal- eHo,) warmed. Calldus, a, um, adj. (comp. fr. caleo,) warm. Callidus, a, um, adj. (calleo from callus, hardness, viz : of skin occasioned by hard labor; hence,) practiced; experienced; shrewd ; cun- ning. Calor, oris, m. warmth; heat. Calpe, es, f. a hill or mountain in Spain, opposite to Abyla in Africa. Calpurnius, i, m. the name of a Roman family. Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or belonging to Calydon, a ci- ty of JEtolia; Calydonian. Camelus, i, c. a camel. Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a Roman ge?ieral. Campania, es, f. a pleasant country of Italy, between Lafium and Lucania. Campester, tris, tre, adj. even; plain; level; champaign; flat; from Campus, i, m. a plain; afield; the Campus Martins. Cancer, cri, m. a crab. Candid us, a, um, adj. (comp.) white; {a bright or shining white; see albus.) Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- ness; whiteness; clearness. Canens, tis. part, of cano, singing. Cam's, is, c. a dog. Cannae, arum, f. pi. a village in Apulia, famous for the defeat of the Romans by Hannibal. Cannensis, e, adj. belonging to Cannes. Cano, canere. cecmi, cantum, tr. to sing; to sound or play upon an instrument. Cantans, tis, part, (canto.) Cantharus, i. m. a beetle; a knot under the tongue of the god Apis. Cantium, i. n. now the county of Kent, England. Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (cano,) to sing; to repeat often. Cantus, us, m. (id.) singing; a song; cantus galli, the crowing of the cock. Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. Capesso, ere, Ivi, Itum. tr. (capio,) § 8S, 5. to take; to take the management of: fugam capessere, to flee. Capiens, tis, part, from Capio, capere, cepi, captum, tr. (properly, to hold; to con- tain; commonly,) to take; to capture; to take captive; to enjoy; to derive. Capitalis, e, adj. (caput,) rela- ting to the head or life, capital; mortal; deadly; pernicious; capitale, (sc. crimen,) a capital crime. Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap- itol; the Roman citadel on the Capitoline hill. Capra, a?, f. a site- goat, Captivus, a, um, adj. (capio,) captive. 204 CAPTO CASUS. Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. § SS, 1, (capio,) to catch at; to seek for; to hunt for. Captus, a, urn, part, (capio,) taken; taken captive. Capua, 33, f. the principal city of Campania; Caput, itis, n. a head; life; the skull; a capital city : capitis damnare, to con- demn to death. Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a coal; ) a collier; a maker of charcoal. Career, eris, m. a prison. Careo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to be without; to be free from; to be destitute; not to have; to ivant. Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians; the inhabitants of Caria. Caria, as, f. a country in the southeastern part of Asia Minor. Carica, as, f. a fig; (properly, carica ficus.) Carmen, Inis, n. a song; a poem. Cameades, is, m. a philoso- pher of Cyrene. Caro, carnis, f. flesh. Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a wagon. Carpetani, orum, m. pi. a peo- ple of Spain, on the bor- ders of the Tagus. Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carp- tum, tr. to pluck; to gather; to tear. Carrae, arum, f. pi. a city of Mesopotamia, near the Eu- phrates. Carthaginiensis, e. adj. of or belonging to Carthage ; Carthaginian; subs, a Car- thaginian. Carthago, inis, f. Carthage, a maritime city in Africa; Carthago Nova, Cartha- gena, a town of Spai?i. Carus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) dear; precious; cosily. Casa, se, f. a cottage; a hut. Casca, £e, m. the surname of P. Servilius, one of the con- spirators against C&sar. Caseus, i, m. cheese. Cassander, dri, m. the name of a Macedonian. Cassiope, es, f. thewifeofCe- pheus, king of Ethiopia, and mother of Andromeda. Cassius, i, m, the name of sev- eral Romans. Castalius, a, um, adj. Casta- lian; of Castalia, a foun- tain of Phocis, at the foot of mount Parnassus. Castigatus, a, um, part, from Castigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to chastise; to punish; to cor- rect. Castor, oris, m. the brother of Pollux and Helen. Castrum, i, n. (casa,) a castle: castra, orum, pi. a camp: castra ponere, to pitch a camp; to encamp. Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall; accident; chance; an event; CATABTHMUS CELT.E. 206 a misfortune; a disaster; a calamity. Catatathmusi, m. a declivity; a gradual descent; a val- ley between Egypt and Africa proper. Catana, ae, f. now Catania, a city of Sicily, near mount Etna. Catanensis, e. adj. belonging to Catana; Catanean. Catienus, i, m. Catienus Plo- tinus, a Roman distin- guished for his attachment to his patron. Catilina, as, m. a conspirator against the Roman govern- ment, whose plot was detect- ed and defeated by Cicero. Cato, onis, m. the name of a Roman family. Catulus, i, m. the name of a Roman family. Catulus, i. m. (dim. canis,) a little dog; a whelp; the young of leasts. Caucasus, i. m. a mountain of Asia, between the Black and Caspian seas. Cauda, ae, f. a tail. Caudfcius, a, um, adj. Cau- dine; of or belonging to Caudium, a town of Italy. Caula, ae, f. a fold; a sheep cote. Causa, os, f. a cause; a reason; a law suit: in causa est, or causa est, is the reason: causa, for the sake of. Cautes, is, f. a sharp rock ; a crag ; a cliff : from IS Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, intr. & tr. to bevjare ; to avoid ; to shun : cavere sibi ab, to secure themselves from ; to guard against. Caverna, as, f. (cavus,) a cave; a cavern. Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow. Cecidi. See Casdo. Cecidi. See Cado. Cecini. See Cano. Cecropia, ae, f. an ancient name of Athens ; from Cecrops,'6pis, m. the first king of Athens. Cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum, intr. to yield; to give place; to retire ; to retreat ; to submit. Celeber, bris, bre, adj . (celebri- or, celebemmus,) crowded; much visited ; renowned ; famous ; distinguished. Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele- bro.) Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber,) a great crowd; fame; glo- ry; celebrity; renoion. Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to visit; to celebrate; to make famous; to perform. Celeritas, atis, f. (celer, swift,) speed; swiftness, quickness. Celeriter, adv. (ius, rime,) swiftly. Celeus, i, m. a king ofEleusis. Celo, are, avi, atam, tr. to hide; to conceal. Celtae, arum, m. pi. the Celts, a people of Gaul. 206 CENSEO CETUS. Censeo, ere, ui, urn, tr. to es- timate; to judge; to believe; to count; to reckon. Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen- sor; a censurer; a critic. Censormus, i, m. (L. Manli- us,) a Roman consul in the ' third Punic war. Censorius, i, m. (censor,) one who has been a censor; a sur- name of Cato the elder. Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen- sus; an enumeration of the people; a registering of the people, their ages, Sec. Centeni, se, a, num, adj. pi. distrib. (centum,) every hundred; a hundred. Centesimus, a, um, num, adj. ord. (id.) the hundredth. Centies, num, adv. a hundred times; from Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a hundred. Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,) a centurion; a captain of a hundred men. Cephallenia, se, f. an island in the Ionian sea, now Ce- phalonia. Cepe. See Csepe. Cepi. See Capio. Cera, 33, f. wax. Cerberus, i, m. the name of the three-headed dog which guarded the entrance of the infernal regions. Cercasorum, i, n. a toum of Egypt. Ceres, eris, f. Ceres, the god- dess of corn. Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, tr. properly, to sift; to dis- ti?iguish; hence, to see; to perceive. Certamen, mis, n. (certo,) a contest; a battle; zeal; ea- gerness; strife; conteidion; debate; a game or exercise; Olympicum certamen, the Olympic games. Certe, adv. ius, issime, (cer- tus,) certainly, at least. Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr. (certus,) to determine, or make sure; to contend; to strive; to fight. Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,) (ior, issimus,) certain; fix- ed: certiorem facere, to inform. Cerva, se, f. a female deer; a hind; hence, Cervinus, a, um, adj. belong- ing to a stag or deer. Cervix, Icis, f. {the hinder part of) the neck; an isthmus. Cervus, i, m. a male deer; a stag. Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a lingerer; an idler; from Cesso, are, avi, atumf> intr. freq. (cedo,)" to cease; to loiter. Ceterus, {and ceter, seldom used,) cetera, ceterum, adj. other; the other; the rest; hence, Ceterum, adv. but; however; as for the rest. Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a whale; any large sea fish. CEYX CITH-ERON. 207 Ccyx, J'cis, ra. the son of Hes- perus, and husband of Al- cyone. Chalcedon, onis, f. a city of Bithynia, opposite Byzan- tium. Chaldaicus, a, um, adj. (Chal- dsea,) Chaldean. Charta, &, f. paper, Chersiphron, onis, m. a dis- tinguished architect, under whose direction the temple of Ephesus was built. Chersonesus, i, La peninsula. Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcemo- nian philosopher, and one of the seven wise men of Greece. Christus, i, m. Christ. Cibus, i,m. food; nourishment. Cicatrix, icis, f. a wound; a scar; a cicatrice. Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated Roman orator, Ciconia, ae, f. a stork. Cilicia, ae, f. a country in the southeast part of Asia Mi- nor. Cimbri, orum, m. pi. a nation formerly inhabiting the northern part of Germany. Cinctus, a, um, part, (cingo.) Cineas, ae, m, a Thessalian, the favorite minister of Pyrrhus. Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc- tum, tr. to surround ; to encompass; to encircle; to gird. Cinis, eris, d. ashes; cinders. Cinna, ae, m (L. Cornelius,) a consul at Borne, in the time of the civil war. Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon. Circa & Circum, pr. & adv. about ; around ; in the neighborhood of. Circuitus, us, m. (circumeo,) a circuit; a circumference. Circumdatus, a, um , part, from Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum, tr. (circum & do,) to put around; to surround; to environ; to invest. Circumeo, ire, ii,. Itum, intr. irr. (circum & eo, § 83, 3,) to go round; to visit. Circumfluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, intr. (circum & fluo,) to flow round. Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir- cumeo.) Circum jaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir- cum &jaceo,) to lie around; to border upon. CircUmsto, stare, steti, intr. (circum & sto,) to* stand round. Circumvenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, tr. (circum & ve- nio,) to go round; to sur- round; to circumvent. Circumventus, a, um, part. Ciris, is, f. the name of the fish into which Scylla w'as changed. Cisalpmus, a, um, adj. (cis & Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this side of the Alps; that is, on the side nearest to Rome. Cithaeron, 5nis, m. a moun- 208 CITO CCELUM. tain ofBceotia, near Thebes, sacred to Bacchus. Citd, adv. (ius, issime,) quick- ly; from Citus, a, um, adj. (citus, part. cieo,)(ior, issimus,) quick. Citia, pr. & adv. on this side. Civicus, a, um, adj. (civis,) civic : corona civica, a ci- vic crown given to him who had saved the life of a citi- zen by killing an enemy. Civllis, e, adj. (comp.) of or belonging to a citizen; civil; courteous; from Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a citizen. Civltas, atis, f. ^civis,) a city; a state; the inhabitants of a city; the body of citizens; a constitution; citizenship; freedom of the city. Clades, is, f, loss; damage; defeat; disaster; slaughter. Clam, pr. without the know- ledge of: — adv. privately; secretly. Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr. & tr. to cry out; to call on; hence, Clamor, oris, m. a clamor; a cry. Clandestlnus, a, um, adj. (clam,) secret; clandestine. Claritas, atis, f. celebrity; fame; from Clarus, a, um. adj. (ior, issi- mus,) clear; famous; re- nowned; celebrated; loud. Classis, is f. a class; a fleet. Cla-udius, i, m. the name of several Romans, belonging to the tribe hence called Claudian. Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau- sum, tr. to close; to shut. Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. Clausus, a, um, part, (claudo,) shut up. Clavus, 1, m. a nail ; a spike. Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) merciful; hence, Clementer. adv. (ius, issime,) gently; kindly. Clementia, se, f. (id.) clemency; mildness. Cleopatra, ae, f. an Egyptian queen celebrated for beauty. Cloaca, a?, f. a drain; a com- mon sewer. Clodius, i, m. a Roman of il- lustrious family, remarka- ble for his licentiousness. Cluentius, i, m. the name of several Romans. Clusium, i, n. a city ofEtruria. Clypeus, i, m. a shield. Cneius, i, m. a Roman jivsmb- men; abbreviated Cn. Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,) collected; assembled; com- pelled. Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis- tinguished for his bravery. Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked: dried; burnt. Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,) baked; burnt; boiled. Coelum, i, n. sing. m. pi. $ 18, CCENA. COLO 209 4, heaven; the climate ; the sky; the air; the atmos- phere. Ccena, ae, f. a supper. Coepi, isse, def. $ 84, Obs. 2, 1 begin, or i" began. Coeptus, a, um, part, begun. Coerceo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (con & arceo,) to surround; to restrain; to check; to con- trol. Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a thought; a reflection. Cogitatum, i, n. a thought; from Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. (for coagito, con & agito,) to revolve in the mind; to think; to consider; to med- itate. Cogmtus, a, um, part, (cog- nosco.) Cognomen, mis, n. (con &no- mcn,) a surname. App. II. Cognosco, -noscere, -novi, -m- tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to investigate; hence, to know; to learn : de causa, to try or decide a suit at laio. Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, tr. (coigo, con & ago,) to drive together; to drive; to compel; to force; to urge; to collect; agmen, to bring up the rear. Cohaereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- sum, intr. (con & haereo,) to stick together; to adhere; to be united; to be joined to. Cohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hi- bitum, tr. (con & habeo,) to hold together; to hold back; to restrain. Conors, tis, f. a cohort; the tenth part of a legion. Colchi, orum, m. the people of Colchis. Colchis, idis, f. a country of Asia, east of the Euxine. Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. dep. (con & labor,) to fall together; to fall doum; to fall. Collare, is, n. (collum,) a col- lar; a necklace. Collatmus, i, m. a surname of Tarquinius, the husband of Lucretia. Collectus, a, um, part.(colligo.) Collega, ae, m. (con & lego, -are,) one who has charge along with another, i. e. a colleague. Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a college; a company. Colligo,-ligere,-legi, -lecturn, tr. (con & lego,) to collect. Collis, is, m. a hill. Collocatus, a, um, part, from Colloco, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & loco, j to place : statuam, to erect; to set up. Colloquium, i, n. conversation; an interview; from Colloquor,-loqui,-locutus sum intr. dep. (con & loquor,) to speak together; to converse. Collum, i, n. the neck. Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr. to care for; to cultivate; to exercise ; to pursue ; to practise ; to respect ; to re- 210 COLONIA COBTMOROR. gard ; to venerate ; to wor- ship; to inhabit. Colon ia, ae, f. a colony; from Colon us, i, m. (colo,) a colo- nist. Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. Columba, 03, f. a dove ; a pigeon. Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. Columna, 33, f. (columen, a prop;) a pillar ; a column. Comburo,-urere,-ussi, -ustum, tr. (con & uro, 80, 5,) to hum up ; to consume. Corned endus, a,um,part. from Comedo, edere, edi, esum & estum, tr. (con & edo,) to eat up; to devour. Comes, itis, c. (con & eo,) one who gives with another ; a companion. Cometes, a?, m. a comet ; § 9, Gr. N. Comissor, or Commissor, ari, atus, sum, intr. dep. to revel as Bacchanalians ; to riot ; to banquet ; to ca- rouse. Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.) Comitatus, a, um, part, from Cormtor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (comes,) to accompa- ny; to attend; to folloiv. Commemoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & memoro,) to com- memorate; to me?ition. Commendo, arc, avi, atum, tr. (con & mando,) to commit to one's care', to commend; to recommend. Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr. (con & meo,) to go to and fro; to go and come; to pass. Commercium, i, n. ^con & merx,) commerce; exchange; traffic ; intercourse. Commigro, are, avi, atum, intr. (con & migro,) to emi- grate; to remote. Comminuo, -minuere, -minui, -minutum, tr. (con & mi- nuo,) to dash or break in pieces; to crush; bruise. Comminiitus, a, um, part, bro- ken in pieces; diminished. Committo,-mittere,-misi, mis- sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to bring or put together; to commit ; to entrust ; to be- gin: pugnam, to join bat- tle; to commence or to fight a battle. Commissus, a, um, part, in- trusted; perpetrated; com- mitted; commenced: prceli- um commissum, a battle begun or fought ; copiis commissis, forces being en- gaged. Commoditas, atis, f. (commo- dus,) aptness ; fitness ; a convenience ; commodious- ness. Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad- vantage; gain. Commorior, -mori & morlri, -morluus sum, intr. dep. (con & morior,) to die to- gether. Commoror. ari, atus sum, intr. dep. (con & moror,) COMMOTUS — CONCIPIO. 21] to reside with; to stay at; to remain; to continue. Commotus, a, urn, part, from Commoveo, -movere, -movi, -mOtum, tr. (con &moveo,) to move together or wholly; to move ; to excite; to stir up; to influence; to induce. Communico, are, avi, atum, tr. to communicate; to im- part; to tell; from Communis, e, adj. (comp.) common : in commune con- sulere, to consult for the common good. Commuto, are, avi, atum, tr. con & muto,) to change; to alter; to exchange. Comoedia, 33, f. a comedy. ^omparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & paro,) to prepare; to get together ; to gain; to procure; to compare. Compello, -pellere, -puli,-pul- sum, tr. (con & pello,) to drive; to compel ; to force : in fugam, to put to flight. Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr. (con &penso,) to weigh to- gether ; to compensate ; to make amends for. Comperio, -perire, -peri, -per- tum, tr. (con & pario,) to find out; to learn; to dis- cover. Complector, - plecti, - plexus "sum, tr. dep. (con & plector,) to embrace; to comprise; to comprehend; to reach; to extend: com- plecti ambre, to love. Compono, -ponere,-posm, -po- situm, tr. (con & pono ) to put together; to compose, to arrange; to construct; to finish; to compare ; hence, Compositus, a, um, part, fin- ished; composed; quieted. Comprehendendus, a, um, fr. Comprehendo, -prehendere, -prehendi, -prehensum, tr. (con & prehendo,) to grasp or hold together; to compre- hend; to seize; to apprehend. Comprehensus, a, um, part. Compulsus, a, um, part, (com- pello.) Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,) having endeavored. Concedo,-cedere, - cessi, -ces- sum, intr, & tr. (con & ce- do,) to step aside; to yield; to permit; to grant. Conceptus, a, um, part, (con- cipio,) conceived; couched; expressed. Concessus, a, um, part, (con- cedo.) Concha, ae, f. a shell-fish. Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish. Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to join together; to conciliate; to reconcile; to acquire for one's self ; to gain ; to ob- tain; from Concilium, i, n. a council. Concio, onis, f. (concieo,) an assembly ; an assembly of the people. Concipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, tr. (con & capio,) to take together; to conceive; 212 C0NC1T0 CONGERO. to imagine; to form; to draw up; to comprehend. Concito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (con & cito,) to set in motion; to excite; to raise. Concilor, oris, m. one who ex- cites; an exciter; a mover; a disturber. Concoquo, -coquere, -coxi, -coctum, tr, (con &coquo,) to boil; to digest. Concordia, as, f. (concors,) con- cord; agreement; harmony. Concredo, -credere, -credidi, -creditum, tr. (con & credo,) to consign; to trust; to in- trust. Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & cremo,) to burn with; to burn; to consume. Concurro, -currere, -curri,-cur- sum, intr. (con & curro,) to run together: concurritur, pass. imp. a crowd assem- ble, t 67. Note. Concussus, a, um, part, sha- ken; moved; from Concutio, cutere, cussi, cus- sum, tr. (con & quatio,) to shake; to agitate; to tremble. Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) con- dition; situation; a propo- sal; terms. Conditus, a, um, part, from Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (con & do,) to put together; to lay up; to found; to build; to make; to form; to hide; to bury; to conceal. Conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (con & duco,) to lead together; to conduct; to hire. Confectus, a, um, part, (con* flcio.) Confero, conferre, contuli, col- latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,) to bring together; to heap up; to bestow; to give : se conferre, to betake one's self; to go. Conficio,-fic ere, -feci, -fectum, (con & facio, to do tho- roughly;) to make; to fin- ish; to waste; to wear out; to terminate; to consume; to ruin; to destroy; to kill. Confligo, -fligere, -flixi, -fiic- tum, (con & fligo,) to strike or dash together; to con- tend; to engage; to fig h* (viz: inclose combat.) See dimico. Conflo, are, avi, atum, tr.(con 6c no,) to blow together; to melt; to unite; to com- pose. Connuo,-nuere,-fluxi, -fluxum, intr. (con & fluo,) to flow to- . gether; toflock; to assemble. Confodio,- fodere, -fodi -fos- sum, tr. (con & fodio,) to dig through and through; to pierce; to stab. Confossus, a, um, part, (con- fodio.) Confugio, -fugere, fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (con & fugio,') to flee to; to flee for refuge, toflee. Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges- tivm, tr. (con & gero,) to CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM. 213 bring together; to collect; to heap up. Congredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, intr. dep. (con & gra- dior,) to meet; to encoun- ter; to engage; to fight. Congrego, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & grex,) to assemble in flocks; to assemble. Conjectus, a, urn, part, from Conj icio,-j icere,-j eci, • j ectum, tr. (con & jacio,) to cast; to throw forcibly; to con- jecture. Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) marriage. Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junctum, tr. (con & j ungo,) to unite; to bind; to join. Conjuratus, a, um, part, con- spired: conjurati, subs. conspirators; from Conjuro, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & juro,) to swear to- gether; to combine; to con- spire: conjuratum est, a conspiracy was formed. Conjux, ugis, c. (con & jugo,) a spouse; a husband or wife. Conor, ari, atus sum. intr. dep. to attempt; to venture; to endeavor; to strive. Conqueror, queri, questus, sum, intr. dep. (con & que- ror,) to complain; to lament. Conscendo,-scendere,- scendi, -scensum, tr. (con & scan- do,) to climb up; to ascend. Conscensus, a, um, part, (con- scendo.) Conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi, -scitum, tr. (con & scisco,) to investigate; to vote to- gether; to agree; to decree; to execute: sibi mortem con- sciscere, to lay violent hands on one's self; to commit suicide. Consecro, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & sacro,) to consecrate; to dedicate; to devote. Consedi. See Consido. Consenesco, senescere, senui, intr. inc. (con & senesco,) to grow old. Consentio,-sentire,-sensi, -sen- sum, intr. (con & sentio,) to think together; to agree; to consent; to unite. Consequor, -sequi, -seciitus sum, tr. dep. (con & se- quor,) to folloio closely; to gain; to obtain. Consectitus, a, um, part, hav- ing obtained. Consero, -serere, -serui, -ser- tum, tr. (con & sero,) to join; to put together : pug- nam, to join battle; to fight. Conservandus, a, um, part, from Conservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & servo,) to preserve; to maintain; to perpetuate. Considens, tis, part, from Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- sum, intr. (con & sido,) to sit doivn; to encamp; to take one's seat; to perch; to light. Consilium, i, n. (consulo,) counsel; design; intention; a council; deliberation; ad- 214 CONSISTO— CONTEMPLOH. vice; a plan; judgment; dis- cretion; prudence; xoisdom. Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, intr. (con & sisto,) to stand to- gether; to stand; to con- sist. Consolor, ari, atus, sum, tr. dep. (con & solor,) to con- sole; to comfort. Conspectus, a, um, part, (con- spicio,) Conspectus, us, m. (id.) a see- ing; a sight; a view. Conspicatus, a, um, part, (con- spicor.) Conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, tr.(con & specio,) to behold; to see. Consplcor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (id.) to behold; to see. Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.) conspicuous; distinguished. Constans, tis, part. & adj. (comp.) firm ; constant ; steady. Constituo,-stituere,-stitui,-sti- tutum, tr. (con & statuo,) to cause to stand ; i. e. to place; to establish; to ap- point; to resolve. Consto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (con & sto,) to stand together; to consist of: constat, imp. it is certain; it is evident. Construo, -stuere, -struxi,- structum, tr. (con&struo,) to pile together ; to con- struct ; to build ; to com- pose; to form. Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -suetum, intr. (con & sues- co,) to be accustomed; hence, Consuetudo, inis, f. habit; cus- tom. Consul, ulis, m. a consul ; hence, Consularis, e, adj. of or per' taining to the consul; con- sular : vir consularis, one who has been a consul ; a man of consular dignity. Consulatus, us, m. (consul,) the consulship. Consiilo, -sulere, -sului, -sul- tum, tr. to advise; to con- sult. Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr. freq. (consiilo,) to ad- vise together; to consult. Consiimo, -sumere, -sumsi, -sumptum, tr. (con & su- mo,) to take together, or at once; hence, to consume; to wear out; to exhaust; to waste; to destroy; hence Consumptus, a, um, part. Contagiosus, a, um, adj. comp. (contingo,) conta- gious. Contemnendus, a, um, part, from Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, -temptum, tr. (con & tern- no,) to despise ; to reject icith scorn. Contemplatus, a, um, part. observing; regarding; con- sidering; from Contemplor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (con & templum, a quarter in the heavens?) to CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 215 look attentively at the heavens ; (said originally of the augurs ; hence,) to contemplate; to regard; to consider; to look at; to gaze upon. Contemptim, adv. with con- tempt ; contemptuously ; scornfully ; from Contemptus, a, um, part, (con- temno.) Contemptus, us, m. (id.) con- tempt. Contendo, dere, di, turn, tr. & intr. (con & tendo, to stretch, or draw or strive together, hence,) to dis- pute; to fight; to contend; to go to; to direct one's course; to request ; hence, Contentio, onis, f. contention; a debate; a controversy ; ex- ertion: an effort; a strife. Contentus, a, um, adj. (comp.) content; satisfied: fr. con- tineo. Contero, -terere, -trivi-,trltum, tr. (con & tero,) to break; to pound; to ivaste. Contmens, tis, part. & adj. (comp,) holding together ; hence, joining; continued; uninterrupted; temperate: subs', f. the continent, or main land : from Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- turn, tr. (con & teneo,) to hold together, or in; to con- tain. Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tnc- tum, tr. (con & tnno-o,) to touch ; contigit, imp. it happens", mihi, it happens to me; I have the f 01 tune. Continuo, adv. immediately; forthwith ; in succession ; from Continuus, a, um, adj. (con- tineo,) continued; adjoin- ing; incessant; uninter- rupted; continual; without intermission; in close suc- cession: continuo alveo, in one entire or undivided channel. Contra, prep, against; oppo- site to : adv. on the other hand. Contractus, a, um, part, (con- traho.) Contradico, -dicere,- dixi, -dic- tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to speak against; to contra- dict; to oppose. Contradictus, a, um, part, con- tradicted; opposed. Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac- tum, tr. (con & traho,) tn draw together; to contract to assemble; to collect. Contrarius, a, um, adj. (con- tra,) contrary; opposite. Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, tr. dep. (con & tueor,) to regard; to behold; to view; to gaze upon; to survey. Contundo, -tundere, -tiidi, -tu- sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to beat together; to beat; to bruise; to crush; to pul- verize. Contusus, a, um, part. 216 CONVALESCO CORROSUS. Convalesco, -valescere,-valui, intr. inc. (con & valesco, from valeo,) to grow ivell; to recover. Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, intr. (con &venio,) to come together; to meet; to assemble. Converto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum,tr.(con,verto.) to turn; to resort to; to appropriate; to convert into; to change; se in preces, to turn one's self to entreating. Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) loud noise; scolding; re- proach; abuse. Convivium, i. n. (con &vivo,) a feast; a banquet; an en- tertainment. Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & voco,) to call to- gether; to assemble. Convolvo, -volvere, -volvi, -vo- lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) to roll together; pass, to be rolled together: se, to roll one's self up. Cooperio, -perlre, -perui, -per- tum, tr. (con & operio,) to cover. Copia, se, f. an abundance; a multitude; a swarm', co- pise, pi. forces; troops. Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co- piously; abundantly; from copiosus, from copia. Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; to roast; hence, Coquus, i, m. a cook. Cor, cordis, n. the heart. Coram, prep, in the presence of; before; adv. openly. Corcyra, a3, f. an island on the coast ofEpirus, now Corfu. Corinthius, a, urn, adj. Corin- thian ; belonging to Co- rinth. Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city of Achaia, in Greece. Corioli, orum, m. pi. a town of Latium. Coriolanus, i, m. a distinguish- ed Roman general. Corium, i, n. the skin; the skin or hide of a beast; leather Cornelia, se, f. a noble Roman lady. Cornelius, i, m. the name of an illustrious tribe, or clan t at Rome. adj. Cornelian, Comix, icis, f. a crow. Cornu, n.ind. in Sing. § 16 ; a horn. Corona, se, f. a crown. Corpus, oris, n. a body; a corpse. Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.) Comgo,-rigere,-rexi, -rectum, tr. (con ®o,) to set right; to straighten ; to make bet- ter; to correct. Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- tum, tr. (con & rapio,) to seize. Corrodo, rodere, rosi, -rosum, tr. (con &rodo,) to gnaw; to corrode. Corrosus,a,um,part. (corrodo,) CORRUMPO CRUDELIS. 217 Corrarapo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum, tr. (con&rumpo,) to break up,(or thoroughly;) to corrupt; to bribe; to hurt; to violate; to seduce; to im- pair; to destroy; Corruo, -mere, -rui, intr. (con & ruo,) to fall down; to de- cay. Corruptus, a, um, part. & adj. (corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- ted; foul; corrupt. Corsica, as, f. an island in the Mediterranean sea, north of Sardinia. Corvmus, i, m. a surname gi- ven to M. Valerius, from an incident in his life; from Corvus, i, m. a raven. Corycius, a, um, adj. Cory- cian; of Corycus. Corycus, i, m. the name of a city and mountain ofCilicia Cos., an abbreviation of con- sul ; Coss., of consules ; Gr. p. 308. Cotta, as, m. a Roman cogno- men, belonging to the Au- relian tribe. Crater, eris,m. a goblet; a cra- ter; the mouth of a volcano. Crates, etis, m. a Theban phi- losopher. Crassus, i, m. the name of a Roman family of the Lu- cinian tribe. Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. (crebrior,creberrimus,)/re- quent. Crebro, adv. (crebrius, creber- rime,) (creber,) frequently. Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. to believe; to trust. Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,) easy of belief; credulous. Cremera, as, f. a river of Etru- ria, near ivhich the Fabian family were defeated and Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to burn; to consume. Creo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make; to choose; to elect. Cresco, crescere crevi, cre- tum, intr. (creo,) to spring up; to increase; to grow. Creta, as, f. Crete, now Can- dia, an island in the Med- iterranean sea, south of the Cyclddes. Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to Crete, Cretan. Crevi. See Cresco. Crimen, mis, n. a crime; a fault; an accusation : alicui crimini dare, to charge as a crime against one. Crinis, is, m. the hair. Crixus, i,m. the name of a cele- brated gladiator. Crocodilus, i, m. a crocodile. Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture; distress; trouble; afflictio7i. Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (crux,) to crucify; to tor- ment; to torture. Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence, 19 218 CRUDELITER CYCLADES. Crudeliter, adv. (ius, issime,) cruelly. Crudus, a, urn, adj. (cruor,) properly, full of blood; crude; raw; unripe. Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. Crus, cruris, n, the leg; {from the knee to the ankle.) Crux, crucis, f. a cross. Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, n. (cubo, 'to recline,) the arm, from the elbow to the wrist; * cubit. Cucurri. See Curro. Cui,'&Cujus, SeeQui,&Quis. Culex, icis, m. a gnat. Culpa, ae, f. a fault ; guilt; blame; hence, Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to blame. Cultellus, i, m. (dim, from cul- ter,) a little knife; a knife. Cultus,a, um, part, (colo,) cul- tivated; improved; dressed. Cum, prep: with : adv. the same as quum, when: cum — turn, not only — but also; as well — as also. Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) delaying; a delaying; hesi- tation. Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the whole. Cumcviius^^m. a rabbit; a cony. Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a wish; a desire; cupidity; (with moderation.) Cupldo, mis, f. desire; (with eagerness.) Cupidus, a, um, adj. comp. (id.) desirous. Cupiens, tis, part, from Cupio, ere, ivi, itum. tr. to desire; to ivish; to long for. Cur. adv. (abbreviated for quare,) why; wherefore. Cura, ae, f. care; anxiety. Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the Sabines. Curia, ae, f. a curia or ward; one of thirty parts into which the Roman people were divided; the senate house. Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the name of an Alban tribe. Three brothers belonging to this tribe fought with the Horatii. Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. (cura,) to take care of; to care; to be concerned ; to cure or heal. Curro, currere, cucurri, cur- sum, intr. to run ; hence, Currus, us, m. a chariot; and Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) a run- ner; also a surname given to L. Papirhcs. Cursus, us, m. (id.) a running; a course; « Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked. Custodia, ae, f. (custos,) a watch; a guard; a prison* Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (id.) to guard; to watch; to preserve; to keep safely. Custos, odjs, c. a guard; a keeper. Cutis, is, f. the skin. Cyaneus, a, um, adj . dark blue. Cyclades, um. f. pi. a cluster of islands in the Archipela- CYCLOPES — DEBELLO. 219 go, which derive their name from lying ina circle. Cyclopes, um. m, pi. the Cy- clops, giants of Sicily, liv- ing near JEtna. Cydnus, i, m. a river of Cilicia. Cyllene, es, f. a mountain in Arcadia. Cymba, as, f. a boat; a skiff; a canoe. Cymbalum, i, n. a cymbal. Cynicus i, m. a Cynic. The Cynics were a sect of phi- losophers founded by Antis- thenes. Cynocephalae, arum, f. pi. small hills near Scotussa, in Thessaly. Cynocephali, orum, m. pi. a people of India with heads like dogs. Cynocephalus, i, m. an Egyp- tian deity. Cynossema, atis,n. a promon- tory of Thrace, near Sestos, where queen Hecuba was buried. Cynthus, i, m. a hill near the town of Delos. Cyrenae, arum, f, pi. Cyrene, a city of Africa, the capital of Cyrenaica. Cyrenaica, 03, f. a country in the northern part of Africa, so called from its capital, Cyrence. Cyrenaeus, a, um, adj. Cyre- nean; belonging to Cyrence. Cyrenensis, e, adj. Cyrenean; of Cyrence. Cyraus, i, f. a Greek name of the island of Corsica Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus, the name of a Persian king. Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an island, near Mysia, contain- ing a town of the same name. D. Daedalus, i, m. an ingenious Athenian artist, the son of Euphemus. Damno, are, avi, atum, tr. (damnum, loss;) to adjudge to loss of any kind; to con- demn. Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuri- ous; hurtful. Danaus, i, m. an ancient king of Argos, and brother of Mgyptus. Dandus, a, um, part, (do.) Dans, tis, part, (do.) Danubius, i, -m. the Danube, a large river of Germany, called also the Ister, af- ter its entrance into Illy- ricum. Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meal. Dardania, as, f. a country and city of Asia Minor, near the Hellespont. Daturus, a, um, part, (do.) Datus, a, um, part, (do.) De, prep, from; of; concern- ing; on account of. Dea, as, f. § 9, 4. a goddess. Debello, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 220 DEBEO DEDL'CO . & bello,) to put down by war; hence, to conquer; to subdue. Debeo, ere, ui, Itum, tr. (de & habeo,)to owe; tobeobliged; with an infinitive, ought, or should. Debeor, eri, ltus sum, pass, to be due. Debilito, are, avi, atum, tr. (debilis,) to weaken; to en- feeble. DebTtus, a, urn, part, (debeo,) due; deserved; owing. Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to depart; to retire; to with- draw; to yield; to die. Decern, num. adj. ten. Decemviri, orum, m. pi. de- cemvirs, ten men appointed to prepare a code* of laws for the Romans, and by whom the laws of the twelve tables were formed. Decerno, -cernere. -crevi, -cre- tum, tr. (de & cerno,) to separate, one thing from another; to judge; to de- cide; to fight; to contend; to discern; to decree : hel- ium decretum est, the ma- nagement of the war was decreed. Decerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, -cerptum, tr. (de & carpo,) to pluck off; to pick; to gather. Decido, -cidere, -cldi, intr. (de & cado,) to fall, (viz: from, or down:) dentes decidunt, the teeth fail, or come out. Decimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (decern,) the tenth. Decius, i, m, the name of sev- eral Romans distinguished for their patriotism. Declaro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & claro, to make clear;) to declare; to show. Decoctus, a, um, part, from Decoquo, -coquere, -coxi,-coc- tum, tr. (de & coquo,) to boil down; to boil. Decorus,a,um, adj. (decor,) be- coming; handsome: adorn- ed; decorous; beautiful. Decretus, a, um, part, (de- cerno.) Decresco,-crescere,-crevi, intr. (de &cresco,) to sink down, or subside; to decrease; to diminish; to fall to decay. Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, intr.(de & cubo,) to lie down. Decurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- sum, intr. (de & curro,) to run down; to flow down. Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) an or- nament. Dedi. See Do. Dedidi. See Dedo. Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a giv- ing up; a surrender. Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.) Dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum, tr. (de & do,) to give up; to surrender; to deliver up; to addict or devote one's self. Dedtico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (de & duco,) to lead or draw downwards; to lead forth; to bring; to lead. DEFAT1G0 DELINQUO. 221 Defatigo,are, avi, atum, tr. (de & fatigo,) to iceary out; to fatigue. Defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- sum, tr.(de&fendo,obsol, to hit;) to defend; to protect. Defensus, a, um, part, (de- fendo.) Defero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. irr. (de & fero,) to bring, (viz : down, or along;) to convey; to proffer; to con- fer; to give. Deflciens, tis, part, from, Deficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to fail; to abandon; to be wanting; to decrease; to be eclipsed; to revolt. Defleo, ere, evi, etum, (de & fleo,) to deplore; to bewail; to lament; to weep for. Defluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -nuxum, intr. (de & fluo,) to flow down. Defodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- sum, tr. (de & fodio, to dig down;) to bury; to inter. Deformitas, atis, f. (deformis,) deformity; ugliness. Defossus,a, um, part. (defodio.) Defunctus, a, um, part, fin- ished : defunctus or defunc- tus vita, dead; from Defungor,-fungi, -functus sum, intr. dep. (de & fungor,) to execute; to perform; to be free from; to finish. Degens, tis, part, from Dego, degere, degi, tr. & intr. (de&ago,) to lead; to to live; to dwell: degere setatem, to live. Degusto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & gusto,) to taste. Deinde, adv.(de & inde,) then; further; after that; ?iext. Deiotarus, i, m. a man who was made king of Galatia, by the Roman senate, by the favor of Pompey. Dejectus, a, um, part, from Dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, tr. (de & jacio,) to throvj or cast down. Delabor, -labi, lapsus sum, intr. dep. (de & labor,) to fall; to glide down; to flow. Delatus, a, um, part. (defero,) carried down; conferred. Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & lacto,) to allure; to de- light; to please. Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo,) Delendus, a, um, part to be de- stroyed; from Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (de & leo, to daub;) to extin- guish; to destroy. Deliciae, arum, f. pi. (delicio,) delights; diversions; plea- sures. Delictum, i, n. (delinquo,) a neglect of duty; a fault; crime. Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, tr. (de & lego,) to select; to choose. Delinquo,-linquere, -liqui,-lic- tum, tr. (de & linquo,) to 222 DELPHICUS DEPULSO. fail in duty; to offend; to do wrong. Delphicus,a,um, adj. Delphic, belonging to Delphi. Delphi, orum, m. pi. a town of Phocis, famous for the tem- ple and oracle of Apollo. Delphlnus, i, m. a dolphin. Delta, se, f. a part of Egypt, so called from its resem- blance to the Greek letter delta, A. Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu- rify;) a temple; a shrine. Delus or -os, i, f. an island in the Mgean sea; the birth place of Apollo and Diana. Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, father of the elder Tarquin. Demergo, -mergere, -mersi, -mersum, tr. (de & mergo,) to plunge; to sink. Demersus, a, um, part. Demetrius, i, m. a Greek pro- per name. Demissus, a, um, part, cast down; descending; from Demitto, -mittere; -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to send down; to let down; to drop. Democritus, i, m. a Grecian philosopher , born at Abdera. Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & monstro,) to point out; to shew; to demon- strate; to prove. Demosthenes, is, m. the most celebrated of the Athenian orators. Demum, adv. at length; not till then; at last; only; in fine. Deni, is, a, dis. num. adj. pi. every ten; ten; by tens. Denique, adv. finally; at last. Dens, tis, m. a tooth. Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.) thick. Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a brave Roman soldier. Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & nuntio,) prop, to make known; to foreshow; to proclaim; to declare; to denounce. Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to feed upon; to eat up; to feed. Depingo,- pingere,-pinxi,-pic- tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to paint; to depict; to de- scribe; to exhibit. Deploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & ploro,) to deplore; to weep for; to mourn. Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- tum, tr. (de & pono,) to lay down or aside. Depopulates, a, um, part, from Depopulor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (de & populus,) to layioaste. Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & porto,) to carry down. Deprehendo,-prehendere,-pre- hendvprehensum, tr. (de and prehendo,) to seize; to catch; to detect. Deprehensus, a, um, part. Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr. DESCENDO DEVOLO. 223 freq. (de & pulso,) to -push away; to keep off; to repel. Descendo, -scendere, -scendi, -scensum, intr. (de & scan- do,) to descend : in certa- men descendere, to engage in a contest : descenditur imp. one descends; we de- scend; |76. Note. Describo, -scribere, -scripsi, scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,) prop, to write down; to de- scribe; to divide; to order. Desero,-serere,-serui,-sertum, tr. (de & sero,) to desert; to forsake; to abandon : (op- posite of sero, § 91, 3.) Desertum, i, n. a desert : from Desertus, a, urn, part. & adj. (comp.) deserted; waste; desolate; desert. Desiderium, i, n. (desidero to desire:) a longing for; a desire; love; affection; re- gret; grief. Desino, sinere, sivi, and sii situm, intr. (de & sino,) to leave off; to terminate; to cease; to end; to renounce. Note — An ace. after this verb is governed by an in- finitive understood. Desperatus, a, urn, part. &; adj. comp. despaired of; past hope; desperate; hope- less : from Despero, are, avi, atum, tr. (de & spero,) to despair : § 91, 3. Desponsatus, a, urn, part, from Desponso, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (despondeo,) to pro- mise in marriage; to be- troth; to affiance. Destmo, are, avi, atum, tr. prop, to fix; to destine; to ap- point; to resolve; to aim at. Desum, -esse, -fui, intr. irr. (de &sum,) to be wanting; § 91, 3. Deterior, adj. compar. (sup. deterrimus, § 26,4,) worse. Deterreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (de & terreo,) to frighten from; to deter. Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (de & testor,) to call to witness; to v;ish (as a curse): to deprecate; to de- test. Detractus, a, um, part, from Detraho, -trahere, -traxi,-trac- tum, tr. (de & traho,) to draw down or away; to draw off; to take from. Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,) detriment; damage; harm; loss. Deus, i, m. God; a god. Deveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vec- tum, tr. (de & veho,) to carry down, or away. Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping; inclining. Devictus, a, um, part, from Devinco, -vincere, -vici, -vic- tum, tr. (de & vinco,) to conquer; to subdue; to over- come. Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (de & volo,) to fly down; to fly away. 224 DEVORO DILIGO. Devoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de and voro,) to devour; to eat up. Devotus, a, um, part, from Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo- tum, tr. (de & voveo,) to vow; to devote; to conse- crate. Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, § 20, 3. adj. right; on the right hand. See § 26, 2. Dextra, ae, f. the right hand. Diadema, atis, n, a diadem ; a white fillet worn upon the heads of kings. Diagoras, se, m. a Rhodian who died of excessive joy, because his three sons were victorious at the Olympic games. Diana, ae, f. the daughter of Jupiter and Latona, and sister of Apollo. Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to consecrate; to dedicate; from Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. to say; to name; to call. Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; a chief magistrate, elected on special occasions, and vested with absolute autho- rity; from Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. to say often; to dictate. Dictum, i, n. (dico,) a word; an expression. Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.) Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. in pi., a day; in dies, dai- ly; every day. DifTerens, tis, adj. different, differing; from DifTero, differre, distuli, dila- tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & fero,) to carry apart, or in different directions; to car- ry up and down; to scat- ter; to disperse; to spread abroad: to publish; to de- fer; to be different. Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi- cultly; with difficulty; from Difficibs, e, adj. comp. (dis & facilis,) difficult; \ 91, 2. Obs. 1, hence, Difficultas, atis, f. difficulty; trouble; poverty. Digitus, i, m. a finger; afin- ger's breadth. Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig- nor,) vouchsafing; thought worthy. Digmtas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig- nity; office; honor. Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to think worthy; to vouch- safe; to deign; from Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) worthy. Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. (dis & lanio,) to tear or rend in pieces. Diligenter, adv. (ius, issime,) diligently ; carefully ; fr. diiigens. Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,tr. (dis & lego,) to select care- fully; to esteem a thing for its value; hence, to love. See amo. ntMICATIO MSSERU. 22-5 Dimicafio, onis, f. a fight; a contest; a battle; from Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,) atum, intr. (dis & mico, to glitter,) to fight : viz., with swords gleaming : dimicatum est, a battle was fought. Dimissus, a, um, part, from . Dimitto, -mittere, mlsi, -mis- sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to send away; to dismiss; to let go. Diogenes, is, m. an eminent Cynic philosopher, born at Sinope, a city of Asia Mi- nor. Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian warrior; also, a cruel king of Thrace. Dionysius, i. m. the name of tivo tyrants of Syracuse. Dirempturus, a, um, part, dirimo,) about to decide. Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.) Dirimo,- imere,-emi,-emptum, tr. (dis & emo,) properly, to take one thing from an- other : to divide; to part; to separate; to decide. Diripio,-ripere,-ripui,-reptum, tr. (dis e, adj. (ior, issimus,) (fero,) fertile ; fruitful ; hence, Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility; richness; fruit fulness. Ferula, se, f. (ferio,) a staff; a reed. Ferns, a, urn, adj. wild; rude; uncultivated ; uncivilized; savage. Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. to boil; to seethe; to foam; to he hot; to glow. Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) weary; tired; fatigued. Festum, i, n. a feast; from Festus, a, um, adj. festive; joyful; merry. Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a M Fidelis, e, adj. (c.omp.) faith- ful; from Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith: in fidem, in confirmation : in fidem accipere, to re- ceive under one's protec- tion. Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to fix; to fasten. Fiiia, ag, f. § 9, 4 ; a daughter. Filius, i, m. § 10, Exc. 5 ; a son. Filum, i, n. a thread. Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. to split; to cleave. Fingens, tis, part, feigning; pretending; from Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum, tr. to form: to make; to de- vise; to pretend; to feign. Finio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to end; to finish; to terminate; from Finis, is, d. the end; a boun- dary; a limit : fines, m. pi. the limits of a country, &c. Finltus, a, um, part, (finio.) Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) neighboring. Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. § 83, 8; (facio,) to be made; to .become; to hap- pen : fit, it happens : fac- tum est, it happened; it came to pass. Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) Firmiter, adv. (ius, issime,) (firmus,) firmly; securely. Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make firm; to confirm; to establish; from Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) firm: strong; secure. Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) fixed; permanent. Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to whip; to scourge; to lash. Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) shameful; infa- mous; outrageous; from Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- tion; an outrage; a crime; a dishonor; villany. Flagro, are, avi, atum, intr. to burn; to be on fire; to suffer; to be oppressed; to be violent. FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 2 r 3? Flaminius, i, m. a Roman. Flavus, a, urn, adj. yellow. Flamma, se, f. aflame. Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, tr. to bend; to bow; to turn; to move; to prevail upon. Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & intr. to weep; to lament. Fletus, us, m, weeping; tears. Flevo, orris, m. a lake near the mouth of the Rhine, now the Zuyder-Zee. Flexus, a, urn, part, (flecto,) bent; changed; turned. Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to bloom; to blossom; to flou- rish; to be distinguished. Flos, floris, m. a flower; a blossom. Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave. Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxurn, intr. to flow; hence, Fluvius, i, m. properly, a river. Flumen, mis, n. (fluo,) an abundant flowing; viz., of waters, or of any thing else ; as, flumen verbo- rum, orationis. Cic. Usu- . all} r , a river. Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, tr. to dig; to pierce; to bore. Foecunditas, atis, f. fruitful- ness; from Fcecundus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issimus,) fruitful; fertile. Ftedus, eris, n. a league; a treaty. Folium, i, n. a leaf. Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a source; a spring. Forem, def. verb, § 84, 5 ; would or should be : fore, to be about to be; it would or will come to pass. Foris, adv. abroad. Forma, as, f. a form; shape, figure; beauty. Formica, se, f. an ant. Formido, mis, {.fear; dread; terror; hence Formidolosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) fearful; timorous. Formositas, atis, f. beauty; elegance; from Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) beautiful; hand- some; from forma. Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance; for- tune. Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps; (applied to what may hap- pen.) Forte, adv. (abl. fr. fors.) acci- dentally; by chance; (ap- plied to what did happen.) Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) bold; brave; courageous. Fortiter, adv. (ius, issime,) bravely; from fortis. Fortitudo, mis, f. (fortis,) bold- ness; bravery. Fortuna, oe, f. (fors,) fortune; chance. Forum, i, n. the market place; the forum; the court of jus- tice. Fossa, 83, f. (fodio,) a ditch; a trench; a moat. 238 FOVEA FUNESTUS. Fovea, se, f. a pit. Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr. to keep warm; to cherish. Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.) Fragilis, e, adj. (frango, ) frail; perishable. Fragilitas, atis, f. (fragilis,) frailty; weakness. Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a fragment; a piece. Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- tum, tr. to break; to break in pieces; to weaken; to de- stroy. Frater, tris, m. a brother. Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. comp. (fraus ) fraudulent; deceitful; treacherous. Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issl- mus,) frequent; numerous. Fretum, i, n. a strait; a sea. Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum & fricatum, tr. to rub. Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus cold; from Frigus, oris, n. cold. Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a tree; a branch vjith leaves. Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; enjoyment; hence, fruit; produce; advantage. Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. scarcely used,) properly, all that the earth produces for our subsistence; corn; fruges, um, ^[.fruits; the various kinds of corn. Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corn; wheat. Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus, intr. dep. to enjoy. Frustra, adv. (frudo, id. ac fraudo,) in vain; to no 'pur- pose. Frustratus, a, um, part, from Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. (frustra,) to frustrate; to deceive. Frutex, icis, m. a shrub; a bush. Fuga, se, f. a flight. Fugax, acis, adj.(acior, acissi- mus,) swift; fleeting; from fugio. Fugiens, tis, part, from Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, intr. & tr. to fly; to escape; to avoid; to flee; to flee from. Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to pad to flight; to drive off; to chase. Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to shine. Fuligo, inis, f. (fumus,) soot. Fullo, onis, m. a fuller. Fulmen, mis, n. (i. e. fulgi- men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder; a thunderbolt; lightning. Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from the foundation; utterly. Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, tr. to pour out: lacrymas, to shed tears : hostes, to scatter; to rout; to discomfit , Fundus, i, m. the bottom of any thing : also a farm; a field : imus fundus, the very bottom. Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) (funus,) polluted by FUNGOR GENITUS. 239 a dead, body; fatal; de- structive. •Fungor, fungi, functus sum, intr. dep. to perform or dis- charge an office; to do; to execute : fato, to die. Funis, is, d. a rope; a cable. Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu- neral obsequies. Fur, furis, c. a thief Furcula, ae, f. dim. (furca,) a little fork: Furciilse Cau- dinae, the name of a narroiu defile in the country of the Hirptni, in Italy, where the Romans were defeated by the Samnites. Furiosus, a um, adj. (comp.) furious; mad; from furo. Furius, i, m. the name of sev- ral Romans. Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,) about to be; future. G. Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of an island and town in Spain, near the straits of Gibraltar, now Cadiz. Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of Gades or Cadiz : fretum Gaditanum, the straits of Gibraltar. Galatia, ae, f. a country in the interior of Asia Minor. Gallia, 33, f. Gaul, now France. Galliae, pi. the divisions of Gaul. Galficus, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Gaul; Gallic. Gallina, ae, f. a hen. Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. Gallus, i, m. a cock. Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog- nomen of several Romans. Ganges, is, m. the name of a large river in India. Garumna, 33, f. the Garonne. a river of Aquitania. Gaudeo,gaudere,gavIsus sum, n. pass. § 78 ; to rejoice; to delight; to be pleased with. Gaudium,i,n. joy; gladness. Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau- deo,) rejoicing; having re- joiced. GemTnus, a, um; adj. double: gemmi filii, twin sons. Gemitus, us, m, (gemo,) a Gemmatus, a, um,part. adorn- ed with gems; gemmed; glittering; from Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gemma,) to adorn with gems. Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law. Genero, are, avi, atum, tr.(ge- nus,) to beget; to produce. Generosltas, atis, nobleness of mind; magnanimity ; from Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) (genus,) noble; spirited; brave; generous; fruitful; fertile. Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,) born; produced. 240 GENS GRASSOR. Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe; a family; a clan. Genui. See Gigno. Genus, eris, n. a race; a fam- ily; a sort or kind. Geometria, ae, f. geometry. Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) bear- ing; conducting. Germanus, i, m. a German; an inhabitant of Germany. Germania, ae, f. Germany. Germanicus, a, um, adj. Ger- man; of Germany. Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, tr. to bear; to carry; (viz: " a load or burden;) to do; to conduct or manage; (spo- ken of one who has the charge ; see ago and facio ;) res eas gessit, performed such exploits : odium, 10 hate : onus, to bear a bur- den: bellum, to wage or carry on war. Geryon-is,m.a giant who was slain by Hercules, and whose oxen were driven into Greece. Gestans, tis, part, from Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (gero,) to bear; to carry about. Gestus, a, um,part. borne; per- formed : res gestae, see Res. Getae, arum, m. pi. a savage people of Dacia, north of the Danube. Gigas, amis, m a giant.. Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- tum,tr. tobeget; to bring forth; to bear; to produce. Glaber, bra, brum. adj. Cbri- or, berrimus,) bald; bare, smooth. Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing;* from Glacies, ei, f. ice. Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a gladiator. Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. be- longing to a gladiator ; gladiatorial; from Gladius, i, m. a sword. Glans, dis, f. mast; an acorn. Glisco, ere, intr. to increase. Gloria, 83, f. glory; fame. Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to boast. Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) active; industrious. Gorgias, ae, m, a celebrated sophist and orator. Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus, §26, 1,) slender; lean; del- icate. Gracchus, i, m. the name of an illustrious Roman family . Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr. Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair. Grascia, ae, f. Greece. Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; Greek : — subs, a Greek. Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) large; great; ( in a higher sense than magnus.) Granicus, i, m. a river of My- sia, emptying into the Pro- pontis. Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. freq, (gradior,) to ad- vance ; to march; to pro- ceed; to make an attack. GRATES — HANNIBAL. 241 Grates, def. f. pi. (gratus,) thanks : aorere grates, to thank. § IS, 12. Gratia, ae, f. (gratus,) grace; favor; thanks; return; re- quital; gratitude : habere, to feel indebted or obliged; to be grateful : in gratiam, in fa vo r of : gratia , for the sake. Gratulatus, a, urn, part, hav- ing congratulated; from Gratulor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to congratulate; from Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) acceptable; pleasing; grateful. Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) heavy; severe: great; grave; important; violent; noxious; unwholesome : gravis som- nus, sound sleep; hence, Gra vitas, atis, f. heaviness; gravity; weight. Graviter, adv. (ius, issime,) hardly; heavily; grievous- ly; severely; from gravis. Gravo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gra- vis,) to load; to oppress; to burden. Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in herds. Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a step; a pace; a gait. Grex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; a company. Grus, gruis, c. a crane. Gubernator, oris, m. (guberno, to govern;) a pilot; a ruler. Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy- clddes. Gyges, is, m. a rich king of Lydia. Gymnosophista?, arum, m. Gymnosophists; a sect of Indian philosophers. H. Habens, tis, part. from. Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to have; to possess; to hold; to esteem; to suppose; to take; habere consilium, to deliberate. HabTto, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr. to inhabit; to dwell. Habittirus, a, um, part, (ha- beo.) Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.) Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) hab- it ; form ; dress ; attire; manner. Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,; hitherto; thus far v Hadrianus, i, m. Adrian, the fifteenth emperor of Rome. Haemus, i, m. a mountain of Thrace, from whose top, both the Euxine and Adri- atic seas can be seen. Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f. the halcyon or kingfisher. See Alcyone. Halicarnassus, i, f. a maritime city of Caria, the birth- place of Herodotus. Hamilcar, aris, m. a Cartha- ginian general. Hannibal, alis, m. a brave Carthaginian general, the son of Hamilcar. 21 242 HANNO HESFERUS. Hanno, onis, m. a Carthagi- nian general. Harmonia, 83, f. the wife of Cadmus, and daughter of Mars and Venus. Harpyiae, arum, f. pi. the Harpies; winged monsters, having the faces of loomen, and the bodies of vultures. Haruspex, icis, m. (ara & specio,) a soothsayer; a di- viner; one who pretended to a knowledge of future events from inspecting the entrails of victims. Hasdrubal, alis, m. a Cartha- ginian general, the brother of Hannibal. Hasta, 33, f. a spear; a lance. Haud, adv. not. Haurio, haurire, hausi, haus- tum, tr. to draw out; to drink; to swallow. Haustus,us, m. (id.) a draught. Hebes, etis, adj.(comp.) blunt; obtuse; dim. Hebesco, ere, intr. inc. (hebeo ) to grow blunt, dim, or dull. Hebrus, i, m. a large river of Thrace. Hecuba, 83, f. the wife of Pri- am, king of Troy. He d era, 33, f. ivy. Hcgesias, 83, m. an eloquent philosopher of Cyrene. Helena, as, f. Helen, the daugh- ter of Jupiter and Leda, and wife of Menelaus. Helicon, onis, m. a mountain ofBcsotia, near Parnassus, and sacred to Apollo and the Muses. Helvetia, 83, f. a country in the eastern part of Gaul, now Switzerland. Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Helveti- ans; the inhabitants of Hel- vetia. Helleborum, i, n. or Hellebo- rus, i, m. the herb helle- bore. Hellespontus, i, m. a strait between Thrace and Asia Minor, now called the Dar- danelles. Heraclea, 83, f. the name of several cities in Magna Graida, in Pontus, in Sy- ria, &c. Herba, ae, f. an herb; grass; hence, Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) grassy; full of herbs or grass. Hercules, is, m. a celebrated hero, son of Jupiter and Alcmena. Hercynius, a, um, adj. Hercy- nian : Hercynia silva, a large forest in Germany, now the Black Forest. Heres, or Haeres, edis, c. an heir. Herennius, i, m. a general of the Samnites. Hero, us, (§15, 13,) f. a priest- ess of Venus, who resided at Sestos, and who was be- loved by Leander, a youth of Abydos. Hesperus, i, m. a son of Tape- HEU H0RR1DUS. 243 tus, who settled in Italy, and from whom that coun- try vjas called Hespcria; also the evening star. • Heu ! int. alas ! ah ! Hians, tis, part, (hio.) Hiatus, us, m. (hio,) an open- ing; a chasm; an aperture. Hibernicus, a, um, adj. Irish: (probably from Hiberna, the winter quarters of the Roman soldiers.) Hibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems,) of winier; ivi'ntry. Hie, adv. here; in this place. Hie, hasc, hoc, pro. § 31, this; he; she, &c. Hiempsal, alis, m. a king. of Numidia. Hiems, emis, f. winter. Hiero, onis, m. tyrant of Sy- racuse. Hiersolyma, ae, f. & Hiersoly- ma, drum, n. pi. Jerusalem, the capital of Judea. Hinc, adv. hence; from hence; from this; from this time. Hinnio, ire, Ivi, Hum, intr. to neigh; hence, Hinnltus, us, m. a neighing. Hinnuleus, i, m. (hinnus,) a jaw /i. I ' Lo, are, avi, atum, intr. gape; to yawn; to open the mouth; to long for. flipparchus, i, m. the son of Pisistratus, a tyrant of Athens. Hippolytus, i, m. the son of Theseus. Hippomenes, is, m. the son of Megareus, and husband of Atalanta. Hippopotamus, i, m. the hip- popotamus,or river-horse. Hispania, se, f. Spain. Hispanus,a,um, adj. Spanish: subs. m. a Spaniard. Hodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) to- day; at this time; now-a- days. Hodieque, (for hodie quoque,) adv. to this day; to this time. Hcedus, i, m. a kid; a young goat, Homerus, i, m. Homer, the most ancient and illustri- ous of the Greek poets. Homo, mis, c.(humus,) a man; a person; one. Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir- tue; dignity; from Honestus, a, um, adj. honora- ble; noble; from Honor & -os, oris, m. honor; re- spect; an honor: an office. Honorif ice, adv. (centius, cen- tissime, from honorificus, §26, 3,) honorably : parum honorif ice, slightingly ; with little respect. Hora, ae, f. an hour. Horatius, i, m., Horace; the name of several Romans : Horatii, pi. three Roman brothers, who fought ivith the three Curiatii. Hortensius, i, m. the name of several Romans. Horridus, a, um, adj. comp. (horreo, to bristle up;) 244 HORTATUS IDJEUS. rough; rugged; rude; un- polished; barbarous. Hortatus, us, m. an exhorta- tion; instigation; advice; fr. Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to exhort. Hortus, i, m. a garden. Hospes", itis, c. a stranger; a visitor; a guest; a host. Hospitium, i, n. (hospes,) hos- pitality : hospitio acci- pere, to entertain. Hostia, as, f. (hostis,) a victim. Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) the third king of Rome .* a cog- nomen among the Romans. Hostis, is, c. an enemy. Hue, adv. (hoc,) hither : hue — illuc, hither — thither; now here — now there. Hujusmodi, adj. hid. (gen. of hie & modus,) of this sort or hind. Humamtas, atis, f. humanity; kindness; gentleness; from Humanus, a, um, adj. comp. (homo,) human. Humerus, i, m. the shoulder. Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior, limus, § 26, 1.) humble : hu- mili loco natum esse, to be born in a humble station, or of obscure parents. Humor, oris, m.(humeo,) mois- ture; pi. liquids; humors. Humus, i, f. the ground : hu- mi, on the ground. § 130, Obs. 7. Hyaena, as, f. the hyena. Hydrus, i, m. a water snake. Hymnus, i, m. a hymn; a song of praise. Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (utfsp §6psa£,) properly, living be- yond the source of the north wind; northern : Hyper- borei, Drum, m. pi. people inhabiting the northern re- gions; beyond Scythia. Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine. Iapetus, the son of Ccelus and Terra. Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain, now the Ebro. Ibi, adv. there; here; then. Ibidem, adv. in the same place. Ibis, idis, f. the ibis, the Egyp- tian stork. Icarus, i, m. thesonof Dceddlus. Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icdi-us, Icarian. Ichneumon, onis, m. the ich- neumon or Egyptian rat. Ichnusa, ae, f. an ancient Greek name of Sardinia. Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to strike : foedus, to make, ratify or conclude a league or treaty. Ictus, a, um, part. Ictus, us, m. (ico,) a blow; a stroke. Ida, ae, f. a mountain of Troas, near Troy. Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging to Ida : mons Idasus, mount Ida. IDEM IMMOLO. 245 Tdem, eadem, idem, pro. §31, the same. Idoneus,a,um,adj .fit; suitable. Igitur, conj. therefore; then. Ignarus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- rus,) ignorant. Ignavus, a, um, adj. comp. (in & gnavus,) inactive; idle; cowardly. Ignis, is, tci. fire; flame. Ignobilis, e, adj. (in Scnobllis,) unknown; ignoble; mean. Ignoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ig- narus,) to be ignorant; not to know. Ignotus, a, um, part & adj. (in & notus,) unknown. Ilium, i, n. Ilium or Troy, the principal city of Troas. Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in- fero,) brought in; inferred. Ille, a, ud, pro. § 31 ; that; he; she; it; the former; pi. they, those. Illecebra, ae, f. (illicio,) an al- lurement; an enticement. Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that place ; immediately ; in- stantly. Illuc, adv. (illoc,) thither : hue — illuc, now here — ?ww there. Illustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) illustrious; famous; cele- brated; from Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & lustro,) to enlighten; to illustrate; to render fa- mous; to celebrate; to make renowned. Ulyria, ae, f. a country opposite to Italy, and bordering on the Adriatic. Imago, inis, f. an image; a picture; a figure; a resem- blance. Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bac- illus, as if leaning on a staff:) (lior, limus, ?26, 1,) weak; feeble. Imber,bris, m. a shower; a rain. Imitatio, onis, f. imitation : ad imitationem, in imitation; from Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to imitate; to copy. Immanis, e, adj. comp. (in & magnus,) very great; huge; monstrous; cruel; dreadful, Immensus, a, um, adj. (in & mensus,) immeasurable ; boundless ; immoderate. Immeritus, a, um, part, (in & meritus,) not deserving , undeserved. Immmens, tis, part, hanging over; threatening; from Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in & mineo,) to hang over; to impend; to threaten; to be near. Immissus, a, um, part, admit- ted; sent in; darted in; from Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (in& mitto,) to lei in; to send to, into, against, or upon; to throw at. Immobilis, e, adj. comp. (in & mobilis,) immovable ; steadfast. Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & mola,) properly, to 246 IMM0RTAL1S — IMPONO. sprinkle with the mola or salted cake; hence, to sa- crifice; to immolate. Immortalis, e, adj. (in &mor- talis,) immortal. Immotus, a, um, part, (in & motus,) unmoved; still; motionless. Immutatus, a, um, part, alter- ed; changed; (sometimes, exchanged;) from Immtito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & muto,) to change; to alter. Impatiens, tis, adj. (in and pa- tiens,) impatient; not able to endure. Impedltus, a, um, part, im- peded; hindered; encum- bered; e?itangled; from Impedio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr. (in & pes,) properly, to fetter; hence, to impede; to ob- struct; to check; to delay; to prevent; to disturb. Impendeo, -pendere, wants pret. & sup. intr. (in & pen- deo,) to hang over; to im- pend; to threaten. Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in & penetrabilis,) impenetrable. Impense, adv. (ius, issime,) exceedingly; greatly; from impensus. Imperator, oris, m. (impero,) a commander; a general. Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (impero,) to command; to rule; to govern. Imperitus, a, um, adj. (ior issimus, (in & peritus,) in- experienced; 'una cquaint ed ivith. Imperium, i, n. a command; government ; reign ; su- preme authority; power; (imperium, military com- mand; — potestas, civil au- thority;) from Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. to command; to order; to di- rect; to govern; to rule over. Impertiens, tis, part, from Impertio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr. (in & partio,) to impart; to share; to give. • Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & patro,) to obtain; to finish. Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,) an attack; onset; force; vio- lence; impetuosity. Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pi- us,) impious; undutiful. Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in and pleo;) to fill; to ac- complish; to perform. Implicitus, a, um, part, en- tangled; attacked; from Implico, are, avi, or ui, atum or ltum, tr. (in & plico,) to infold; to entangle; to im- plicate. Implicor, ari, atus or ltus sum, pass, to be entangled : morbo, to be attacked ivith sickness. Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & ploro,) to implore; to be- seech; to beg. Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- tum, tr. (in &pono,) to lay IMPORTUNUS INCOLO. 247 or place upon; to impose; to put. Importunus, a, um, adj. comp. dangerous; perilous; trou- blesome; cruel; outrageous; restless; ungovernable. Impositus, a, um, part, (im- pono.) Imprimis, adv. (in & primis, from primus,) am.ong the first; especially; eminently. Improbatus, a, um, part, (im- probo,) disallowed; disap- proved. Improbo, are, avi, atum, tr (in & probo,) to disap- prove; to reject. Improbus, a, um, adj. comp. • (in & probus,) not good; wicked; bad. Imprudens, tis, adj. comp. (in & prudens,) imprudent; inconsiderate. Impugnaturus, a, um, part. fr. Impugno, are, avi, atum, tr. to fight against; to attack. Impune, adv. (in 6c poena,) with impunity ; ivithout hurt; without punishment. Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- ferus, § 26, 2,) the lowest: the deepest. In, prep, with the accusative, signifies, into ; towards ; upon; until; for; against : with the ablative, in; up- on; among; at : in dies, from day to day : in eo esse, to be on the point of: in sublime, aloft. Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty; vain; ineffectual; foolish. Inaresco,-arescere, -arui, intr. inc. $ 83, 2, to grow dry. Incedo,-cedere,-cessi,-cessum, intr. (in & cedo,) to go on; to go; to walk; to come. Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in & candeo,) to light; to kindle; to set fire to; to inflame. Incensus, a, um, part, lighted; kindled; burning; inflamed. Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- mus,) (in & certus,) un- certain. Inchoo, are, avi, atum, tr. to begin. Incidens, tis, part, from Incido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (in & cado,) to fall into or upon; to chance to meet with. Incipio,~cipere,-cepi, -ceptum, tr. (in & capio,) to com- mence; to begin. Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & cito,) to stir up; to in- stigate; to encourage; to animate. Includo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & claudo,) to shut in; to include; to inclose; to en- circle; to encompass. Inclusus, a, um, part. (includo.) Inclytus, a, um, adj. (issimus, § 26, 5,) famous; celebra- ted; re?wwned. Incola, SB, c. aninhabitant; fr. Incolo, colere, colui, cultum, 248 INCOLUMIS INERTIA. tr. (in & colo,) to dwell in a place; to inhabit. Incolumis, e, adj. comp. (in & columis,) unhurt; safe; un- punished. Incompertus, a, urn, adj. (in & compertus,) not found out; unknown; uncertain. Inconsiderate, adv. (ius, issi- me,) inconsiderately; rash- iy- Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in & credibilis,) incredible; wonderful; hence Incredibiliter, adv. (ius, issi- me,) incredibly. Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) an increase. Increpo, are, ui, ltum, tr. (in & crepo,) to make a loud noise; to reprove; to chide; to blame. Incruentus, a, urn, adj. (in & cruor,) bloodless. Inculte, adv. (ius, issime,) rudely; plainly; from Incultus, a, um, part. & adj. comp. (in & colo,) unculti- vated; uninhabited; desert. Incumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, -cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,) to lean; to lie; to rest or recline upon; to apply to : gladio, to fall upon one's sword. Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a running against; an attack; an incursion; an inroad. Inde, adv. thence; from thence. Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in- dex; a mark; a sign. India, ae, f. a country of Asia, named from the river Indus. Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & dico, are,) to shew; to discover'. Indico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in & dico,) to indicate; to an- nounce; to declare; to pro- claim; to appoint; hence, Indictus, a, um, part. Indicus. a, um. adj. of India, Indian. Indigena, ae, c. (in & geno,) one born in a certain place, a native. Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to grow,) the natural disposi- tion; nature; inherent qual- ity. See ingenium. Induco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in & duco,) to lead in; to in- duce; to persuade; hence, Inductus, a, um, part. Induo, -duere, -dui,-dutum, tr. to put on; to dress; to clothe. Indus, i, m. a large river in the western part of India. Industria, se, f. (industrius,) industry; diligence. Indtitus, a, um, part, (induo.) Inedia, 33, f. (in & edo,) want of food; fasting; hunger. Ineo, ire, ii, ltum, tr. & intr. irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter into; to enter upon; to make; to form. Inermis, e, adj. (in & arma,) unarmed; defenceless. % Inertia, ae, f. (iners,) want of art; laziness; sloth; idle- ness. INF AMIS INGRU0. 249 Infamis, e, adj. (in & fama,) ill spoken of; infamous; disgraceful. Infans, tis, c. (in & fans,) one who cannot speak; an in- fant; a child. Inferi, orum, m. pi. the infer- nal regions; Hades; Orcus; the infernal gods. Inferior, us, adj. See Inferus. Infero, inferre, intiili, illatum, tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring in or against; to bring up- on; to inflict upon : bellum, to make war upon. Inferus, a, um, adj. (inferior, infimus, or imus, § 26, 2,) low; humble. Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to infest; to disturb; to mo- lest; to vex; to plague; to trouble; to annoy; from Infestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (in & festus,) not pleasant; hostile; inimical. Infigo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in & figo,) to fix; to fasten; to drive in. Infinitus, a, um, adj. (in & finio,) infinite; unbounded; vast; immense: infinitum argenti, an immense quan- tity of silver : infinita no- bilitas, a vast number &c. Infirmus, a, um, adj. ior, issi- mus > (in & firrnus,) weak; infirm. Infixus, part, (infigo.) Inflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. to set on fire; to inflame; to excite; to animate. Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,) blown upon; puffed up, Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in & fligo,) properly, to strike one thing against another; hence, to inflict. Jnflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & no,) to blow upon. Infra, prep, beneath; below. Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & frendeo,) to gnash with the teeth. Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac- tum, tr. (in & frango,) to break or rend in pieces; to disannul; to make void. Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to pour in : infunditur, it empties; (said of rivers.) Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,) judgment; sagacity; pene- tration; natural disposi- tion; genius; talents; cha- racter. Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, §26, 6,) great; very great; huge; (in a much higher sense than magnus.) Ingenuus, a, um, adj. (ingeno,) natural ; free-born ; free ; noble; ingenuous. Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- dior,) to go in; to enter; to come in; to walk; to walk upon; to go. Ingressus, a, um, part. Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to invade; to assail; to pour down; lofallupon suddenly. 250 INHjEKEO INSIDEO. Inhtereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- sum, intr. (in Schasreo,) to cleave or stick to or in : co- gitationibus, to be fixed or lost in thought. Inhio, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr. (in & hio,) to gape- for; to desire. Inimicus, a, nm, adj. comp. (in & amicus,) inimical; hostile. Inimicus, i, m. subs, an enemy. Inique, adv. ius, issime, (ini- quus, in & aequus, not equal;) unequally; unjustly. Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- mencement; a beginning. Initiirus, a, um, part, (ineo,) about to enter upon or begin. Injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, tr. (in & jacio,) to throw in or upon. Injuria, ae, f. (injurius, in & jus,) an injury; an insult. Innato, are, avi, atum, intr. (in & nato,) to swim or float upon. Innitor, -nlti, -nlsus or nixus sum, intr. dep. (in &nitor,) to lean or depend upon; to rest upon. Innocentia, as, f. (in & no- cens,) harmlessness; inno- cence. Innotesco, -notescere, -notui, intr. inc. (in & notesco,) to become known; to be known. Innoxius, a, um, adj. comp. (in & noxius,) harmless. Innumerabllis, e, adj. (in & numerabiiis,) innumerable. Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in & numerus,) without number. Inopia, ae, f. (mops,) want; scarcity. Inopus, i, m. a fountain or river of Delos, near which Apollo and Diana were said to have been born. Inprimis, and in primis, adv. same as imprimis. Inquam, or Inquio, def. I say; § 84, 2. [nquino, are, avi,- atum, tr. to pollute; to stain; to soil. Inquiro,-quirere,-quisivi, -qui- situm, tr. (in & quasro,) to seek for; to inquire; to in~ vestigate. Insania, ae, f. (insanus,) mad- ness. Insanio, ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. (in- sanus,) to be mad. Inscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, -scriptum, tr. (in & scribo,) to write upon; to inscribe. Inscriptus, a, um, part. Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an insect. Insequens, tis, part, succeed- ing; subsequent; following; from Insequor,-sequi,-secutus sum, tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to follow after; to follow. Insidens, tis, part, from Insideo, -sidere,-sedi,-sessum, intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit upon INSIDUE INTERCIPIO. 251 Insidiae, arum, f. pi. (insideo,) an ambush ; ambuscade ; treachery; deceit : per insi- dias, treacherously. Insidians, tis, part, from Insidior, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (insidia?,) to lie in wait; to lie in ambush; to deceive. Insigne, is, n. a mark; a to- ken; an ensign; from Insignis, e, adj. comp. (in & signum,) distinguished {by some mark;) eminent. Insisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, intr. (in & sis to,) to stand upon; to insist. Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) inconsolably. Insolens, tis, adj. (in & so- lens,) (ior, issimus,) not usual; insolent; haughty; Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) (ius, issime,) haughtily; insolently. Inspectans, tis, part, from Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (in & specto,) to look upon; to inspect. Instaturus, a, um, part, (insto,) [nstituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu- tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to set, or put into; to appoint; to resolve; to make; to or- der. Institutum, i, n. an institution; a doctrine; from Institutus, a, um, part, (in- stituo.) Insto,-stare, stiti, intr. (in & sto,) to stand, near to; to urge; to persist; to ha- rass; to pursue closely; to beg earnestly. Instrumentum, i, n. (instruo,) an instrument; utensil; im- plement. Instruo, -struere,-struxi, -struc- tum, tr. (in & struo,) to put together, or in order; to arrange; to prepare; to supply with; to instruct. Insiibres, um, m. pi. a people living north of the Po, in Cisalpine Gaul. Insuesco,-suescere,-suevi,- sue- tum, intr. inc. (in & sues- co,) to groiv accustomed. Insula, se, f. an island. Insuper, adv. (in & super,) moreover. Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in& tago, whence tango,) (ri- or, emmus,) not touched; whole; entire; unhurt; just; uncorrupted. Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, tr. (in & tego,) to cover. Integritas, atis, f. (integer,) integrity; probity; honesty. Intellectus, a, um, part, from Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, tr. (inter & lego,) to choose between; hence, to under- stand; to perceive; to dis- cern; to know; to learn. Inter, prep, between ; among : inter se, mutually : occur- rentes inter se, meeting each other. Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to seize by surprise; to inter- 252 INTERD1C0 IJSTREPIDUS. cept; to usurp; to take away fraudulently. Interdlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to interpose a command; to forbid; to prohibit; Interdictus, a, urn, part. Interdiu, adv. (inter & diu,) by day; in the day-time. Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) sometimes. Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in the mean time. Interemptus, a, urn, part, (in- terfmo.) Intereo, ire, ii, ltum, intr. irr. (inter &eo,§ 83,3,) to perish. Interest, imp. (intersum,) it concerns : mea, it concerns me. Interfector, oris, m. a murder- er; a slayer; a destroyer. Interfectus, a, urn, part, killed. Interflcio, -flcere, -feci, -fec- tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to destroy; to kill; to slay. Interim, adv. (inter &im, the old ace. of is,) in the mean time. Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to take from the midst; to kill; to put to death; to slay. Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus, § 26, 2,) inner; the interior. Interims,, adv. (intro,) fart her in the interior. Interjectus, a, um, part, cast between: anno interjecto, a year having intervened; a year after; from Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- tum, tr. (inter & jacio,) to throw between. Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) ruin; destruction: ad in- ternecionem, with a gene- ral massacre. Internodium, i, n. (inter & no- dus,) the space between two knots; a joint. Internus, a, um, adj. internal; mare internum, the Medi- terranean sea. lii\.QT^xes,Gi\s,c. aninterpreter. Interregnum, i, n. (inter ®- num,) an interregnum: a vacancy of the throne. Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (inter & rogo,) to ask. Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. (inter & sum,) to be pre- sent at, between, with, or among. Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val- lus,) an interval; a space; a distance. Interveniens, tis, part, from Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- tum, intr. (inter & venio,) to come between; to inter- vene. Intexo, ere, ui, turn, tr. (in & texo,) to interweave. Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- terus, interior, $ 26, 2,) in- nermost; inmost; intimate; familiar; much beloved. Intra, prep, within : — adv. in- Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & txeyidius,) fearless; intrepid. INTRO — IRE. 253 Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. (intro, <& eo,) to enter. Introduco,-ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (intro & duco,) to lead in; to introduce. Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) an entrance. Intuens, tis, part, from Intueor, eri, ltus sum, tr. dep. (in & tueor,) to look upon; to co?isider; to behold; to gaze at. Intus, adv. within. Inusitatus, a, urn, adj. comp. (in & usitatus,) unaccus- tomed; unusual; extraor- dinary. Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & utilis,) useless. Invado, -vadere, -vasi, vasum, tr. (in & vado,) to invade; to attack; to assail. Invenio, -venire, veni,-ventum, tr. (in & venio,) to come to, or upon; to find; to get; to procure; to obtain; to in- vent; to discover. Inventus, a, um, part. Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & vestigo,) to trace or find out; to investigate; to discover. Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- tually; in turn: se invi- cem occiderunt, they slew one another. Invictus, a, um, part, (in & victus,) unconquerable; im- penetrable; invulnerable. Invidia, as, f. (invidus,) envy; hatred. Invisus, a, um, adj. (in video,) envied; hated; hateful; ob- noxious : plebi, unpopular. Invitatus, a, um, part, invited, entertained: — subs, a guest. Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to invite. Invius, a, um, adj. (in & via,) impassible; inaccessible; im- penetrable. Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & voco,) to call upon; to invoke. Iones, um, m. pi. Ionians; the inhabitants of Ionia. Ionia, a3, f. Ionia; a country on the western coast of Asia Minor. Ionius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; Ionian : mare, that part of the Mediterranean which lies between Greece and the south of Italy. Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian general. Ipbigenla, ae, f. the daughter of Agamemnon and Cly- temnestra, and priestess of Diana. Ipse, a, um, pro. § 32, he him- self; she herself; itself; or simply he; she; it : et ipse, he also ; before a verb of the first or second person, /; thou : ego ipse, I myself : tu ipse, thou thyself, &c. Ira, aa, f. anger; rage, hence. Irascor, irasci, intr. den. to be angry, bence. Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. Ire. See Eo. 22 254 IRREPAEABILIS JACTJLOR. Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in & reparabilis,) irreparable; irrecoverable. Irretio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (in & rete,) to enclose in a net; to entangle; to ensnare. Irridens, tis, part, from Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & rideo,) to laugh at; to de- ride. Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & rigo,) to water; to bedeiv; to moisten. Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio, to snarl like a dog;) to irri- tate; to provoke; to incite. Irruens, tis, part, from Irruo, uere, ui, (in&ruo,) intr. to rush in, into, or upon; to rush; to attack. Is, ea, id. pro. § 31, this; he; she; it : in eo esse, i. e. in eo statu, to be in that state; to be upon the point. Issus, i, f. a maritime city of Cilicia. Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be- longing to Issus. Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated Athenian orator. Iste, a, ud, pro. §31, tha ; that person or thing; he; she, it. (The demonstra- tive of the second person, and used to indicate a thing near, relating to, or spoken of, by the person addressed. § 2S. Obs. 3, 3d.) Ister, tri, m. the name of the Danube, after it enters U- lyricum. Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth- mian; belonging to the Isthmus of Corinth : ludi, games celebrated at that place. Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus. Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a manner; even so; thus. Italia, as, f. Italy. Italus, a, um, adj. Italian. Itali, subs, the Italians. Italicus, a, um, adj. belonging to Italy; Italian. Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and so; therefore. Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour- ney; a road; a march. Iterum, adv. (iter,) again; once more; a second time. Ithaca, as, f. a rocky island in the Ionian sea, with a city of the same name. Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in like manner; likewise; also. Itiirus, a, um, part, (eo.) Ivi. See Eo. J. Jacens, tis, part, from Jaceo, ere,ui,itum,fo lie:'m\x.to be situated. Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr. to throw; to cast; to fling; to hurl. Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq. (jacio,) to throw often; to toss; to agitate. Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,) cast; throion. Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. JAM — JUS. 255 (jacialum, from jacio,) to hurl, to dart; to shoot. Jam, adv. (a stronger term than nunc,) now; already; 'presently; even: jam nunc, even now : jam turn, even then : jam inde, ever since : jam primum, in the first place. Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du- dum, lately;) long ago. Janiculum, i, n. one of the se- ven hills of Rome. Jason, onis, m. the son of Mson, king of Thessaly, and leader of the Argo- nauts; also, an inhabitant of Lycia. Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. fasting; hungry. Jovis. See Jupiter. Juba, ee, f. the mane. Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, tr. to command; to bid; to order; to direct. Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. (jocusj agreeable; delight- ful; pleasant; sweet. Judaea, ae, f. Judea. Judaeus, a, um, adj. belonging to Judea : — subs, a Jew. Judex,- icis, c. (judico,) a judge. Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a judgment; decisio?i. Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus & dico,) to judge; to deem; to determine; to decide. Jugerum, i, n. § 18, 7, (the quantity ploughed by a yoke of oxen in one day;) an acre of land. Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke > a ridge or chain of moun- tains; in war, an instru- ment consisting of two spears placed erect, and a third laid transversely up- on them. Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of Numidia. Julius, i, m. a 7iame of C&sar, who belonged to the gens Julia. Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) Junior, adj. (comparative from juvenis,) younger; § 26, 6. Junius, i, m. the name of a Roman tribe which includ- ed the family of Brutus. Jungo, jungere, junxi, junc- tum, tr. to unite; to con- nect; to join: currui, to put in; to harness to. Juno, onis, f. the daughter of Saturn and wife of Jupi- ter. Jupiter, Jovis, m. § 15, 12, the son of Saturn and king of the gods. Jurgiosus. a, um, adj. (jurgi- um,) quarrelsome; brawl- ing. Jufo, are, avi, atum, tr. to swear; from Jus, juris, n. right; justice; natural law: jus civitatis, the freedom of the city; citi- zenship: jure, with reason; rightly; deservedly. 256 JUSSI — LANATUS. Jussi, See Jubeo. Jussus, a, urn, part, (jubeo.) Jussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- mand. Justitia, ae, f. justice; from Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) just; right; full; regular; ordinary; exact. Juvenca, as, f. (f. of juvencus, i. e. juvenicus, fr. juvenis,) a cow; a heifer. Juvencius, i, m. a Roman general, conquered by An- driscus. Juvenis, adj. junior, § 26, 6,) (fr. juvo,) young; youth- ful. Juvenis, is, c. a young man or woman; a youth; hence, Juventus, litis, f. youth. Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr. to help; to assist. Juxta, prep, (jungo,) near; hard by : — adv. alike ; even; equally. L. L., an abbreviation of Lucius. Labor, & Labos, oris, m. la- bor; toil. Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. to fall; to glide; to glide away; to flow on. Laboriosus, a, urn, adj. comp. (labor,) laborious. Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr. to ivork or labor; to suffer with; to be distressed. Labyrinthus, i, m. a labyrinth. Lac, lactis, n. milk. Lacedaemon, onis, f. Lacedae- mon, or Sparta, the capitol of Laconia. Lacedaemonius, a, um, adj. belonging to Lacedcemon; Lacedaemonian; Spar tan. Laceratus, a, um, part, from Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr. (lacer, mangled;)' to tear in pieces. Lacessitus, a, um, part, from Lacesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (lacio,) to provoke; to stir up; to disturb; to trouble. Lacryma, ae, f. a tear. Lacus, us, m. a lake. Lacomcus, a, um, adj. Lacon- ic; Spartan; Lacedaemonian. Laedo, laedere, laesi, laesum, tr. to injure; to hurt. Lsetatus, a, um, part, laetor.) Laetitia, ae, f. (laetus,) joy. Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to rejoice; to be glad; to be delighted with. Laetus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) glad; joyful; full of joy; fortunate; prosperous; fruitful; abundant. Laevinus, i, m. the name of a Roman family; (P. Vale- rius,) a Roman consul. Laevor, oris, m. (laevis or le- vis,) smoothness. Lagus, i, m. a Macedonian, who adopted as his son that Ptolemy who afterwards became king of Egypt. Lana, ae, f. wool. Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing wool; woolly. LANIATUS LEGATIO. 257 Laniatus, a, um, part, from Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to tear in pieces. Lapicidlna, ae, f. (lapis & cae- do,) a quarry. Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony; from Lapis, idis, m. a stone. Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.) La.queus, i, m. a noose; a snare. Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from largus,) a present. Late, adv. (ius, issime,) wide- ly; extensively; from latus. Latebra, as, f. (lateo,) a lurk- ing-place; a hiding-place; a retreat. Latens, tis, part, from Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to be hid- den; to be conceale'd; to be unknown , to be unknown to. Later, eris, m. a brick. Laterciilus, i, m. dim. (later,) a little brick; a brick. Latinus, i, m. an ancient king of the Laurentes, a people of Italy. Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of Latium : Latini, subs, the Latins. Lalitudo,Inis, f,(latus) breadth. Latium, i, n. Latium. Latmus, i, m. a mountain in Caria, near the borders of Ionia. Latona, 33, f. the daughter of the giant Ccsus, and mo- ther of Apollo and Diana. Latro are, avi, atum, intr & tr. to bark; to bark at. Latro. onis, m. properly, a mercenary soldier ; com- monly, a robber. Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocin- or,) robbery; piracy. Latvirus, a, um, part, (fero.) Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) broad; wide. Latus, eris, n. a side. Laudatus, a, um, part, from Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to praise; to extol; to commend. Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca. Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon- or; fame; repute; estima- tion; value. Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau- tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously; magnificently. Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of Latinus, and the second wife of Mnlas. Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy, luilt by 2Eneas. Lavo, lavare, & lavere, lavi lotum, lautum, & lavatum, tr. to wash; to bathe. Leaena, as, f. a lioness. Leander, ScLeandrus, dri, m a youth of Abydos, distin- guished for his attachment to Hero. Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal- dron. Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) read; chosen. Leda, ae, f. the wife of Tynda- rus, king of Sparta, and the mother of Helena. Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) an embassy. 258 LEGATUS — LIGO. Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a deputy; a lieutenant ; an ambassador. Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) ale- gion; ten cohorts of soldiers. Legislator, oris, m.(lex&fero,) a legislator; a law giver. Lego, legere, legi, lectum, tr. to gather; to collect; to choose; to read. Lemanus, i, m. the name of a lake in Gaul, bordering up- on the country of the Helve- tii, now the lake of Geneva. Leo, onis, m. a lion. Leonidas, ae, m. a brave king of Sparta, who fell in the battle of Thermopylae. Leontmus, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Leontini, a city and a people of the same name, on the eastern coast of Sicily. Lepidus, i, m. the name of an illustrious family of the Mmilian clan. Lepus, oris, m. a hare. Letalis, e, &&]. fatal; deadly; from Letum, and lethum, i, n. death. Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) light; trivial; inconsidera- ble; smooth; hence, Levitas, atis, f. lightness. Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- vis,) to make light; to ease; to relieve; to lighten; to al- leviate. Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or written law ; a law; a condi- tion. Legem ferre, or ro- gar e, to propose alaw. See]us. Libens, tis, part. (Kbet,) wil- ling. Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr. libens,) willingly. Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it pleases. Liber,libera,liberum.adji/ree; (liberior, libemmus.) Liber, libri, m. the inner bark of a tree; a writing on bark; a leaf; a book. Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) liberally: kindly. Liberatus, a, um, part, (libe- ro,) liberated; set at liberty. Libere, adv. ius, rime, (li- ber,) freely; without re- straint. Liberi, drum, m. pi. (liber,) persons free born; children. Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to free; to liberate; to deliver. Libertas, atis,f.(liber,) liberty. Libya, se, f. properly Libya, a kingdom of Africa, lying ■ west of Egypt; sometimes it comprehends the whole of Africa. Licinius, i, m. a name common among the Romans. Licet, uit, Itum est, imp. §85, 4. it is lawful; it is permitted: tibi, you may: oyie may. Licet, conj. although. Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lien, the spleen,) splenetic. Ligneus, a, um, adj. wooden.fr. Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of wood ; timber : ligna, pie- ces of wood; sticks. Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr. tobind. LIGTJRIA LUCULLUS 259 Liguria, 33, f. Liguria, a coun- try in the west of Italy. Ligiis, uris, m. a Ligurian. Ligusticus, a, um, adj. Ligu- rian : mare, the gulf of Genoa. Lilybaeum, i, n. a promontory on the western coast of Sic- . *%" Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) (lympha or limpa,) traiisparent ; limpid; clear. Limns, i, m. mud; clay. Lingua, se, f. (lingo,) the tongue; a language. Linum. i, n.fax; linen. Liquidus, a, um, adj. (liqueo, to melt;) (ior, issimus,) li- quid; clear; pure; limpid. Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten- tion; a controversy. Littera, or Litera, ae, f. (lino,) a letter of the alphabet : (pi.) letters; literature; learning; a letter; an epis- tle; hence, Litterarius, a, um, adj. belong- ing to letters; literary. Littus, or Litus, oris, n. the shore. Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. to place, set, dispose, or ar- range; to give or dispose of in marriage; from Locus, i, m. in sing. ; loci & loca, m. & n. in pi. a place. Locusta, 33, f. a locust. Longe, adv. (ius, issime,) (lon- gns,)far; far off. _ Longinquus,a,um, adj. (comp. ior,) far; distant; long; foreign. Longitudo,mis,f. length; from Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) long; applied both to time and spa*ce ; last- ing. Locutus, a, um,part. (loquor,) having spoken. Locuturus, a, um, part, about to speak; from Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, intr. dep. to sp%ak; to con- verse, tr. to say. Lorica, a?, f. a coat of mail; corselet; breast-plate; cui- rass; (anciently made of thongs ;) from Lorum, i, n. a thong. Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.) Lubenter, adv. (ius, issime.) See Libenter. Lubet. See Libet. Lubido, or Libido, mis, f. lust; desire. Lubrlcus, a, um, adj. (labor,) to slip; slippery. Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to shine. Lucius, i, m. a Roman pra> nomen. Lucretia, vs, f. a Roman mat- ron, the wife of Collattnus. Lucretius, i, m. the father of Lucretia. Luctus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn- ing; sorrow. Lucullus, i, m. a Roman cele- brated for his luxury, his patronage of learned men, and his military talents. 260 LUCUS MACRO BIT. Lucus, i, m. a ivood, consecra- ted to some deity; a grove. Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, tr. to play; to be in sport; to deceive; from Ludus, i, m. a game; a play; a place of exercise; a school; gladiatorius, a school for gladiators. Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to mourn: to lament. Lumen, mis, n. (luceo,) light; an eye. Luna, as, f. the moon. Lupa, ae, f. a she-wolf. Lupus, i, m. a wolf. Luscinia, 33, f. a nightingale. Lusitania, ae, f. a part o/His- pania, now Portugal. Lustro, are, avi, atum, tr. to purify; to appease; to ex- piate: exercitum, to re- view; to muster; from Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,) purification; a sacrifice of purification offered at the conclusion of the census eve- ry five years; a period of five years; a place for bath- ing; hence the place where swine wallow; a den or lair of ivild beasts. Lusus, us, m. (ludo,) a game; a play per lusum, in sport; sportively. Lutatius, i, m. the name of a Roman tribe : C. Lutatius Catulus, a Roman consul in the Punic war. Lutetia, ae, f. a city of Gaul, now Paris. Lutum, i, n. (luo,) clay. Lux, lucis, f. light. Luxuria, 33, f. (luxus, fr. luo,) that which dissolves or loos- ens the energies of body and mind; hence luxury; excess; voluptuousness. Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; ofLycia, a country of Asia Minor. Lycomedes, is, m. a king of Scyros. Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan law giver. Lydia, ae, f. a country of Asia Minor. Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated Lacedcemonian general. Lysimachus, i, m. one of Alex- anders generals, who was aftemuards king of a part of Thrace. M. M., an abbreviation o/*Marcus. Macedo,onis,m. a Macedonian. Macedonia, ae, f. a country of Europe, lying west of Thrace, and north of Thes- saly and Epirus. Macedonicus, a, um, adj. of Macedonia, Macedonian : also, an agnomen, or sur- name of Q. Metellus. Macies, ei, f. (maceo,) lean- ness; decay. Macrobii,6rum m. pi. {a Greek word signifying long- lived;) a name given to cer- tain tribes of Ethiopians, MACTATUS MALUM. 261 who were distinguished for their longevity. Mactatus,, a, urn, part, from Macto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ma- gis aucto, from augeo,) to increase with honors; to enrich; to honor with sa- crifices; hence, to sacrifice; to slay. Macula, as, f. a spot; a slain. Madeo, ere, ui, intr; to be moist; to be wet. Maenades, um, f. pi. priestesses of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- chanals. Maeotis, idis, adj. Mceotian : palus Maeotis, a lake or gulf lying north of the Euxine, now called the sea of Azoph. Magis, adv. (sup. maxime, § 89,111.) more; rather; better. Magister, tri, m. (magis,) a teacher; a master : magis- ter equltum, the command- er of the cavalry, and the dictator's lieutenant; hence Magistratus, us, m. a magis- tracy; a civil office; a ma- gistrate. Magnesia, ae, f. a town of Ionia. Magnifice, adv. (entius, entis- sime,) (magnificus,) mag- nificently; splendidly. Magnificentia, ae, f, (id.) mag- nificence; splendor; gran- deur; from Magnificus, a, um, adj. (en- tior, entissimus,) (magnus and facio,) magnificent ; splendid. Magnitiido, mis, f. (magnus,) greatness; magnitude; size; (applied chiefly to material objects.) Magnopere, adv. sometimes magno opere, (magnus & opus,) greatly; very; ear- nestly. Magnus, a um, adj. (major, maximus, § 26,) {the gene- ral term applied to great- ness of every kind;) great; large. Major, comp. (magnus,) great- er: the elder; hence, Majores, um, m. ^[.forefath- ers; ancestors. Male, adv. (pejus, pessTme,) (malus,) badly; ill; hurt- f ull v- Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- tum, intr. (male & dico,) to revile; to rail at; to abuse; to reproach. Maledicus, a, um, adj. (en- tior, entissimus, § 26, 3,) reviling; railing; scurri- lous; abusive. Maleficus, a, um, adj. (en- tior, entissimus,) § 26, 3,) (male & facio,) wicked ; hurtful; mischievous; i"j"- rious : — subs, an evil doe* . Malo, malle, malui, tr. in. (magis & volo,) $ 83, 6, lo prefer; to be more willing: to wish. Malum, i, n. an apple. Malum, i, n. (malus,) evil; 262 MALUS MARS. misfortune; calamity; suf- ferings; evil deeds. Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes- smius, § 26,) bad; wicked : mali, bad men. Manclnus, i, m. a Roman con- sul who made a disgraceful peace with the Numantians. Mando, mandere, mandi, man- sum, tr. to chew; to eat. Mando, are, avi, atum,tr.(man- ui & do,) to give into one's hand; hence to command; to intrust; to commit; to bid; to enjoin: mandare marmoribus, toengraveup- on marble. Mane, ind. n. the morning ; adv. early in the morning. Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to remain; to continue. Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes; ghosts or shades of the dead. Manlius, i, m. a Roman -pro- per name. Mano, are, avi, atum, intr. to flow. Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci, -factum, tr. (mansues & fa- cio,) to tame; to make tame. Mansuef 10, -fieri, factus sum, irr. § 83. Obs. 3, to be made tame. Mansuefactus, a, um, part. Mantinea, ae, f. a city of Ar- cadia. Manubiae, arum, f. pi. (ma- nus,) booty; spoils; plun- der. Manumissus, a, um, part. fr. Manumitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -missum, tr. (manus &mit- to,) to set free; at liberty; to free; to manumit. Manus, us, f. a hand; the trunk of an elephant; a band or body of soldiers. Mapale, is, n. a hut or cottage of the Numidians. Marcellus, i, m. the name of a Roman family which pro- duced many illustrious men. Marcius, i, m. a Roman name and cognomen or surname. Marcus, i, m. a Roman prse- nomen. Mare, is, n. the sea; (a gene- ral term : eaquor, a level surface : pontus, the sea, so called from Pontus, an ancient god of the sea : pe- lagus, the deep sea.) Margarita, 33, f. a pearl. Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a people of Bitfajnia. Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) marine; pertaining to the sea : aqua marina, sea- water. Maritimus, a, um, adj. (id.) maritime; on the sea-coast : copige, naval forces. . Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus- band. Marius, i, m. (C.) a distin- gushed Roman general, who ivas seven times elect- ed consul. Marmor, oris, n. marble Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter and Juno, and god of ivar. MARSI MEGASTHENES. 263 rJarsi, orum, in. pi. a people of Latium, upon the borders of lake Ticlnus. Marsyas, ae, m. a celebrated . Phrygian musician.- also, a brother of Antigonus, the king of Macedonia. Massa, se, f. a mass; a lump. Massicus, a, um, adj. Massic, of Massicus, a mountain in Campania, famous for its wine : vinum, Massic wine. Massilia, se, f. a maritime town of Gallia Narbonen- sis, now Marseilles. Mater, tris, f. a mother; a ma- tron; hence, Materia, se,f. a material; mat- ter; stuff; timber. Matrimonium, i, n. (id.) ma- trimony; marriage. Matrona, ae, f. a river of Gaul, Matrona, 02, f. a matron, Maturesco, maturescere, ma- turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to grow ripe; from Maturus, a, um, adj. (ior, ri- mus or issimus,) ripe; ma- ture; perfect. Mauritania, 03, f. a country in the western part of Africa, extending from Numidia to the Atlantic ocean. Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca- ria. Maxilla, as, f. a jaw; a jaw- bone. Maxime, adv. (sup. of magis,) most of all; especially; greatly. Maximus, i, f m. a Roman sur- name : Qu. Fabius Maxi- mus, a distinguished Ro- man general. Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of magnus,) greatest; eld- est : maximus natu, oldest. See Natu. Mecum, (me & cum,) ivith me. Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to cure; to heal. Medicma, 89, f. (medicus,) medicine. Medico, are, avi, atum, tr. (id.) to heal; to admiriisler medicine; to medicate; to prepare medically; to em- balm. Medicus, i, m. a physician. Meditatus, a, um, part, de- signed; practised; from Meditor, ari, atus sum,tr.dep. to meditate; to reflect; to practise. Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a people of Belgic Gaul. Medius, a, um, adj. middle; the midst : medium, the middle. Medusa, 33, f. one of the three Gorgons. Megara, 33, f. the capital of Megaris. Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Me- garensians; the inhabitants of Megara. Megaris, idis, f. a small coun- try of Greece. Megasthenes, is, m. a Greek historian, whose works have been lost. 264 MEHERCULE MERITUM. Mehercule, adv. by Hercules; truly; certainly. Mel, lis, n. honey. Meleagrus & -ager, gri, m. a king of Calydonia. Melior, us, adj. (comp. of bo- nus, § 26,) better. Melius, adv. (comp. of bene,- § 89, III,) better. Membrana, se, f. a thin skin; a membrane; 'parchment. Membrum, i, n. a limb; a member. Memini, def. pret. § 84, 2, I remember; I relate. Mem or, oris, adj. mindful. Memorabilis, e, adj. comp. (memor,) memorable; re- markable; worthy of being mentioned. Memoria, se, f. (id.) memory. Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr. to remember; to call to one's memory; to say; to men- tion. Memphis, is, f. a large city of Egypt. Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; from Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior,) false; lying. Menelaus, i, m. a king of Sparta, the son of Atreus, and husband of Helen. Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a Roman, distinguished for his success in reconciling the plebeians to the patri- cians. Mens, tis, f. the mind; the understanding ; {the rea- soning faculty as distin- guished from animus, the seat of feelings and pas- sions.) Ammo et mente, xoith the whole soul. Mensis, is, m. a month. Mentio, onis, f. (memini, ) a mention or a speaking of. Mentior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. to lie; to assert falsely; to feign; to deceive. Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a merchant; a trader. Mercatura, se, f. (id.) merchan- dise; trade. Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar- ket; a mart; a fair; an emporium; a sale. Merces, edis, f. (mereo,) wa- ges; a reward; a 'price. Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the son of Jupiter and Maia. He was the messenger of the gods. Mereo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. & tr. to deserve; to gain; to acquire. Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr. & tr.dep.fo deserve; to earn. ■ Mergo, mergere, mersi, mer- sum, tr. to sink; to dip in, or under. Meridianus, a, um, adj. south- ern; south; at noon-day; from Meridies, iei, m. (medius & dies,) noon; mid-day; south. Merito, adv. with reason; with good reason; deservedly. Merit um, i, n. (mereo,) merit, desert. MERSI MINIMUS. 265 Mersi. See Mergo. Mersus, a, urn, part, (mergo.) Merula, as, f. a blackbird. Merx, cis, f. merchandise. Messis, is, f. (meto,) the har- vest; a reaping. Meta, ae, f. (meto, -are,) a pil- lar in the form of a cone; a goal; a limit. Metagonium, i, n. a promon- tory in the northern part of Africa. Metallum, i, n. metal; a mine. Metanlra, ae, f. the wife of Ce- leus, king of Eleusis. Metellus, i, m. the name of an illustrious family at Rome. Metior, metiri, mensus sum, tr. dep. to measure. Metius, i, m. (Suffetius,) an Alban general, put to death by Tullus Hostilius. Meto, metere, messui, mes- sum, tr. to reap; to moio. Metuo, metuere, metui, tr. & intr. to fear; from Metus, us, m. fear. Meus, a, um, pro. § 30; (ego,) my; mine. Micipsa, ae, m. a king of Nu- midia. Mico, are, ui, intr. to move quickly or with a quiver- ing, tremulous motion, as the tongue of a serpent; to glance; to shine; to glitter. See dimtco. Midas, ae, m. a king of Phry- gia, distinguished for his wealth. Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to remove; to migrate; to wan- der. Mihi. See Ego. Miles, itis, c. (mille, proper- ly, one of a thousand;) a soldier; the soldiery. Miletus, i, f. the capital of Ionia, near the borders of Caria. Militia, ae, f. (miles,) war; military service. Milito, are, avi, atum, intr. (id.) to serve in war. Mille, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- sand: millia, um, pi. — mil- le, adj. ind. § 24, 5. Milliarium, i, n. (mille sc. pas- suum, App. VI. 5,) a mile- stone; a mile, or 5000 feet : ad quintum milliarium ur- bis, to the fifth milestone of the city, i. e. ivithinfive miles of the city. Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated Athenian general, who con- quered the Persians. Milvius, i> m. a kite. Minae, arum, f. pi. (mineo, to hang over ;) projecting points; battlements; com- monly, threats. Minatus, a, um, part, (minor.) Minerva, ae, f. the daughter of Jupiter, and goddess of war and wisdom. Minime, adv. (sup. of parum,) least; at least; not at all. Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of parvus, § 26,) the least; the smallest. 23 266 MINISTER1UM MODUS Minister! um, i, n. (minister,) service; labor. Minium, i, n. red lead; ver- milion. Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. & intr. to project; to reach upwards; to threaten; to menace. Minor, oris, adj. (comp. of parvus, § 26,) less; small- er; iveaker. Minos, ois, a son of Ewopa, and king of Crete. Minuo, minuere, minui,minu- tum, tr. (minus,) to dimi- nish. Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp. of parum,) less: quo minus, or quommus, that — not. Miraculum, i, n. (miror,) a miracle; a wonder. Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder- ful; astonishing. Miratus, a, urn, part, (miror,) wondering at. Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder- fully; remarkably. Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to wonder at; to admire; from Mirus, a, urn, adj. wonderful; surprising. Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis- tum or mixtum, tr. to min- gle; to mix. Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior, errimus,) miserable; unhap- py; wretched; sad. Miseratus, a, urn, part, (mise- ror.) Misereor, misereri, miseritus, or misertus sum, tr. dep. (miser,) to have compassion } to pity. Miseret, miseruit, miseritum est, imp. (misereo, fr. mi- ser,) it pitieth : me mise- ret, I pity. Misericordia, ae, f. (misericors from misereo & cor,) pity; compassion. Miseror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (miser,) to pity. Misi. See Mitto. Mistus & mixtus, a, um, part, (misceo.) Mithridates, is, m. a celebra- ted king of Pontus. Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. be- longing to Mithridates ; Mithridatic. Mitis, e, adj. § 21, II., (ior issi- mus,) mild; meek; kind; humane. Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, tr. to send; to throw; to bring forth; to produce: to afford : mittere se in aquam, to plunge into the water. Mixtus. See Mistus. Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,) moderate; of moderate size; small. Modius, i, m. a measure; a half bushel. App. VI. 4. Modo, adv. now; only; but : modd — modo, sometimes — sometimes : con j . [for si modo or dummodo,) pro- vided that; if only. Modus, i, m. a measure; MCENIA MUCIITS. 267 (App. VI. 4,) a manner; a way; degree; limit; mode- ration. Maenia, um, n. pi. (munio,) the walls of a city, fur- nished with towers and bat- tlements for defence. Mcenus, i, m. the Maine, a riv- er of Germany, and a branch of the Rhine. Mcerens, tis, part, from Mcereo, mcerere, intr. to be sad; to mourn. Moeris, is, m. a lake in Egypt. Moles, is, f. a mass; a bulk; a burden; a iveight; a pile. Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,) (ior, issimus,) irksome; se- vere; troublesome; oppres- sive; unwelcome. Mollio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to soften; to moderate; from Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) soft; tender. Molossi, orum, m. pi. the Mo- lossians, a people of Epims. Momordi. See Mordeo. Monens, tis, part, from Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to advise; to remind; to warn; to admonish: hence, Monimentum or -umentum, i, n. (moneo,) a monument; a memorial; a record; and Monitor, oris, m. a monitor. Mons, tis, in. a mountain; a mount. Monstro, are, avi, atum, tr. (moneo,) to show; point out. Mora, ae, f. delay. Morbus, i, in. a disease. Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bi- ting; sharp: snappish; from Mordeo, mordere, momordi, morsum, tr. to bite. Mores. See Mos. Moriens, tis, part, from Morior, mori & moriri, mor- tuus sum, intr. dep. § 82 ; to die. Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to delay; to tarry; to stay; to remain :tr.nihilmoror; i" care not for; I value not. Morosus, a, um, adj. comp. (mos,) morose; peevish; fretful. Mors, tis, f. death. Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite; biting. Mortalis, e, adj. (mors,) mortal, Mortuus, a, um, part, (mori- or,) dead. Mos, moris, m. a manner; a way; a custom : more, af- ter the manner of; like : mores, conduct; deportment; manners; customs. Mossy ni, orum, m. pi. a people of Asia Minor, near the Euxine. Motus, us, m. (moveo,) mo- tion: terras motus, an earth- quake. Motus, a, um, part, from Moveo, movere, movi, motum, tr. to move; to stir; to euicite. Mox, adv. soon; soon after; by and by. Mucius, i. m. (Scaevola,) a Roman, celebrated for his fortitude. 26S MULIEBRIS — NARBONENSIS. Muliebris, e, adj. womanly; female; from Mulier, eris, f. a woman. Multitude*, mis, f. (multus,) a multitude. Multo, or -eto, are, avi, atum, tr. (multa, or mulcta, fr. mulgeo,) to 'punish by de- privation; to fine; to im- pose a fine; to sentence to pay a fine. Multo, & Multum, adv. much: multo, by far. Multus, a, um, adj. much; many. Mummius, i,m. a Roman gen- eral. Mundus, i, m. (mundus, neat, orderly,) the world; the universe. Muniendus, a, um, part, from Munio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. to build a wall or fortress; to fortify : viam, to open or prepare a road. Munus, eris, n. an office; ser- vice; duty; a gift; a pre- sent; a favor; a reward for service; (distinguished from donum, a free gift.) Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to a wall : corona, the mural crown, given to him who first mounted the wall of a besieged town; from Murus, i, m. a wall, a xoall of a town, garden, or other enclosed place. Mus, muris, m. a mouse. Musa, as, f. a muse; a song. Musca, ae, f. a fly. Musculus, i, m. dim. (mus,) a little mouse. Musice, es, & Musica, oe, f. (musa,) music; the art of music; hence, Muslcus, a, um, adj. musical. Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo- veo,) to change; to trans- form. Mygdonia, se, f. a small coun- try of Phrygia. Myrmecides, is, m. an ingen- ious artist of Miletus. Myndius, i, m. a Myndian; an inhabitant of Myndus. Myndus, i, f. a city in Caria, near Halicarnassus. Mysia, as, f. a country of Asia Minor, having the Pro- pontis on the north, and the Mgean sea on the west. N. Nabis, idis, m. a tyra7it of Lacedcemon. Na3, adv. verily; truly. Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis- cor,) having found. Nam, conj. for; but. Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not used,) to get; to find; to meet with. Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbo- nensis Gallia, one of the four divisions of Gaul, in the south-eastern part, de- riving its name from the city of Narbo, now Ifar- bonne. NARIS NEMO 269 Naris, is, f. the nostril. Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to relate; to tell; to say. Nascor, nasci, natus sum, intr. dep. to be born; to grow; to be 'produced. Naslca, as, m. a surname of Publius Cornelius Scipio. Nasus, i, m. a nose. Natalis, e, adj. (nascor,) na- tal : dies natalis, a birth- day. Natans, tis, part, from Nato,are, avi, atum, intr. freq. (no,) to swim; to float. Natu, abl. sing. m. by birth : natu minor, the younger : minimus, the youngest : major, the elder; : maxi- mus, the oldest; § 26, 6. Natura, as, f. (nascor,) na- ture ; creation ; power ; hence Naturalis, e, adj. natural. Natus, a, um, part, (nascor,) born : octoginta annos na- tus, born eighty years; i. e. eighty years old; hence, Natus, i, m. a son. Naufragium, i, n. (navis & frango,) a shipwreck. Nauta, ae, and navita, 33, (na- vis,) m. a sailor. Navalis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; belonging to ships. Navigabilis, e, adj. (navigo,) navigable. Navigatio, cmis, f. (id.) navi- gation, and Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves- sel; from Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na- vis & ago,) to steer, navi- gate, or direct a ship; to navigate; to sail. : naviga- tur, imp. navigation is car- ried on; they sail. Navis, is, f. a ship. Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that; that — not : ne quidem, not even; § 121. Ne, conj. enclitic : whether; or; (In direct questions the translation is commonly omitted, t 56, 3d.) Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and not; but not; neither; nor. Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne- cesse,) necessary: — subs, a friend. Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) neces- sity; duty. Neco, are, avi, or ui, atum, tr. to hill; to destroy; to slay. Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) im- piety; wrong; wickedness. Neglectus, a, um, part, from Negligo,-ligere,-lexi, -lectum, tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect; not to care for; to disre- gard. Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. {pro- bably, ne & aio,) to deny; to refuse : equal to dico ut non, to declare that not. Negotium, i, n. (nee & oti- um,) business; labor; pains; difficulty : facili or nullo negotio, with little, or no trouble; easily. Nemo, mis, c. (ne & homo,) no one; no man. 270 NEMUS NOCEO. Nemus, oris, n. a forest; a grove; {but not consecrated as lucus.) Nepos, otis, m. a grandson. Neptunus, i, m. the god of the sea, son of Saturn and Ops. Nequaquam, adv. (ne & qua- quam,) by no means. Neque, conj. (ne & que,) and — not; neither; nor. Nequeo, ire, ivi, ltum, intr. irr. (ne & queo, § 83, 3,) I cannot; I am not able. Nequis, -qua, -quod or -quid, pro. (ne & quis,) § 3-5; lest any one; that no one or no thing. Nereis, idis, f. a Nereid; a sea-nymph. The Nereids were the daughters of Ne- reus and Doris. Nescio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr.(ne.& scio,) to be ignorant of; not to know; can not. Nestus, i. m. a river in the western part of Thrace. Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (ne & uter,) neither of the two; ' neither. Nicomedes, is, m. a king of Bithynia. Nidifico, are,avi, atum, intr. (nidus and facio,) to build a nest. Nidus, i, m. a nest. Niger, gra, grum, adj. (nigri- or, nigerrimus,) black. Nihil, n. ind. or Nihilum, i, n. (ne & hilum,) nothing : ni- hil haheo quod, I have no- thing on account of ivhich, i. e. I have no reason why. Nihilommus, adv. (nihilo mi- nus, less by nothing;) nev- ertheless. Nilus, i, m. the Nile; the larg» est river of Africa. Nimius, a, urn, adj. (nimis, too much;) too great; ex- cesive; immoderate. Nimium, & Nimio, adv. (id.) too much. Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria. Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am- phlon, king of Thebes. Nisi, conj. (ne & si,) unless; except; if not. Nisus, i, m. a king of Mega- ris, and the father of Sylla. Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni- teo,) shining; bright; clear. Nitor, oris, m. (niteo,) splen- dor; gloss; brilliancy. Nitor, niti, nisus &nixus sum, dep. to strive. Nix, nivis, f. snow. No, nare, navi, natum, intr. to swim. Nobilis, e, adj. (ior,issimus,) (nosco,) known; noted; no- ble; celebrated; famous; of high rank; hence, Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the nobility; the nobles; a no- ble spirit; nobleness. Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr. (id.) to ennoble; to make famous. Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to injure; to harm. NOCTU — NUMA.NTIA. 271 Noctu, abl. sing, monoptot, by night; in the night time. Nocturnus, a, um, adj. (noc- tu,) nightly; nocturnal. Nodus, i, m. a knot; a tumor. Nola, se, f. a city of Campa- nia. Nolo, nolle, .nolui, intr. irr. (non & Wo, § 83, 5,) to be umvilling : noli facere, do not : noli esse, be not; t 87. Nomades, um, m. pi. a name given to those tribes who wander from place to place, with their flocks and herds, having no fixed residence. Nomen, mis, n. a name; fame. Non, adv. not. Nonageslmus, a, um, adj. ord. the ninetieth. Nonne, adv. (non and ne, a negative interrogative^) not ? as, nonne fecit ? has he not done it ? Nonnlhil, n. ind. (non nihil, not nothing; i. e.) some- thing. Nonnisi, adv. (non & nisi,) only; not; except. Nonnullus, a, um, adj. (non& nullus,) some. Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the ninth. Nos. See Ego. Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, tr. to know; to understand; to learn. Noster, tra, trum, pro. our; $30. Nota, ae, f. (nosco,) a mark. Notans, tis, part, from Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no- ta,) to mark; to stigma- tize; to observe. Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nos- co,) known. Novem, ind. num. adj. pi. nine. Novus, a, um, adj. (sup. issi- mus, § 26, 5,) new; recent; fresh. Nox, noctis, f. night : de noc- te, by night. Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,) hurtful; injurious. Nubes, is, f. a cloud. Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nup- ta sum, nuptum, intr. to cover with a veil; to mar- ry; to be married; (used only of the wife.) Nudatus, a, um, part, laid open; stripped; deprived; from Nudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make naked; to lay open; from Nudus,a,um, adj. naked; bare. Nullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj. (non ullus,) no; no one. Num, interrog. adv. in indi- rect questions, whether ? in direct questions, commonly omitted. See Ne, and t 56, 3d. Numa, ae, m. (Pompilius,) the second king of Rome, and the successor of Romulus. Numantia, ae, f. a city of Spain besieged by the Romans for twenty years. 272 NUMANTINI OBLIGO. NumantTni, Orum, m. pi. Nu- mantines; the people ofNu- mantia. Nuraen, mis, n. (nuo,) a deity; a god. Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to count; to number; to reckon; from Numerus, i, m. a number. Numidas, arum, m. pi. the Nu- midians. Numidia, se, f. a country of Africa. Numitor, oris, m. the father of Rhea Silvia, and grand- father of Romulus and Remus. Nummus, i, m. money. Nunc, adv. now ; nunc etiam, even now; still. Nunciipo, are, avi, atum, tr. (nomen & capio,) to name; to call. Nunquam, (ne & unquam,) adv. never. Nuntiatus, a, um, part, from Nuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, tr. (nuntius,) to announce; to tell. Nuptiae, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) nuptials; marriage; a wed- ding. Nusquam, adv. (ne & us- quam,) no ichere; in no place. Nutriendus, a, um, part, to be nourished. Nutrio, Ire, ivi, ltum, tr. to nourish. Nutritus, a, um, part. Nutrix, icis, f. (nutrio,) a nurse. Nympha, ae, f. a nymph; a goddess presiding over foun- tains, groves, or rivers, &c O. ! int. O ! ah ! Ob, prep, for; on account cf; before. Obdormisco, -dormiscere,-dor- mivi, intr. inc. (ob & dor- misco,) to fall asleep; to sleep. Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to draw over; to cover over. Obductus, a, um, part, spread over; covered over. Obedio, Ire, Ivi, ltum, intr. (ob & audio,) to give ear to; to obey; to comply with; to be subject to. Obeo, ire, Ivi & ii, ltum, tr. & intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to discharge; to execute; to die; (i. e. mortem or su- premum, diemoblre.) Oberro, are, avi, atum, (ob & erro,) to wander; to wander about. Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. Objaceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. (ob & jaceo,) to lie against or before; to be opposite. Objectus, a, um, part, thrown to or in the way; exposed. Objicio, -jieere, -jeci,-jectum, tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw before; to throw to; to give; to object; to expose. Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob OBLIQUE OCCIDO. 273 & ligo,) to bind to; to oblige; to obligate. Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob- liquely; from Obliquus, a, um, adj. (ob & liquis,) oblique; indirect; sidewise. Oblitus, a, um, part, forget- ting; having forgotten; fr. Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, tr. dep. (ob & lino,) to forget. Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & noxius,) obnoxious; subject; exposed to; liable. Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -riitum, tr. (ob & ruo,) to rush down headlong against; to over- whelm; to cover; to bury. Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; covered; overwhelmed. Obscuro, are, avi, atum, tr. (obscurus,) to obscure; to darken. Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & sacro,) to beseech; to conjure. Obsequor, seqni, secutus sum, intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to follow; to serve; to obey; to humor. Observo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & servo,) to keep before the mind; to observe; to ivatch. Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a hostage. Obsessus. a, um, part, besieg- ed; from Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- sum, tr. (ob & sedeo,) to sit before or opposite; hence, to besiege; to in- vest; to blockade, hence. Obsidio, onis f. a siege. Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging to a siege; obsidional : co- rona, a crown given to him who had raised a siege. Obstetrix, icis, f. a midwife. Obtestatus, a, um, part, from Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (ob & testor,) to call solemnly to witness; to con- jure; to beseech; to entreat. Obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- turn, tr. (ob & teneo,) to hold; to retain; to obtain : obtinet sententia, the opi- nion prevails. Obtiilit. See Offero. Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) in the way; meeting; to meet : fio or eo obviam, I meet; 1 go to meet. Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) an occasion; a good oppor- tunity. Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- scent; the setting of the heavenly bodies; evening; the west. Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the set- ting sun; evening; theivest. Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.) ivestern; occidental. Occido, occidere, occldi, occi- sum, tr. (ob 6c caedo,) to beat; to kill; to slay; to put to death. Occido, occidere, occidi, occa- 274 OCCISURUS OLYMPICTTS, sum, intr. (ob & cado,) to fall; to fall down; to set. Occisurus, a, um, part, (oc- cido.) Occlsus, a, um, part, (occido.) Occoecatus, a, um, part, from Occoeco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & cceco,) to Hind; to dazzle. Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (occulo,) to conceal; to hide. Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. to be concealed; to hide one's self Occiipo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & capio,) to occupy; to seize upon; to take posses- sion of before another. Occurro,-currere,-curri & -cu- curri, -cursum, intr. (ob & curro,) to meet; to go to meet; to run to meet; to encounter. Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the sea. Octavianus, i, m. (Cassar,) the nephew and adopted son of Julius CcBsar, called, after the battle of Actium, Au- gustus. Octavus, a, um, num. adj. (octo,) eighth. Octingenti, 33, a, num. adj. pi. (octo & centum,) eight hundred. Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight. Octoginta, ind. num, adj. pi. (octo,) eighty. Oculus, i, m. an eye. Odi, odisse, def. pret. $84, 1, Obs. 2, to hate; to detest. Odium, i, n. haired. Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi. odores, odors; perfumes. Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (odor,).Zo smell. CEneus, ei & eos,. m. a king of Calydon, and father of Meleager and Dejamra. CEnomaus, i, m. the name of a celebrated gladiator. (Eta, se m. a mountain in Thessaly, on the borders of Doris. Offero, offerre, obtuli, obla- tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) to bring before; to offer; to present. Oiricina, 33, (opificina, from opifex,) a work-shop; an office. Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr. (ob & facio,) to act in opposition; to stand in the way of; to injure; to hurt. Officium, i, n. (i. e. opiflcium, fr. ops & facio,) a kind- ness ; duty; an obligation; politeness; civility; atten- tion. Olea, 33, f. an olive-tree. Oleum, i, n. oil. Olim, ad y. formerly; sometime. Olor, oris, m. a swan. Olus, eris, n. herbs; pot-herbs. Olympia, 33, f. a town and dis- trict of the Peloponnesus, upon the Alpheus. Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym- OLYMPIUS ORANS. 275 pic; pertaining to Olym- pics OJympius a, urn, adj. Olym- pian; pertaining to Olym- pus or to Olympia. Olympus, i, m. a high moun- tain between Thessaly and Macedon. Omen, mis, n. an omen; a sign. Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev- ery one : omnes, all : om- nia, all things : 'sine om- ni discordia, without any discord. Onus, eris, n. a burden; a load. Onustus, a, um, adj. comp. (onus,) laden; full of. Opera, as, f. (opus,) labor; pains: dare operam, to do ontfs endeavor; to devote one's self to. Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. (opera,) to labor; to work. Oplmus, a, um, adj. (ops, is,) (ior, sup. wanting; § 26, 6,) fat; rich; fruitful; dainty. Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be- hoves; it is meet, fit, or proper; it is a duty; we ought. Oppidum, i, n. a walled town; a town. Oppono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- tion, tr. (ob & pono,) to place opposite; to oppose; to set against. Opportunus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) (ob and portus, with a harbor near, or op- posite, hence,) seasonable; commodious ; convenient ; favorable. Oppositus, a, um, part, op- posite; opposed. Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, -pressum, tr. (ob & pre- mo,) to press down, or against; to oppress; to over- power; to subdue. Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & pugno,) to fight against; to assault; to be- siege; to attempt to take by force; to storm. (Ops, norm, not in use, § 18, 12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; means; assistance: opes, pi. wealth; riches; resources; power. Optime, adv (sup. of bene,) very well; excellently; best. Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup of bonus,) (opto,) most desi- rable; best; most worthy. Optio, onis, f. a choice; an op- tion; from Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- sire. Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) rich; opulent; wealthy; fr. ops. Opus, eris, n. a work; a labour; Opus, subs. &adj. ind. need. Ora, ce, f. a coast; a shore. Ora, pi. See Os. Oraculum, i, n. (oro,) an ora- cle; a response. Orans, tis, part, (oro.) 276 ORATIO PABULUM. Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- course; an oration. Orator, oris, m. (oro,) an ora- tor; an ambassador. Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) bereaved or deprived of. Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of Thrace or Macedonia. Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle: in orbem jacere, to lie round in a circle: orbis, or orbis terrarum, the world. Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- bus,) to deprive; to be- reave of. Orcus, i, m. Pluto, the god of the lower world; the infer- nal regions. Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to set in order; to arrange; to ordain. Ordo, mis, m. order; arrange- ment; a row : ordines re- morum, banks of oars. Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, the place of sun-rising; the east; the morning. Oriens, part, (orior.) Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. Origo, mis, f. source; origin : origmem ducere, to derive one's origin; from Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. dep. §82, 8 ; to arise; to begin; to appear. Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an ornament. Ornatus, us, m.an ornament; fr. Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to adorn; to deck; to furnish; to equip. Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,) to beg; to entreat. Orodes, is, m. a king of Par- thia, who took and destroy- ed Crassus. Orpheus, el & eos, m. a cele- brated poet and musician of Thrace; § 15, 13. Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,) having arisen; risen; born; begun. Ortus, us, m. (id.) a rising; east. Os, oris, n. the mouth; the face. Os, ossis, n. a bone. Ossa, ae, m. a high mountain in Thessaly. Ostendo,-tendere, -tendi, -ten- sum & -tentum, tr. (ob & tendo,) to stretch or hold before; to show; to point out; to exhibit. Ostia, ae, f. a town, built by Ancus Marcius, at the mouth of the Tiber; from Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a river. Ostrea, 83, f. ostrea, orum, pi. n. an oyster. Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet, ease; idleness. Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, or of Aloeus. Ovis, is, f. a sheep. Ovum, i, n. an egg. P. an abbreviation of Tublius. Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food for cattle; fodder. PACISCOR PAROPAMISUS. 277 Paciscor, pacisci, pactns sum, tr. & intr. (pango, to fix or settle; hence,) to make a compact; to form a treaty; to bargain; to agree. Paclolus, i, m. a river of Ly- dia, famous for its golden sands. Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an agreement a contract : quo pacto, in what man- ner; hov). Pactus, a, um, part, (paciscor.) Pad as, i, m. the largest river of Italy, now the Po. Paene, (SeePene,) adv. almost, Palea, ae, f. chaff. Palma, 33, f. the palm of the hand ; a palm-tree. Palpebra, ae, f. (palpo) the eye- lid : pi. the eyelashes. Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a swamp; a lake ; hence, Paluster, palustris, palustre, adj. marshy. Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana) the god of shepherds. Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- sum and passum, tr. to open; to expand; to spread out. Panionium, i, n. a sacred place near mou,nt Mycdle in Io- nia. Panis, is, m. bread. Panthera, as, f. a panther. Papirius, i, m. the name of several Romans. Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. an Egyptian plant or reed, of which paper taas made ; the papyrus Par, paris, adj, equal; even, suitable. Paratus, a, um, part, and adj. (ior, issimus,) (paro,) pre- pared ; ready. Parcag, arum, f. pi. the Fates. Parco, parcere, peperci or par- si, parsum, or pareitum, intr. to spare. Pardus, i, m. a male panther. Parens, tis,c. (pario,) a parent; father ; mother ; creator : author ; inventor. Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come near; to beat hand; hence, to obey; to be subject to. Paries, etis, m. a wall, (of a house.) Pario, parere, peperi, partum, tr. to bear; to bring forth; to cause; to produce; to ob- tain ; to gain : ovum, to lay an egg. Paris, idis or idos, m. (§ 15, 13) a son of Priam, king of Troy, and brother of Hector. Par iter, adv. (par.) in like manner ; equally ; at the same time. Parnassus, i, m. a mountain of Phocis, whose two summits were sacred to Apollo and Bacchus, and upon which the Muses ivcre fabled to reside. Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to prepare; to provide; to pro- cure ; to obtain; to equip : parare insidias, to lay plots agai?ist. Paropamlsus. i, m. a ridge of 24 278 PARS— PATRIMONIUM. mountains in the north of India. Pars, tis, f. a 'part; a share; a portion; a region; a party: in utraque parte, on each side : magna ex parte, in a great measure; for the most part. Parsimonia, ae, f. (parco,)/rw- gality. Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant of Parthia; a Parthian. Particula, se, f. dim. (pars,) a particle ; a small part. Partiendus, a, urn, part, (par- tior.) Partim, adv. (pars.) partly; in part. Partior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. (pars,) to divide ; to share. Partus, a, urn, part, (pario.) Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- spring. Parum. adv. (minus, minime, § 89, III.,) little; too little. Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj. small ; very small ; from Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, minimus, § 26,) small or little ; less ; the least. Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, tr. & intr. to give food to; to feed ; to graze. Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. & intr. dep. to feed; to graze; to feed upon. Passer, eris, m. a sparrow. Passim, adv. (passus fr. pan- do,) here and there; every where ; in every direction. Passurus, a, um, part, (patior.) Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) having suffered. Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) stretched out ; hung up ; dried : uva passa, a raisin. Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a measure of 5 feet : mille passuum, a mile or 5000 feet. App. VI. 5. Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a shepherd. Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, tr. (pateo & facio,) to open ; to disclose ; to discover ; to detect. Patef lo, fieri, factus sum, pass, irr. § 83, Obs. 3, to be laid open or discovered. Patefactus, a, um, part, open- ed ; discovered. Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying open; open; clear; from Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open; to stand open ; to extend. Pater, tris, m. a father : pa- tres, fathers; senators: pa- terfamilias, patrisfamilias, § 18, 9, the master of a family ; a housekeeper ; hence, Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal. Patientia, 83, f. patience ; har- diness; from Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. dep. to suffer ; to endure; to let ; to allow. Patria, 33, f. (patrius, fr. pater,^ one's native country ; one's birthplace. Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa- trimony ; inheritance. PATROCINIUM PENINSULA. 279 Patrocinium, i, n. patronage ; from Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa- tron ; protector. Patruelis, is, c. (patruus,) a cousin {by the father's side.) Pauci, se, a, adj. pi. (paucus sing, seldom used,) few; a few. Paulatim, adv. (paulus,) gra- dually ; little by little. Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a little. Paululum, adv. a little. Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a cognomen or surname in the JEmilian tribe. Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,) poor; hence, Pauperies, ei, f. poverty; and Paupertas, atis, f. poverty; in- digence. Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to fear; to be afraid. Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. Pax, pacis, f. peace. Pecco, are, avi, atum, intr. to do wrong; to commit a fault; to sin. Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, pexum, tr. to comb; to dress. Pectus, oris, 11. the breast. Pecunia, se, f. (pecus, the first coin in Rome being stamped with a sheep;) money; a sum of moriey. Pecus, iidis, f. a sheep; a beast. Pecus, oris, n. cattle(ofa large size;) a herd; a flock. Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one who goes on foot; a foot- soldier. Pelagus, i, n. the sea. Peleus, i, m. a king of Thes- saly, the son of JEdcus, and father of Achilles. Pelias, se, m. a king of Thes- saly, and son of Neptune. Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people of Italy ', whose country lay between the At emus and the Sagrus. Pelion, i, n. a lofty mountain in Thessaly. Pellicio, -licere,-lexi,-lectum, tr. (per & lacio,) to allure; to entice; to invite. Pellis, is, f. the skin. Pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum, tr. to drive away; to banish; to expel ; to dispossess ; to beat. Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula of Greece, now called the Morea. Pelusium, i,n. a townof Egypt. Pendens, tis, part, hanging ; impending. Pendeo, pendere, pependi, pensum, intr. to hang. Pene, adv. almost; nearly. Penetrale, is, n. the inner part of a house, fr. penetralis fr. Penetro, are, avi, atum, (pe- nitus,) tr. to go within; to penetrate; to enter. Pene us, i, m. the principal river of Thessaly, flowing between Ossa and Olympus. Peninsula, ae, f. (pene ^insu- la,) a peninsula. 280 PENNA PERICTJLtTM. Penna, 3d, f. a feather; a quill; a wing. Pensilis,e,adj.(pendeo,)/to°- ing; 'pendent. Penuria, se, f. want; scarcity. Peperci. See Parco. Pepuli. See Pello. Peperi. See Pario. Per, prep, by ; through; for; during; along. Pera, se, f. a wallet; a bag. Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr. (per & ager,) to travel through; to go through or over, (sc. the field or coun- try.) Percontor&-cunctor, ari,atus sum, tr. dep. (per and con- tor,) to ask; to inquire. Percunctatus, a, urn, part, (percunctor.) Percussor, oris, m. one who wounds; a murderer; an assassin; from Percutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus- sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to strike; to wound: securi, to behead. Perdite, adv. very; vehement- ly; exceedingly: desperate- ly; from Perditus, a, urn, part. & adj. (perdo,) ruined; lost; un- done; desperate. Perdix, icis, f. a partridge. Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (per & do,) to ruin; to lose; to destroy. Perdiico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (per & duco,) to lead to, or through to. Perductus, a, um, part. brought; led; conducted. Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign travel ; a residence in a foreign country; from Peregrinus, a, um, adj. (pere- gre,and that from per & ager,) foreign. Perennis, e, adj. (per & an- nus,) lasting through the year; continual ; lasting; unceasing; everlasting; pe- rennial. Pereo, -ire, -ii.-itum, intr. irr. (per & eo,) to perish; to be slain; to be lost. Perfidia, se, f. perfidy; from Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & fides,) breaking faith; per- fidious. Pergamum, i, n., & -us, i, f., -a, Brum, pi. n. the citadel of Troy; also, a city of Mysia, situated upon the river Caicus, where parch- ment was first made, hence called Pergamena. Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- rectum, intr. (per & rego,) to go straight on; to ad- vance; to continue. Pericles, is, m. an eminent ora- tor and statesman of Athens. . Periculosus,a,um,adj.(comp.) full of dariger; dangerous; perilous; hazardous; from Periciilum, & Perlclum, i, n. (perior, obsol. whence ex- perior, to try; hence,) an experiment; a trial; dan- ger; peril. PERITURUS — PERTINEO. 281 Periturus, a, um, part, (pereo.) Perltus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (perior,) experienced; skilful. Permeo are, avi, atum, intr. (per & meo.) to go through; to flow through; to pene- trate; to permeate. Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui -mistum & -mixtum, tr. (per & misceo,) to mix thoroughly; to mirigle. Permistus, a, um, part, mixed; mingled; confused. Permitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to grant; to allow; to permit; to commit; to intrust; to give leave to; to grant. Permutatio, orris, f. exchange; change; from Permuto. are, avi, atum, tr. (per & muto,) to change; to exchange. Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- struction ; extermination ; hence, Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) pernicious; hurt- fid. Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum, tr. (per & pendo,) to weigh; to ponder; to con- sider. Perperam, adv. wrong; amiss; rashly; unjustly; absurd- ly; falsely. Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, tr. dep. (per & patior,) to endure; to bear; to suffer. Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- pes,) perpetual; constant Perrexi. See Pergo. Persa, as, m. a Persian; an inhabitant of Persia. Persectitus, a, um, part, from Persequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, tr. dep. (per & se- quor,) to follow closely; to pursue; to follow; to con- tinue; to persevere in; to persecute. Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son of Jupiter and Danae; al- so, the last king of Mace- don. Persicus, a, um, adj. of Per- sia; Persian. Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, tr. (per & spe- cio,) to see through; to dis- cern; to become acquainted with; to discover. Persuadeo, -saudere, -suasi, -suasum, tr. (per & sua- deo,) to persuade. Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui,-ter- ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to frighten greatly. Perterritus, a, um, part, af frighted; discouraged. Pertinaciter, adv. (ius, issi- me,) obstinately; constant- ly; per sever ingly ; from Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti nate; wilful. Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. (per & teneo,) to extend, to reach to. 282 >£rve:nio PHOCjBI. Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, intr. (per & venio,) to come to; to arrive at; to reach. Pervenitur, pass. imp. one comes; they come; ice come, &c. t 67, Note. Pervius, a, um, adj. (per & via,) pervious; which may be passed through; passable. Pes, pedis, m. afoot. Pessum, adv. down; under foot; to the bottom : ire pessum, to sink. Pestilentia, ae, f. (pestilens, fr. pestis,) a pestilence ; a plague. Petens, tis, part, (peto.) Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a canvassing or soliciting for an office; from Peto, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. to ask; to request; to attack; to as- sail; to go to; to seek; to go for; to bring. Petra, ae, f. the metropolis of Arabia Petrcea. Petraea, ae, f. (Arabia,) Arabia Petraajhe northern part of Arabia, south of Palestine. Petulantia. ae, f. (petulans, forward, fr. peto,) petu- lance ; insolence ; mischie- vousness; wantonness. Phaeax, acis, in. a Phaacian or inhabitant of Phaacia, now Corfu. ThePhceacians were famous for luxury. Phalerae, arum, f. pi. the trap- pings of a horse ; habili- ments. Pharos, i, f. a small island at the western mouth- of the Nile, on ivhich zoas a tower or light-house, esteemed one of the seven wonders of the world. Pharsalus, i, m. a city of Thessaly. Pharnaces, is, m. a son of Mithridates, king of Pon- tus. Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and river of Colchis, on the east side of the Euxine. Phidias, 83, m. a celebrated Athenian statuary. Philasni, orum, m. pi. two Carthaginian brothers, who suffered themselves to be bu- ried alive, for the purpose of establishing the contro- verted boundary of their country. Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city of Macedon, on the confines of Thrace. Philippicus, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Philippi. Philippides, ae, m. a comic poet. Philippus, i, m. Philip; the father of Alexander; also the son of Demetrius. Philomela, 83, f. a nightingale. Philosophia, ae, f. philosophy. Philosophus, i, m. a philoso- pher; a lover of learning and wisdom. Phineus, i, m. a king of Arca- dia, and priest of Apollo. Phocaei, orum, m. pi. the Pho- cmans; inhabitants ofPho- PHOCIS PLECTO. 283 ccea, a maritime city of Io- nia. Phocis, Idis, f. a country of Greece. Phcenice, es, f. Phcenicia, a maritime country of Syria, north of Palestine. Phoenix, icis, m. a Phoenician. Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; an inhabitant of Phrygia. Picentes, ium, m. pi. the in- habitants of Picenum. Picenum, i, n. a country of Italy. Pictus, a, urn, part, (pingo,) -painted; embroidered: picta tabula, a -picture; a paint- Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety; filial duty. Pignus, oris, n. a pledge ; a pawn; security; assurance. Pila, ae, f. a ball. Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap. Pilus, i, m. the hair. Pindarus, i,m. Pindar, a The- ban, the most eminent of the Greek lyric poets. Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, tr. to represent by lines and colors; to paint; to depict; to delineate; to draw; acu, to embroider. Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issunus,) fat; fertile; rich. Pinna, ae, f. a wing; a fin. Piraeeus, m. the principal port and arsenal of Athens. Pirata, ae, m. a pirate; Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from piscis,) a fisherman. Piscis, is, m. a fish. Pisistratus, i, m. an Atheniari tyrant, distinguished for his eloquence. Pistrlnum, i, n. (pinso, to bruise;) a mill. Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or surname of Metellus. Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or affectionate to parents; pi- ous. Placeo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to please : sibi, to be vain or proud of, to plume one's self. Placet, placuit, or placitum est, imp. it pleases; it is determined; it seems good to. Placldus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) (placeo,) placid ; quiet; still; tranquil; mild; gentle. Plaga, ae, f. a blow; a wound : plagae, pi. nets; toils. Plane, adv. (planus,) entirely; totally; plainly; clearly. Planta, ae, f. a plant. Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree. Platea, f. a species of bird, the spoonbill, the heron. Plato, onis, m. an Athenian, one of the most celebrated of the Grecian philosophers. Plaustrum,i,n.a cart; a wagon. Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the people; the common people; the plebeians Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; to punish. Plecto, plectere, plexui and 284 PLERUSQUE POPULOK. plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; to twist; to weave. Plerusque, pleraque, plerum- que, adj. (mostly used in the pi.) most; the most; many. Plerumque, adv. commonly; generally ; for the most part; sometimes. Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name of two distinguished Ro- man authors. Plotinius, i, m. See Catienus. Plumbeus, a, urn, adj. of lead; leaden; from Plumbum, i. n. lead. Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, intr. to rain; pluit, it rains. Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of multus,) very much; most; very many. Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing., comparative of multus, § 21, 4 Exc.) more : pi. many. Plus, adv. (comparative of multum,) more; longer. Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- turn, and king of the in- fernal regions. Poculum, i, n. a cup. Poema, atis, n. a poem. Poena, ce, f. satisfaction given or. taken for a crime; pun- ishment; a punishment. Pcemtet ere, uit, imp. (poeni- teo, and that from poena,) it repents : pcenitet me, i" repent. Paenus, a, um, adj. belonging to Carthage; Carthaginian: subs, a Carthaginian. Poeta, se, m. a poet. Pol, adv. by Pollux; truly. Pollex, icis, m. (polleo.) the thumb; the great toe. Polliceor, eri, ltus sum, tr. dep. (liceor,) to promise; hence, Pollicitus, a, um, part. Pollux, ucis, m. a son ofLeda, and twin brother of Castor. Polyxena, se, f. a daughter of Priam and Hecuba. Pormfer, era, erum, adj. (po- rn um & fero,) bearing fruit: pomiferae arbores, fruit- trees. Pompa, se, f. a procession; pomp; parade. Pompeianus, a, um, adj. be- longing to Pompey. Pompeius, i, m, Pompey; the name of a Roman gens, or clan. Pompilius, i,m. SeeNuma. Pomum, i, n. an apple; any fruit fit for eating grow- ing upon a tree. Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a weight. Pono, ponere, posui, positum, tr. to place; to put; to set. Pons, tis, m, a bridge. Pontius, i, m. (Thelesmus,) a general of the Samnites. Pontus, i, m. a sea; the deep sea: by synecdoche, the Euxine or Black sea; also, the kingdom of Pontus, on the south side of the Euxine. Poposci. See Posco. Populor, ari,atus sum, tr. dcp. POPULUS POTIOR. 285 (popiilo for depopiilo, fr. populus,) to lay waste; to depopulate; from Populus, i, m. the people; a nation; a tribe: pi. nations; tribes. Porrectus, a, um, part, from Porrigo, igere, exi, ectum, tr. (porro or pro & rego,) to reach or spread out; to ex- tend; to offer. Porsena, as, m. a king ofEtru- ria. Porta, aa, f. (porto,) a gate. Portans, tis, part, (porto.) Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten- tum, tr. (porro or pro & tendo,) to show what will be hereafter; to presage; to forbode; to portend; to be- token. Porticus, us, f. (porta,) a por- tico; a gallery; a porch. Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to carry; to bear; hence, Portus, us, m. a port; a har- bor. Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to demand; to request earnest- ly; to ask as wages. Posltus, a, urn, part, (pono,) situated. Possessio, onis, f. possession; & Possessor, oris, m. a possessor; an occupant; from Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum, tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- sess. Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. ""(potis & sum, § 83. 2,) to be able; I can. Post, prep, after : — adv. after, after that; afterwards. Postea, adv. (post & ea, after these things;) afterwards. Posterus, (m. not used,) era, erum, adj. § 26, 2, (erior, • remus,) (post,) succeeding; subsequent; next: in pos- terum, (supply tempus,) for the future: posteri, orum, posterity. Postis, is, m, (positus, fr. po- no,) a thing set up; a post. Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) after; after that; since. Postremo, & -um, adv. at last; filially; from Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of posterus,) the last : ad postremum, at last. Postiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. (posco,) to ask; to ask for; to demand, (as a right.) Postumius, i, m. the name of a Roman gens or clan. Posui. See Pono. Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) being able; poiperful; (pos- sum.) Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) pow- er; authority; government. Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) poiu- er; (civil power, as distin- guished from imperium, military command.) Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; a draught. Potior, in", Itus sum, intr. dep (potis,) to get; to possess, to obtain; to enjoy; to gain possession of. 286 POTISSIMUM PR FLATUS . Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po- tius,) principally; chiefly; especially. Potltus, a, um, part, (potior,) having obtained. Potius, adv. comp. (sup. po- tissimum,) rather. Poto, potare, potavi, potatum or potum, tr. to drink; to drink hard; (see bibo.) Potuisse. See Possum. Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. Prae, prep, before; for; in com- parison of or with. Praealtus, a, um, adj. comp. (prae & altus,) very high; very deep, (comparatively.) Praebeo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (prae & habeo,) to offer; to sup- ply; to give; to afford : spe- ciem, to exhibit the appear- ance of: usum, to serve for. Prsecedens, tis, part, from Praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum,intr.(praB & cedo,). to go before; to precede. Prasceptor, oris, m. (praeci- pio,) a preceptor, master, or teacher. Praeceptum, i, n. (praecipio,) a precept; a doctrine; advice. Prsecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off. Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tura, tr. (prae & capio,) to seize or take before; hence, to prescribe; to command. Praecipito, are, avi, atum, tr. (praeceps,) to throw down headlong; to precipitate; to throvj. Praecipue adv. especially; par- ticularly; from Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci- pio,) especial; distinguish- ed; the chief; the princi- pal. Praeclare, adv. excellently; fa- mously; gloriously; from Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (prae & clarus,) very clear, or bright; famous. Prascludo,-cludere,-clusi, -clii- sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to close beforehand; to stop; to shut up. Praeco, onis, m. a herald. Praeda, as, f. booty; the prey. Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr. (prae & dico,) to tell openly; to publish; to declare; to assert; to affirm; to praise. Praedico, cere, .xi, ctum, tr. (prae & dico,) to predict; to foretell. Praed ictus, a, um, part, fore- told. Praedor,ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (prasda,) to plunder. Praefans, tis, part, from Praefari, f atus, def. § 84, 4, to tell before, ox foretell; to announce; to predict. Praefero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, tr. irr. (prse & fero,) to bear before; to shew; to prefer. Praefmio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. (prae & finio,) to appoint beforehand; to determine. Prasfinltus, a, um, part. Praelatus, a, um, part, (prae- fero,) PKiELIANS PRAVITAS 287 Praslians, tis, part, (prselior.) Prseliatus, a, um, part, from Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to give battle; to en- gage; to fight. Praelium, i, n. a battle. Praemium, i, n. a reward; a price; a recompense. Praemitto,-mittere,-mIsi, -mis- sum, tr. (praa & mitto,) to send before. Prseneste, is, n. a city of La- tium. Praenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. (prae & nuntio,) to tell be- forehand; to announce; to signify; to give notice. Praeparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (prae & paro,) to get before- hand;' to make ready; to prepare; to make. Pra3pono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- tum, tr, (prae & pono,) to set before; to value more; to place over; to prefer. Prassens, tis, adj. present; im- minent; part, of praesum. Praesepe, is, n. praesepes & praesepis, is, f. (praesepio,) a manger; a crib. Praesidium, i, n. (praesideo,) a garrison; defence. Praastans. tis, part. & adj. (ior, issimus,) (praesto,) stand- ing before; hence, excel- lent; distinguished; hence, Prasstantia, ae, f. superiority; an advantage; a preemi- nence. Praesto, stare, stiti, stltum and statum, intr. & tr. (prae & sto,) to stand before: to ex- cel; to be superior; to sur- pass; to perform; to pay; to grant; to give; to ren- der; to execute; to cause: se, to show or prove one's self: praestat, imp. it is better. Praasum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. (prae & sum,) to 'be over; to preside over; to have the charge or command of; to rule over. Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tensum or turn, tr.. (prae & tendo,) to hold before; to stretch or extend before; to be opposite to; to pretend. Praeter, prep, besides; except; contrary to. Praeterea, adv. (praeter & ea,) besides; moreover. Praetereo, ire, ii, ltum, tr. irr. § 83, 3, (praeter & eo,) to to pass over or by; to go beyond; to omit; not to men Hon. Praetereundus, a, um, part, (praetereo.) Prceteriens, euntis, part, (prae- tereo.) Praeteritus, a, um, part, (proe- tereo.) past. Praeterquam, adv. except; be- sides : praeterquam si, ex- cept in case. Praetorius, i, m. (vir.) a man who has been a prator; one of prcetorian dignity. Pratum, i, n. a meadow; a pasture. Pra vitas, ru is, f. depravity; fr. 283 PRAVUS — PROCURO. Pravus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- mu3,j depraved; bad. Precatus,a, um, part, (precor.) Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not used, § 18, 12,) a prayer : pi. preces, (entire.) Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (preci,) to pray; to entreat. Premo, premere, pressi, pres- sure, tr. to press; to urge; to grieve. Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) precious; valuable; costly; from Pretium, i, n. a price; a ran- som; a reward: in pretio esse, to be valued; to be in estimation : pretium ope- rae, worth while. Priamus, i, m. Priam, the last king of Troy. Pridie, adv. (pri for priori and die,) the day before. Priene, es, f . a maritime town of Ionia. Prime- & -um, adv. (sup. of prius, § 89, III,) first; at first : quam primum, as soon as possible. Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the first; the foremost : dentes, the front teeth. Primus, a, um, num. adj. (sup. of prior.) the first. Princeps, Ipis, adj. (primus & capio,) the chief; the first : principes, the princes; the chiefs; chief men; hence, Principatus, us, m. a govern- ment; principality. Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus, § 26, 4,) the former; prior; first. Priscus, i, m. a cognomen o? surname of the elder Tar- quin. Prius, adv. (prior,) before; first. Priusquam, adv. (prius and quam,) sooner than; before that; before. Pri vat us, a, um, adj. (privo,) private; secret : — subs, a private man. Pro, prep, for; instead. Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- bo,) that may be proved; probable; commendable. Proboscis, id is, f. proboscis; the trunk of an elephant. Procas, as, m. See Silvius. Procedens, tis, part, from Procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (pro & cede,) to go forth; to proceed; to go forward; to advance; to go out. Proceritas, atis, f. stature; height; tallness; length • from Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.) tall; long. Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & clamo,) to cry out; to proclaim. Proconsul, iilis, m. (pro & con- sul,) a proconsul. Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & creo,) to beget. Procu], adv. far. Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & euro,) to take care PR0CURR0 PROPAGO. of; to manage; (viz. for another. Procurro, currere, curri & cu- curri, cursum, intr. (pro & curro,) to run forward; to extend. Prodigium, i, n. (prodico,) a prodigy. Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a traitor. Proditus, a, um, part, from Prodo, -dere, -didi, ditum, tr. (pro & do,) to give out; to betray; to relate; to discov- er; to disclose; to manifest. Prcelior. See Praelior, Proslium, i, n. See Praelium. Profectus, a, um, part, also, Proficiscens, tis, part, from Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, intr. dep. (pro & faciscor, from facio,) to go forward; to march; to travel; to de- Profiteor, -fiteri, -fessus sum, tr. dep. (pro & fateor,) to declare; to avow •publicly; to profess; sapientiam, to profess wisdom; to profess to be a philosopher. Profugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (pro & fugio,) to flee (scil. before or from.); to escape; hence, Pro fug us, a, um, adj. fleeing; escaping: — subs, a fugi- tive; an exile. Progredior, -gre'di, -gressus sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra- dior,) to go forward; to proceed; to advance. Progressus, a, um, part, hav- ing advanced. Prohibeo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (pro & habeo,) to keep off, or away; to prohibit; to hinder; to forbid; hence, Prohibitus, a, um, part. Projicio,-jicere, -jeci, -jectum. tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw away; to throw dovm; to throw. Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to fall down; to fall forward, hence, Prolapsus, a, um, part, having fallen. Proiato, are, avi, atum, tr. (profero,) to carryforward, to enlarge; to exte?id; to am- plify. Proles, is, f. a race; offspring. Prometheus, i. m. the son of Iapetus and Clymene. Promittens, tis, part, from Prommitto, -mittere, -misi, missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) to let go y or send forward; to promise; to offer. Promontorium, i. n. (pro &; mons,) a promontory; a headland; a cape. Promoveo, -movere, -mbvi, motum, intr. & tr. (pro & moveo,) to move forward; to enlarge. Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; beading forward. Propago, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & pago,) to propagate; to prolong; to continue. 25 290 PROFE PROVENIO. Prope, adv. & prep, (propius, proximo,) near; near to; nigh. Propero, are, avi, atum, intr. (properus,) to hasten. Propinquus, a, urn, adj.comp. (prope,) near; related : pro- pinqui, subs, relations; kinsmen. Propior, us, adj. comp. § 2Q, 4 (sup. proximus,) nearer. Propius, adv. nearer; comp. of prope. Propono, -ponere, posui, -pos- ltum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set before; to propose; to offer. Proponor, -poni, -positus sum, pass, to be set before: pro- positum est mihi, It is pro- posed by me; i. e, I intend or purpose. Propontis, idis, f. the sea of Marmora. Propositus, a, um, part, pro- posed; put. Proprie. adv. particularly; properly; strictly; from Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar; proper; one's own; special. Propter, prep./or;o?2 account of. Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (propello,) to drive a- way; to ward off; to repel. Propylaeum, i, n, the porch of a temple; an entrance; the rows of columns leading to the Acropolis at Athens. Prora, ae, f, the prow of a ship. Proscribo, -scribere, scripsi, -script um, tr. (pro&scribo,) to publish by writing; to proscribe; to outlaw; to doom to death and confisca- tion of goods. Prosecutus, a, um, pait. hav- ing accompanied. Prosequor, -sequi, -seciitus sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- quor,) to folloiu after; to accompany; to attend; to follow; to celebrate; hono- ribus, to heap or load with honors; to honor. Proserpina, ae, f. the daughter of Ceres and Jupiter, and wife of Pluto. Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) a prospect; a distant view. Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros- perously; successfully. Prostemo, -sternere, -stravi, stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) to prostrate; to throw down. Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- terno.) Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. irr. (pro & sum, § 83, 1,) to do good; to profit. Protagoras, 83, m. a Greek philosopher. Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) immediately; directly. Protero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, tr. (pro & tero,) to trample upon; to tread down; to crush. Protractus, a, um, part, from Protraho,-trahere,-traxi, -trac- tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to protract; to prolong Proveniens, tis, part, from Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- PROViNCIA PUNIO. 29] turn, intr. (pro & veruo,) to wme forth. Provincia, ae, f. (pro & vinco,) a province. Provocatio, onis, f. a calling forth; a challenge; a 'provo- cation; from Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & voco,) to call forth; to call out; to defy or chal- lenge; to appeal. Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,) nearest; very near; next to. Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of propior,) nearest; next. Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (providers, fr. pro- video, ) foreseeing; prudent; wise; expert; hence, Prudentia, se, f. prudence; knovjledge. Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false or pretended Philip, a name given to Andriscus. Psittacus, i, m. a parrot. Psophidius, a, um, adj. of or belonging to Psophis; Pso- phidian. Psophis, idis, f. a city of Ar- cadia. Ptolemaeus, i, m. Ptolemy; the name of several Egyp- tian kings. Publico, adv. (publicus,) pub- licly; at the public expense; by public authority. Publicola, se, m. (populus & colo, ) a surname given to P. Valerius, on account of his love of popularity. Publicus, a, um, adj. (popu- lus,) public: in publicum procedens, going abroad or appearing in public: subs, publicum, the public trea- sury. Publius, i, m. the prsenomen of several Romans. Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu~ deo,) ashamed; bashful; modest. Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant. Puerilis, e, adj. (puer,) puer- ile; childish : set as, boy- hood; childhood. Pueritia, se, f. (id.) boyhood; childhood. Pugna, se, f. (pugnus, the fist;) a battle with fists; a close fight; a battle. Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) Pugnatus, a, um, part, from Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr. (pugna,) to fight : pugna- tur, pass. imp. a battle is fought; they fight. Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, cherrimus,) fair , beauti- ful; glorious; hence, Pulchritudo, inis, f. fairness; beauty. Pullus, i, m. the young of any animal. Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a Roman consul in the first year of the republic. Punic us, a, um, adj. Punic, belonging to Carthage, ; Carthaginian. Punio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. (poe- na,) to punish. 292 PUNITUS QUiESTOK. Punitus, a, urn, part, (punio.) Pupillus, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- lus and that fr. pupus,) a young boy ; a pupil ; a ward; an orphan. Puppis, is, f. the stern of a ship. Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to purge; to purify; to clear; to clean; to excuse. Purpura, as, f. the purple muscle; purple; hence, Purpuratus, a, um, adj. clad in purple: purpurati, pi. courtiers; nobles. Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.) purple. Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) pure; clear. Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. pusus,) small; weak; little; very small. Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit. Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to think. Putresco, putrescere, putrui, intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to Pydna, ae, f. a townof Macedon. Pygmasi, orum, m. the Pyg- mies, a race of dwarfs in- habiting a remote part of India or Ethiopia. Pyra, as, f. a funeral pile. Pyramis, idis, f. a pijramid. Pyrenasus, i, m., & Pyrenaei, orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, mountains dividing France and Spain. Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Epl- rus. Pythagoras, 33, m. a Grecian philosopher, born at Sarnos. Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pytha- gorean; a follower or disci- ple of Pythagoras. Pythia, as, f. the priestess of Apollo at Delphi. Pythias, as, m. a soldier of Philip, king of Macedon. Q. Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of Quintus. Quadragesimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the fortieth; from Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. ind. forty. Quadriennium, 1, n. (quatuor & annus,) the space of four years. Quadriga, ae, & pi. as, arum, f. (quadrijugas, quatuor & jugum,) a four horse cha- riot; a team of four horses. Quadringentesimus, a, um, num. adj. pi. the four hun- dreth. Quadringenti, as, a, num. adj. pi. four hundred. Quadrupes, pedis, adj. (qua- tuor & pes,) having four feet; four-footed. Quaerens, tis, part, from Quasro, quasrere, quasslvi, quassitum, tr. to ask; to seek for ' to inquire; to search; quasritur, it is asked; the inquiry is made; hence Quasstio, onis, f. a question. Quaestor, oris, m. (quassitor QUJESTUS QUINGENTESIMUS. id.) a qucestor; a treasurer; an inferior military officer who attended the consuls. Quaestus, us, m. (id.) gain; a trade. Qualis, e, adj. of what kind; as; such as; what. Quam, conj. & adv, as; how; after comparatives, than. Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. (quam & din,) as long as. Quamquam, or Quanquam, conj. though; although. Quamvis, conj. (quam & vis, fr. volo,) although. Quando, adv. when; since. Quant6,adv. by how much; as. Quantopere, adv. (quanto & opere,) how greatly; how much. Quantum, adv. how much; as much as. Quantus, a, urn, adj. how great; as great; how admi- rable; how striking. Quantuslibet, quantalibet, quantumlibet, adj. (quan- tus & libet,) how great so- ever; ever so great. Quapropter, adv. (qua and propter,) ivherefore; why. Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where- fore; for which reason; whence; therefore. Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the fourth. Quasi, adv. {for quamsi,) as if; as. Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & dies,) a space of four days. Quatuor, num. adj. pl.ind. four Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (quatuor and decern,) fourteen. Que, enclitic conj. (always joined to another word and draws the accent to the syllable preceding it,) and; also; Queo, ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. § 83, 3 ; to be able ; I can. Quercus, us, f. an oak. Queror, queri, questus sum, tr. dep. to complain. Questus, a, um, part, complain- ing ; having complained. Qui, quae, quod,r'el. pro. y 33 ; who ; which; what; used in- terrogatively, who ? which ? what ? Qui, adv. how; in what man- ner. Quia. conj. because. Quicunque, quaecunque, quod- cunque, rel. pro. y 37. 1. whosoever; whatsoever; every one. Quidam, quaedam, quoddam and quiddam, pro. y 37, 1, a certain one; a certainper- son or thing: quidam hom- ines, certain men. Quidem, adv. indeed; truly; at least. Quin, conj. but; but that. Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro- man general. Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (quinque & decern) fifteen. Quingentesimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the five hundredth, from. 2'J4 QUINGENTI RAPTOR. Quingenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. (quinque and centum, )five hundred. Quiuquageni, ae, a, num. adj. pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev- ery fifty; fifty. Quinquagesimus, a,um,num. adj. (id.) fiftieth. Quinquaginta, num, adj. pi. ind. fifty. Quinque, num. adj.pl. ind.^e. Quinquies, num. adv. five times. Quinto, adv. the fifth time. Quintus,a, um, ord. num, adj. the fifth. Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a Roman surname. Quippe, conj. /or; since. Quis, quae, quod, or quid, in- terrog. pro. who ? what ? quid? why? Quisnam, or Quinam, quae- nam, quodnam,0?* quidnam pro. § 37, 2, who; what. Quisquam, quaequam, quod- quam, or quidquam,or quic- quam,pro. any one; any thing: nee quisquam, and no one. Quisque, quaeque, quodque, or quidque, pro. each; every; whosoever; whatsoever. Quisquis, quidquid, or quic- quid, rel. pro. § 37, Obs. 1, whoever; whatever. Quivis, quaevis, quodvis, or quidvis, pro. (qui and vis) whosoever; whatsoever; any one. Qu6, adv. that, to the end that; w hit her : quo— eo, for quanto — tanto, by how much; by so much; or the more — the more. Quod, conj. that; because. Quominus, adv. (quo and mi- nus,) that — not. Quomodo, adv. (quo and mo- do.) how; by what means. Quondam, adv. formerly; once. Quoniam, conj. (quum arid jam,) since; because. Quoque, conj. also. Quot, adj. ind. pi. hovjmany. Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- nus,) annually; yearly. Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) every day; daily. Quoties, adv. as often as; how often. Quum, or Cum, adv. when : quum jam, as soon as : — conj. since; although. R. Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray; a rod. Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot or base of a mountain. Ramus, i, m. a branch ; a bough. Ran a, ae, f. a frog. Rapina, ae, f. rapine; plun- der; from Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, tr. to hurry away by force; to rob; to seize; to plunder. Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) one who seizes or takes away by violence; a robber. RAPTUKUS — REDIMENDUS. 295 Raptdrus, a,um, part, (rapio.) ' Raptus, a, um, part, (rapio,) seized; robbed; carried off. Raritas, atis, f. (rarus,) rarity. Raro, adv. rarely; seldom; fr. Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few. Ratio, on is, f. (reor,) a reason. Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a boat. Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,) thinking; having thought. Rebello, are, avi, atum, intr. (re & bello,) to renew a war; to rebel; to revolt. Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to recede; to yield; to retire; to withdraw. Recens, tis, adj. comp. new; recent ; fresh : — adv. re- cently; lately; newly : re- cens nati, new-born chil- dren. Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- pio.) Receptiirus, a, um, part, (re- cipio.) Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a recess; a corner. Recipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, tr. (re & capio,) to take back; to receive; to take; to recover : animam, to come to one's self again; to recover one's senses : se, to return. Recognosco, -noscere, -novi, -mtum, tr. (re & cognos- co,) to recognize; to knoiv again; to betake one's self. RecollTgo, -ligere, -legi, -lec- tum, tr. (re, con, & lego,) to gather up again; to re- collect; to recover. Reconditus, a, tun, part, from Recondo, dere, aidi, ditum, tr. (re & condo,) to put toge- ther again; to lay up; to hide; to conceal. Recordor, an, atus. tr. dep. (re & cor,) to call back to mind; to recollect; to re- member. Recreo, are avi, atum, tr. (re & creo,) to bring to life again; to restore; to refresh. Recte, adv.) iiis, issime,) right; rightly; from Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (rego,) straight; up- right; right; direct. Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. (recipio,) to recover; to re- gain. Redditus, a, um, part, from Reddo,-dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (re & do,) to give back; to return; to give; to make, to render; to restore; to cause : verba, to repeat : animam, to die : voces, to imitate. Redeo,-Ire,-ii,-itum, intr. irr. (re & eo,) to go back; to return. Rediens, euntis, part, return- ing. RedIgo,-igere,-egi,-actum, tr. (re & ago,) to bring back; to reduce: in potestatem, to bring into one's power. Redimendus, a, um, part, from 296 HEDIMO REMITTO. Redimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- tum, tr. (re & erao,) to lake lack; to buy back; to re- deem; to ra?iso?n. Reducendusf a, um, part, from Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (re & duco,) to lead or bring back : in gra- tiam, to reconcile. Ref erens, tis, part, requiting; returning; referring; from Refero,-ferre, -tub*, -latum, tr. irr. (re & fero,) to bring back ; gratiam, or gratias, to requite a favor; to show gratitude : beneficium, to requite a benefit: victori- am, to bring back victory, i. e. to return victorious : imagmem, to reflect the image; to resemble. Refluens, tis, part, from RenuOj-fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, intr. (re & fluo,) to flow lack. Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to fly back; to flee; to retreat. Regia, ae, f. (sc. domus, from regius,) a 'palace. Regina, a?, f. (rex.) a queen. Regio, onis, f. (rego,) a region; a district; a, country. Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- al; regal; the king^s. Regnaturus, a, um, part, from Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. regnum,) torule; to govern. Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled by kings. Regnum, i, n. (rex,) a king- dom ; empire ; dominion ; reign; government; rule. Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. to direct or lead in a straight course; to rule. Regredior, -gredi, -gressns sum, intr. dep. (re & gra- dior,) to turn back; to re- turn. Regressus, a, um, part, hav- ing returned, Regulus, i, m. a distinguished Roman general in the first Punic war. Relatus, a, um, part, (refero.) Relicttirus, a, um, part, (relin- quo.) Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) Religio, onis, f. (religo,) what is binding or obligatory; religious scruple or hin- drance; hence, religion; sacredness; sanctity; rev~ erence; religious rites. Relinquo,-linqueie,-liqui, -lic- tum, tr. (re & linquo,) to leave behind; to desert; to quit; to abandon. Reliquiae, arum, f. pi. the rel- ics; the remains; from Reliquus,a, um,adj.(relinquo,) the rest; the remainder; the other. Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, -mansum, intr. (re & ma- neo,) to remain behind. Remedium, i, n. (re & me- deor,) a remedy. Remitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (re & mitto,) to send lack; to remit. REM0VE0 RESPONDEO. 297 RL'moveo,-movere,-movi,-rri6- tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to move back, or away; to re- move. Remus, i, m. an oar. Remus, i, m. the twin brother of Romulus. Renovatus, a, um, part, from Renovo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re and novo,) to make anew; to renew. Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & nuntio,) to bring back word; to inform; to report; to declare; to announce. Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. dep. to think, to suppose; to believe. Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & paro,) to get or procure again; to renew; to repair. Repente, adv. (repens fr. repo) suddenly. Reperio, -pcrire, -peri, -per- tum, tr. (re &pario,) to find; to discover; to invent. Repeto, -petere, -petlvi, -peti- tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- mand back. Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re 6c pleo,) to fill again; to fill up; to replenish. Repono, -ponere, -posui, -po- situm, tr. (re & pono,) to place back or again; to re- store; to replace. Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr (re & porto,) to bring back; to gain ox obtain. Repraesento, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & prasento,) to make present again; to represent; to paint; to depict, Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. (repudium) to repudiate; to reject; to slight; to dis- regard : uxorem, to di- vorce. Requlro, -quirere, -quislvi, -quisitum, tr. (re& quasro,) to seek again; to demand; to require; to need. Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair; a way; a kingdom; a gov- ernment; a subject : res gestae, actions; exploits : res familiaris or domesti- ca, domestic affairs; prop- erty. Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & servo,) to keep back; to reserve; to keep for a future time. Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. (re & sedeo,) to sit; to sit down; to remain. Reslmus, a, um, adj. (re & si- mus,) bent back; crooked, Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or keep back; to resist; to withstand. Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to untie again; to loosen; to unbirid; to unloose; to dis- solve. Respondeo, -spondere, -spon- di,-sponsum,tr. (re &spon- deo,) to answer again; to answer; to reply; to cor- respond: respondetur,pass. 298 RESPONSUM — RIGEO. imp. it is answered, or the reply is made. Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,) an answer.; a reply. Respublica, reipublica?, f, § 18, 9, (res publica,) the state; the government; the commonwealth. Respuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re & spuo,)?o spit out; to reject. Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- tutum, tr. (re & statue-,) to put or set up again; to re- store; to replace; to re- build: aciem, to cause the army to rally. Retineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- turn, tr. (re & teneo,) to hold back; to retain; to detain; to hinder. Revera, adv. (res & verus,) truly; in very deed; in re- ality; in good earnest. Reverentia, ae, f. (revereor,) reverence. Reversus, a, um, part, having returned: from Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum, intr. (re & verto,) to turn back; to return. Revertor, -verti, -versus sum, intr.'dep. to return. Reviresco, -virescere, virui, intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow green again. Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & voco,) to call back; to re- call. Revolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (re & volo,) tojly back; to flV °ff again. Rex, regis, m. (rcgo.j a king. Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law- giver, of Crete, and subse- quently one of the three judges of the infernal re- gions. Rhaeti, orum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Rhatia, ?wiv the Grisons. Rhea, ae, f. (Silvia,) the mother of Romulus and Remus. Rhenus, i. m. the river Rhine. Rhinoceros, Otis, m. a Rhino- ceros. Rhipaeus, a, um, adj. Rhipa- an or Riphcean: montes, mountains, which, accord- ing to the ancients, were found in the north of Scy- thia. Rhodanus, i, m. the river Rhone. Rhodius, i, m. an inhabitant of Rhodes; a Rhodian. Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- tain in the western part of Thrace. > Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- brated town, and island in the Mediterranean sea. Rhceteum, i, n. a city and promontory of Troas. Rhyndacus, i, m. a river of Mysia. Ridens, tis, part, smiling; laughing at; from Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. & tr. to laugh; to laugh at; to mock; to deride. Rigeo, ere, ui, intr. to be cold. RIG1DUS SACRA. 299 Rigidus, a, urn, adj.(comp.) (rigeo,) stiff icith cold; ri- gid; severe. Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. tov;a- ter; to irrigate; to bedeic; to wet. Ripa, as, f, a bank, (of a river.) Risi. See Rideo. Risus, us, m. (rideo, )laughing; laughter. Rixor, ari, atus sum,intr. dep. (rixa,) to quanel. Robur, oris, n. oakofthe hard- est kind, hence, strength : robur militum, the flower of the soldiers. Rogatus, a, um, part, being asked; from Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to ask; to request; to beg; to entreat. Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. Roma, ae, f. Rome, the chief city of Italy, situated up- on the Tiber; hence, Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. Romanus, i, m. a Roman. Romulus, i, m. the founder and first king of Rome : Romulus Silvius, a king of Alba. Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; a bill; a snout; also, the beak of a ship; a stage, or pulpit. Rota, a?, f. a wheel. Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,) round. Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. (rior, errimus,) red. Rudis, e, adj.(ior, issunus,) rude, uuwrouglit; unculti- vated; new; uncivilized. Rulna, as, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a downfall; a fall. Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- eral, who commanded the cavalry in a war with the Sam/iit es. Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, rup- tum, tr. to break or burst asunder; to break off; to break down; to violate. Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & tr. to run headlong; to fall; to be ruined; to hasten down; to rush; to throw down; to tear up. Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff. Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) broken; violated. Rursus, adv. again. Rus, ruris, n. the country; a farm; hence, Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic; belonging to the country. Rusticus, i, m. a countryman. Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con- sul. S. Sabini, Drum, m. the Sabines, a people of Italy. Sacer, sacra, sacrum, ndj. (sup. errimus, § 26, 5,) sacred; holy; divine; conse- crated. Sacerdos, Otis, c. (sacer,) a priest; a priestess. Sacra, orum, n. pi. (id.) reli- gious service; sacrifice; sa- 300 SACRIFICANS SATIS. cred rites; religious ob- servances. Sacnf icans, tis, part, (sacrif 1- co,) sacrificing; offering sa- crifices. Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice; from. Sacrif ico, are, avi, atum, tr. (sacer & facio,) to sacrifice. Saepe, adv. (ius issime,) of- ten; frequently. Saevio, ire, ii, Itum, intr. (ssb- vus,) to rage; to be cruel. Soevitas, atis, f. cruelty; seve- rity; savageness; barbarity; from Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) cruel; severe; fierce; inhuman; violent. Saginatus, a, um, part, from Saglno, are, avi, atum, tr. to fatten. Sagitta, ae, f. an arrow. Saguntlni, Drum, m. pi. the Saguntines; the inhabit- ants of Saguntum. Saguntum, i, n. a town of Spain. Salio, salire, salui & salii, intr. to spring; to leap. Salsus, a. um, adj. (sallo, to salt; Obsol. from sal,) salt; sharp. Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. (salio,) to dance. Saluber,-bris,-bre, adj. (brior, berrimus,) (salus,) whole- some; salubrious; healthy; hence, Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; healthfulness. Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- tated motion of the sea: hence, the sea. Salus, utis, f. safety; salva- tion; health; hence, Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to wish health to; hence, to salute; to call. Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) safe; preserved ;unpunished. Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- nites, a people of Italy. Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. (sancio,) holy; blameless. Sanguis, inis, m. blood. Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, pro- perly, tasting; knowing by the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, issimus,) wise : — subs, a sage; a wise man; hence, Sapientia, se, f. wisdom, philo- sophy. Sapio, ere, ui, intr. [to taste; to discern; hence,) to be vnse. Sarcina, ae, f. (sarcio,) a pack; a bundle. Sardinia, ae, f. a large island in the Mediterranean sea, west of Italy. Sarmatse, arum, m. the Sar- matians, a people inhabit- ing the north of Europe and Asia, Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of Jupiter and Europa. Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a guard; a body-guard. Satiatus, a, um, part, from Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. to satiate; to satisfy; from Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa- SATUR — SECTOR. 301 tins, better;) enough; suf- ficient; sufficiently; very; quite. Satur, lira, ur urn, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (satio,) satiated; full. Saturnia, ae, f. a name given to Italy; also, a citadel and town near Janiculum. Satumus;i, m. the father of Jupiter. Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (saucius,) to wound. Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone. Scaevola, a?, m. (Mucius,) a brave Roman soldier. Scateo, ere intr. to gush forth like water from a spring; hence, to be full; to abound. Scamander, dri, m. a river of Troas, xohich flows from Mount Ida into the Helles- pont. Scaurus, i, m. the surname of several Romans. Scelestus, a, urn, adj. (ior, is- simus,) ivicked; from Scelus, eris, n. an impious ac- tion; a crime; wickedness : by metonymy, a wicked person. See facinus. Scena, 33, f. a scene; a stage. Schoeneus, i, m. a king of Arcadia, or Scyros, and father of Atalanta. Scheria, ae, f. an ancient name of the island Co?~cyra, or Corfu. Scientia, ce, f. knowledge; from Scio, Ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to know; to understand. Scipio. on is, m. a distinguish- ed Roman family : Scipio- nes, the Scipios. Scopiilus, i, m. a high rock; a cliff. Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion. Scotia, £e, f. Scotland. Scriba, se, m. a writer; a se- cretary; a scribe; from Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- turn, tr. to write: scribere leges, to prepare laics. Scriptor, oris. m. a writer; an author. Scripturus, a,um, part. (scribo.) Scriptus, a, urn, part, (scribo.) Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (scruta,) to search into; to trace out. Scutum, i, n. a shield. Scylla, se, f. the daughter of Nisus. Scyros, i, f. an island in the JEgean sea. Scythes, ae, m. an inhabitant of Scythia; a Scythian. Scythia, 33, f. a vast country in the north of Europe and Asia. Scythicus,a, urn, adj. Scythian. Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr. to cut. Secedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (se & cedo,) to go aside; to secede ;to luithdraw. Sectatus, a, um, part, having followed or attended; from Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. freq. (sequor, § 88, Obs. 1.) to follow; to pursue; to ac- company; to attend; to strive after. 26 302 SECULUM SEPES. Seculum and Saeculum, i, n. an age; a period of time. Secum, (se & cum, § 90, 2,) with himself ; ivith herself; luithitself; with themselves. Secundus, a, um, adj. comp. (sequor,) the second; pros- perous : res secundae, pros- perity. SecGris, is, f. (seco,) an axe. Secutus. a um, part, (sequor.) Sed, conj. hut. Sedecim, num. adj. ind. pi. (sex & decern,) sixteen. Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, intr. to sit ; to light upon. Sedes, is, f. (sedes) a seat ; a residence; a settlement; reg- ni, the seat of government. Seditio, onis, f. (se aside, and eo,) sedition; a rebellion; an insurrection. Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo) diligent. Seges, etis, f. a crop; a harvest. Segnis, e, adj. (ior, issimus.) dull; slow; slothful; slug- gish. Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junctum, tr. (se & jungo,) to divide ; to separate. Seleucia, ae, f. a town of Sy- ria, near the Orontes. Semel, adv. once: plus semel, more than once. Semele, es, f. a daughter of Cadmus and Hermione, and mother of Bacchus. Semen, mis, n. seed. Semiramis, idis, f. a queen of Assyria, and wife of Ninus. Semper, jadv. always ; hence Sempiterrms, a, um, adj. ev- er lasting. Sempronius, i, m, the name of a Roman gens or clan; Sempronius Gracchus, a Roman general. Sena, se, f. a town of Picenum. Senator, oris, m. ^senex,) a Senator. Senatus, us, & i, m. (senex,) a senate. Senecta, se, or Senectus, litis, f. (senex,) old age. Senescens, tis, part, from Senesco, senescere, senui, intr. inc. to grow old ; to wane; from seneo, and that from Senex, is, c. an old man or woman: — adj. old : (comp. senior, sometimes major natu,) 9 26, 6. Senones, um, m. pi. a people of Gaul. Sensi. See Sentio. Sensus, us, m. (sentio.) sense; feeling. Sententia, se-, f. an opinion; a proposition; a sentiment; from Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, tr. to feel ; to perceive ; to be sensible of; to observe ; to suppose. Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se & paro) to separate; to di- vide. Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se- pultum,tr. to bury; to inter. Sepes, is, f. a hedge; a fence. SEPTEM SEXAGESIMUS. 30K Sepr.em, num. adj. ind. pi. seven. Septentrio, onis, m. the North- ern Bear; the north. Septies, num. adv. seven times. Septimus, a, urn, num. adj. ord. (septem,) the seventh. Septingentesimus,a, um, num. adj. the seven hundredth. Septuagesimus, a, um, num. adj. the seventieth; from Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. seventy. Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepelio,) a sepulchre; a tomb. Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) burial; interment. Sepultus, a, um, part. (sepelio,) buried. Sequana, ae, m. the Seine, a river in France. Sequens, tis, part, from Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tr. dep. to follow; to pursue. Secutus, a,um, part, (sequor.) Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.) serene; tranquil; clear; fair; bright. Sergius, i, m. the name of se- veral Romans. Sermo, 6nis,rn. (sero,) speech; a discourse; conversation. Ser6,(serius,)adv./^e; too late. Sero, serere, sevi, salum, tr. to sou); to plant. Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to creep,) a serpent; a snake. Sertorius, i, m. a Rojnan gen- eral. Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) late. Servilius, i, m. the name of a Roman family : Servilius Casca, one of the murder- ers of Ccesar. Servio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. (servus,) to be a slave; to serve, (as a slave.) Servitium, i, n. or Servitus, tit is, f. (id.) slavery; bond- age. Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the sixth king of Rome. Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to preserve ; to guard ; to watch; to keep; hence, Servus, i, m. a slave; a ser- vant. Sese, pro. ace. & abl. § 28, Obs. 4-; himself; herself , themselves. Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium, or a thousand serterces. App. VI. Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or two and a half asses. App. Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town of Thrace, on the shores of the Hellespont, opposite to Abydos. Seta, as, f. a bristle. Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine; belonging to Setia, a city of Campania, near the Pontine Marshes, famous for its wine. Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) full of bristles; bristly. Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six. Sexagesimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (sex,) the sixtieth. 304 SEXAGINTA SINGULARS. Sexaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. (sex,) sixty. Sexcenteslmus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (sex & centum,) the six hundredth. Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (sex,) the sixth. Si, conj. if; whether : si quan- do, if at any time. Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a manner. Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the name of a brave Roman soldier. Siccus, a, um, adj. dry; sic- cum, dry land: in sicco, (loco,) in a dry place: (aridus, thoroughly dry; parched.) Sicilia, ae, f. Sicily, the larg- est island- in the Mediter- ranean. A Siculus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: fretum,,YAe straits of Mes- sina. Sicut, & Siciiti, adv. (sic ut,) as; as if. Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city of Phoenicia. Sidonius, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Sidon; Sidonian. Sidus, eris, n. a star. Siguifico, are, avi, atum, tr. (signum & facio,) to make or give a sign; to desig- nate; to mark; to express; to signify; to give notice; to imply or mean. Signum, i, n. a sign; a token; a statue; a standard; co- lors. Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; keeping silence. Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silence. Silenus, i. m. the foster-father and instructor of Bacchus. Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be silent; to conceal. Silva, or Sylva, se, f. a forest; a wood. Silvia, as, f. (Rhea,) the mother of Romulus. Silvius, i, m. a son of Mneas, the second king of Alba: Silvius Procas, a king of Alba, the father of Numi- tor and Amulius. Sirnia, as, f. (simus,) an ape. Similis, e, adj. (ior, limus, § 26, 1,) similar; like: hence, Similiter, adv. (similius simi- lime,) in like manner. Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (si- ne plica, without a fold; open; plain; hence,) simple; artless; open; plain; single. Simois, entis, m. a river of Troas, flowing into the Scamaiider. Simomdes, is, m. a Greek po- et, born in the island of Cca. Simul, adv. at the same time; at once; together; as soon as: simul — simul — as soon as, or no sooner than. Simulacrum, i, n. (simulo,) an image; a statue. Sin, conj. but if. Sine, prep, without. Singularis, e, adj. single, sin- SJNG-ULI— SOLVO. 305 gular; distinguished; ex- traordinary: certamen sin- gulare, a single combat; from Singuli, £e, a, num. adj. pi. each; one by one; every : singulis mensibus, every month. Sinister,tra,trum, adj. (comp. irr, $ 26, 2,.) left; from Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. (for sio. obsol.) to permit. Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; . a gulf. Siquis, siqua, siquod or si- quid, pro, if any one; if any thing. Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) if at any time; if ever. Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst; to be thirsty; to desire ear- nestly. Sitis, is, f. thirst. Situs, a, um. part. & adj. (si- no,) placed; set; situated; permitted. Sive, conj. or; or if; whether. Soboles, is, f. (subbles, sub & oleo,) a sprig or shoot; off- spring. Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; temperate. . Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law. Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) per- taining to allies; social; confederate. Societas, atis, f. society; alli- ance; intercourse; partner- ship; from Socius, i, m. an ally; a com- panion. Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se & cor,) negligence; sloth. Socrates, is, m. the most emi- nent of the Athenian phi- losophers. Sol, solis, m. the sun. Soleo, ere, ltus sum, n. pass, § 78, to be wont; to be ac- customed : solebat, used. Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) whole; solid; entire. Solittido, mis, f. (solus,) a des- ert; a wilderness; a solita- ry place. Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) accustomed; usual. Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus whole, not used, & ars,) ingenious, inventive; cunning; skil- ful; shrewd. Sollertia, as, f. (sollers,) saga- city; skill; shrewdness. Solon, onis, m. the lawgiver of the Athenians, and one of the seven wise men of Greece. Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) the solstice, particularly the summer solstice^in dis- tinction from brum a, the winter solstice; the longest day. Solum, i, n. the earth; the soil; land. Solum, adv. alone; only; fr. Solus, a, um, adj. §20,4; alone. Solutus, a, um, part, from Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, tr. to loose; to dissolve; to melt; to ansioer. 306 SOMNIO SPONSA. Sommo, are, avi, atum, intr. to dream; from Somnium, i, n, a dream; fr. Somnus, i, m. sleep. Sonitus, us, m. a sound; a noise; from Sono, are, ui, itum, intr. to sound; to resound; from Sonus, i, m. a sound. Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; to absorb. Soror, oris, f. a sister. Sp., an abbreviation of Spuri- us. Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- sum, tr. to sprinkle; to strew; to scatter; to soiv. Sparsi. See Spargo. Sparsus, a, um, part. Sparta, se, f. Sparta or Lace- damon, the capital of La- conia. Spartacus, i, m. the name of a celebrated gladiator. Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan. Sparti, drum, m. pi. a race of men said to have sprung from the dragon's teeth sowed by Cadmus. Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom, a plant of which ropes were made. Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; spacious; from Spatium, i, n, a race ground; (stadium,) a space; room; distance. Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- pearance. Spectaculum, i,n. a spectacle; a show; from Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (specio,) to behold; to see; to consider; to regard; to relate; to refer. Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave. Spelunca, se, f. a cave. Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to hope; to expect. Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; ■ promise. Speusippus, i, m. the nephew and successor of Plato. Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The Egyptian Sphinx is repre- sented as a monster, having a woman *s head on the body of a lion. Spina, as, f. a thorn; a sting; a quill; a spine; a back- bone. Spintus, us, m. a breath; fr. Spiro, are, avi, atum, intr. to breathe. Splendeo, ere, ui, intr, to shine; to be conspicuous; hence Splendidus, a, um, adj.(comp.) splendid; illustrious; and Splendor, oris, m. brightness; splendor. Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to despoil; to strip; to de- prive- from Spolium, i, n. the skin of an animal; spoils; booty. Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, sponsum, tr. to pledge one's word; to promise; to en- gage. Sponsa, 83, f. (spondeo,) a bride. SPONTIS STUDKO. 307 Spontis, gen., sponte, abl. sing.,f. § 18, 11; of one's own accord; voluntary; spontaneously; of himself; of itself Spurius, i, m. a prasnomen among the Romans. Squama, se, f. the scale of a fish. Stabiilum, i. n. (sto,) a stall; a stable. Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a furlong; a measure of 125 paces; the race ground. Stannum, i, n. tin. Stans, stantis, part, (sto.) Statim, adv. (sto) immediately. Statio, Onis, f. (sto,) a station; a picket or watch; (by day) navium, roadstead; an an- choring place. • Statua, a?, f. (statuo,) astatue. Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; a scupltor. Statuo, uere, ui, iitum, tr. (statum, fr. sisto,) to cause tp stand; to set up; to de- termine; to resolve; to fix; to judge; to decide; to be- lieve. Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix- ed; stated; appointed; cer- tain. Statutus, a, um,part. (statuo,) placed; resolved; fixed; set- tled. Stella, oe, f. (sto,) a star; a fixed star. Sterllis, e, adj.(comp!)w?z/rz«£- ful; sterile, barren. Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore. Stipes, itis, m. a stake; the trunk of a tree. Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a race; a family. Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr. to stand; to be stationary : stare a partibus, to favor the party. Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic, one of a sect of Grecian philoso- phers, whose founder was Ze?w. Stoliditas, atis, f. stupidity; fr. Stolldus, a, um. adj. (ior, is- simus,) foolish; silly; stu- pid. Strages, is, f. (sterno,) an overthrow; slaughter. Strangulo, are, avi, atum, tr. to strangle. Strenue, adv. (iiis issime,) bravely; actively; vigo- rously; strenuously ; from Strenuus, a, um, adj.(comp.) bold; strenuous; brave; va- liant. Strophades, um, f. pi. two small islands in the Ionian sea. Struo, struere, struxi, struo turn, tr. to put together; to construct; to build : insidi- as, to prepare an ambus- cade; to lay snares. Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- trich. Strymon, onis, m. a river which was anciently the boundary between Macedo- nia and Thrace. Studeo. ere, ui intr. to fa- 308 STUDIOSE SUCCEDO. vor; to study; to endeavor; to attend to; to pursue. Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr. studium,) studiously; dili- gently. Studium, i, n. zeal; study; diligence; eagerness. Stultitia, sb, f. folly; from Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) foolish : stulti, fools. Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to he tor- pid or benumbed; to be as- tonished at; to be amazed. Sturnus, i, m. a starling. Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua- deo.) Suadens, tis, part, from Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- sum, tr. & intr. to advise; to persuade; to urge. Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) sweetness; grace; melody. Suaviter, adv. (vius vissime,) (id.) siveetly; agreeably. Sub, prep, under; near to; near the time of; just be- fore; at; in the time of. Subdtico, -ducere, -duxi, -due- turn, tr. (sub & duco,) to withdraw; to take away; to withhold; hence, Subductus, a, um, part. Subeo, Ire, ivi, & ii, itum, intr. irr. (sub & eo, § 83, 3,) to go under; to submit to : onus, to take up or sus- tain a burden. Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr. (sub & ago,) to subject; to subdue; to conquer. Subitd, adv. suddenly; from Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) sudden ; unexpected. Sublatus, a, um, part, (suffe- ro,) taken away; lifted up. Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (sub & levo,) to lighten; to relieve; to raise up; to assist. Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. for supra & limus,) sub- lime; high in the air : in sublime, aloft; hence, Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air. Submergo, -mergere, -mersi, mersum, tr. (sub & mer- go,) to sink; to overwhelm. Submergor, -mergi, -mersus sum, pass, to be overwhelm- ed; to sink; hence, Submersus, a, um. part. Subridens, tis, part, smiling at. Subrideo, -rid ere, -risi, -ri- sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) to smile. Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii, intr. (sub & salio,) to leap up; to jump. Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, stittitum, tr. (sub & statuo,) to put in the place of ano- ther: to substitute. Subter, prep, under. Subterraneus, um, adj. (sub & terra,) subterranean. Subvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, intr. (sub & venio,) to come to one's assistance, to succor; to help. Subvolo* are, avi, atum, intr. (sub & volo,) to fly up. Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- SUCCESSOR— SUPERVACUUS. 309 sum. intr. (sub & cede-,) to succeed; to follow; hence, Successor, oris, m. a successor. Succus, i, m. (sucus fr. sugo,) juice; sap; liquid. Surlero, sufFerre, susttili, sub- latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) to take away; to under- take; to bear. SufTetius, i, m. (Metius,) an Alban general, put to death by Tullus Hostilius. Sufficio, -flcere, -feci, -fectum, intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- fice; to be sufficient. SufTodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to dig und.er; to undermine. SufTossus, a, um, part. SufFragium, i, n. (sub & fran- go,) a broken piece; a shred; a ballet ; suffrage ; vote ; choice. Sui, pro. gen. § 28, of himself ; of herself; of itself : duas sibi similes, two like one another. Sulla, or Sylla, as, m. a dis- tinguished Roman general. Sulpicius, i, m. (Gallus,) a Roman, celebrated for his learning and eloquence, and for his skill in astrology. Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54, to be; to exist : terrori es- se, to excite terror. Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su- perus,) the highest; great- est ; perfect: in tf summa aqua, on the surface of the water. Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump- tum, tr. to take. Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expense. Supellex, supellectilis, f, fur- niture; household goods. Super, prep, above; upon. Superbe, ad v ius, issime,(fr. su- perbus,) proudly; haugh- tily. Superbia, ae, f. (superbus,) pride; haughtiness. Superbio, ire, ivi, ltum, intr. to be proud; to be proud of; from Superbus, a, um, adj. comp. proud; the Proud, a sur- name of Tarquin, the last king of Rome. Superfluus, a, um, adj. (su- perfluo,) superfluous. Superjacio, -jacere,-jeci, -jac- tum, tr. (super & jacio,) to throw upon; to shoot over. Superjacior,-jaci, -j actus sum, pass, to be shot over. Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. (super,) to surpass; to con- quer; to excel; to vanquish. Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. (superstitio fr. supersto,) superstitious. Supersum,-esse, fni, intr. irr. (super & sum,) to be over; to remain; to survive. Superus, a, um, adj. (supe- rior ; supremus or sum- mus, § 26, 2,) above; high; upper. Supervacuus, a, um, adj. (su- per & vacuus,) superfluous. 310 SUPERVENIO TABESCO. Supervenio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, intr. (super & venio,) to come upon; to come; to surprise suddenly. Supervolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (super & volo,) to fly over. Suppeto, ere, ivi, ltnm, intr. (sub & peto,)fo come to; to be at hand; hence to suf- fice; to remain; to serve; to be sufficient. Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- co,) suppliant. Supplicium. i, n, (id.) a pun- ishment. Suppono, -ponere, -posui, -po- sltum, tr. (sub. & pono,) to put under; to substitute. Supra, prep. & adv. above; be- fore. Surena, se, m. the title of a Parthian officer, and next in authority to the king. Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur- rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. sub, & rego,) to rise. Sus, uis, c. swine; a hog. Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, tr. (sub & capio,) to take or lift up; to under- take; to take upon; to en- gage in; to receive. Suspectus, a, um. part, & adj. (suspicio,) suspected; mis- trusted. Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum,tr. (sub &pendo,) to suspend; to hang; to hang up. Suspensus, a, um, part. Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, tr. (sub & spe- cio,) to look at secretly; to look up; to suspect, SuspTcor, ari, atus sura, tr. dep. to suspect; to surmise. Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. to sustain; to support : sustentare vitam, to sup- port one's self; from Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to bear up; to carry; to sus- tain; to support. Sustollo, sustollere, sustuli, sublatum, tr. to lift up; to take away; to raise. Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; its; theirs; § 28, Obs. 3, Exc. Sylla. See Sulla. Syllaba, as, f. a syllable. Sylva. See Silva. Syphax, acis, m. a king of Numidia. Syracusae, arum, f. pi. Syra- cuse, a celebrated city of Sicily. Syria, 33, f. a large country of Asia, at the eastern extre- mity of the Mediterranean sea. Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; belonging to Syria. T. T., an abbreviation of Titus. Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. (tabeo,) to consume; to pine away. TABULA TAURICA. 311 Tabula, a?, f. a table; a tablet; a picture; a painting; plumbea tabula, a plate or sheet of lead. Taceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to be silent. Tactus, us, m. (tango,) the touch. Tsedet, tasduit, taesum est or pertaesum est, imp. to be weary of: vitas eos taedet, they are weary of life. Tasnarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a promontory in Laconia, now cape Matapan. Talentum, i, n. a talent; a sum variously estimated from $860 to $1020. Talis, e, adj. such. Talpa, ae, c. a mole. Tarn, adv. so; so much. Tarnen, conj. yet; notwith- standing; still; nevertheless. Tanais, is, m. a river between Europe and Asia, now the Don. Tanaquil, ilis, f. the ivife of Tarquinius Priscus. Tandem, adv. (turn &demum,) at length; at last; finally. Tango, tangere, tetigi, tac- tum, tr. to touch. Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. (tarn & quam,) as well as; as if; like. Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi- ter; the father of Pelops, and king of Phrygia. Tanto adv. (tanius,) so much. Tantopere, adv. (tantus & opus.) so much; so greatly. Tantum, adv. only; so much; from Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; such : tanti. of so much value : tanti est, it is worth the pains; it makes am-ends. Tarde, adv. (ius, issime,) (tar- dus,) slowly. Tarditas, atis, f. (tardus,) slow- ness; dulness; heaviness. Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make slow; to retard; to check; to stop; from Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) slow; dull. Tarentinus, a, um, adj. Tar- entine; of or belonging to Tarentum : Tarentini, Ta- rentines; the inhabitants of Tarentum. Tarentum, i, n. a celebrated city in the south of Italy. Tarpeia, 33, f. the daughter of Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed the Roman citadel to the Sabines. Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Taipei- an : mons, the Tarpcian 01 Capitoline mount. Tarquinii, drum, m. pi. a city of Etruria, whence the fa- mily of Tarquin derived their name. Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; the name of an illustrious Roman family; Tarquinii, orum, pi. the Tar quins. Tartarus, i, m., & -a, orum, pi. n. Tartarus; the infer- nal regions. Tauriea, a, f. a large penittsu- 312 TAURUS TERRA. la of the Black sea, now called the Crimea, or Tau- rida. Taurus, i, m. a high range of mountains in Asia. Taurus, i, m. a hull. Taygetus, i, m. & -a, drum, pi. a mountain of Laconia, near Sparta. Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover- ing; a roof; a house. Tectus, a, um, part, (tego,) covered; defended. Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug; a coverlet; from Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co- ver; to defend; hence, Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. Telum, i, n. a missile; a wea- pon; a dart; an arrow. Temere, adv. at random; ac- cidentally; rashly. Tempe, n, pi. indec. a beauti- ful vale in Thessaly. thro'' which the river Peneus flows. Temperies, iei, f. a season or space of time; temperate- ness ; mildness; tempera- ture. Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) a storm; a tempest. Templum, i, n. a consecrated place; a temple. Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- son : ad tempus, at the time appointed : ex tempo- re, without premeditation. Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- etum,) drunken ; intoxi- cated. Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch out; to extend; intr. to advance; to go. Tenebrse, arum, f. pi. dark- ness. Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, tr. to hold; to have; to keep; to possess; to know; to hold by a garrison : portum, to reach the harbor. Tentatus, a, um, part, from Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (teneo,) to attempt; to try. Tentyrltae, arum, c. pi. the in- habitants of Tentyra, a town and island in Upper Egypt. Tenuis, e. adj. (comp.) thin; slender; light; rare. Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc. (tepeo,) to grow warm or cool; to become tepid. Ter, num. adv. thrice. Terentius, i. m. a Roman pro- per name. Tergum, i, n. the back; the farther side : a teigo,from behind: ad terga, behind. Termmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to bound; to limit; to ter- minate; from Terminus, i, m. a boundary; limit; an end; bounds. Terni, as, a, num, adj. pl.(tres,) three by three; three. Terra, as, f. the earth; a coun- try; the land : omnes ter- ras, the lohole world. TERREO — THRASYBULUS. 313 Terreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. to ter- rify; to scare; to frighten. Terrester, terrestris, terrestre, adj. (terra,) terrestrial: animal terrestre, a land animal. Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- reo,) terrible. Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (id.) to terrify; to af- fright. Territorium, i, n. (terra,) ter- ritory. Territus, a, um, part, (terreo,) Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; consternation; fear. Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord. (tres.) the third; hence, Tertio, num. adv. the third time. Testa, ae, f. (tosta fr. torreo,) an earthen vessel; a shell. Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a will; a testament. Testudo, mis, f. (testa,) a tor- toise. Tetlgi. See Tango. Teutones, um, &; Teutoni, Drum, m. pi. a nation in the northern part of Germa- ny, near the Cimbri. Texo, texere, texui, textum, tr. to iveave; to plait; to form; to construct. Thalamus, i, m. a bed-cham- ber; a: dwelling. T hales, is & etis, m. a Mile- sian, one of the seven wise men of Greece. Thasus. i, f. an island on the coast of Thrace. 27 Theatrum, i, n. a theatre. Thebae, arum, f. pi. Thebes, the capital of Bceotia: hence, Thebanus, a, um, adj. The- ban; belonging to Thebes. Theleslnus, i, m. a Roman proper name. Themistocles, is, m. a cele- brated Athenian general in the Persian wax. Theodorus, i, m. a philosoher of Cyrence. Thermodon, ontis, m. a river of Pontics. Theseus, i,. m. a king of Athens, and son of JEgeus, and one of the most cele- brated heroes of antiquity. Thessalia, ae, f. Thessaly; a country of Greece, south of Macedonia; hence, Thessalus, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Thessaly ; Thessa- lian. Thestius, i, m. the father of Althaea. Thetis, idis & idos, f. one of the sea nymphs; the wife of Peleus, and mother of Achilles. Theutobochus, i, m. a king of the Cimbri. Thracia, as. f. Thrace; a large country east of Macedonia. Thracius, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Thrace; Thracian. Thrasybulus, i, m. an Atheni- an general, celebrated for freeing his country from the thirty tyrants. 314 THUS TRAHO. Thus, thuris, n. frankincense. Tiberis, is, m. § 15, 2, the Tiber, a famous river of Italy. Tibi. See Tu. Tibicen, inis, m. (tibia & ca- rlo,) one who plays upon the flute; a piper. Ticinum, i, n. a town of Cis- alpine Gaul, where the Ro- mans were defeated by Han- nibal. Tigranes, is, m. aking of Ar- menia Major. Tigranocerta, 6mm, n. a city of Armenia Major, found- ed by Tigranes. Tigris, idis, {seldom is,) c. a tiger. Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in Asia. Timens, tis, part, from Timeo, ere, ui, intr. & tr. to fear; to dreid; to be afraid. Timidus, a, urn, adj. comp. (timeo,) timid; cowardly. Timor, oris, m. (id.) fear. Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a tinkling. Tintinnabulum, i. n. (tintinno same as tinnio,) a bell. Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire- brand. Titus, i, m. a Roman praeno- men. Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to bear; to endure; to admit of. Tollo, tollere, sustuli, subla- tum, tr. to raise; to pick up; to remove; to do aivay with. Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton- sum, tr. to clip; to shave; to shear. Tonitru, u, n. thunder: from Tono, are, ui, ltum, intr. to thunder: tonat, imp. it thunders. Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) an engine for throwing stones and darts. Torquatus, i, m., a surname given to T. Manlius and his descendants. Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- lar; a chain. Tot, ind. adj. so many. Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) the same number; as many. Totus, a, urn, adj. § 20, 4, whole; entire; all. Trabs, is, f. a beam. Tractatus, a, um, part, from Tracto,are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (traho,) to treat; to handle. Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; a country; a region. Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) Traditus, a, um, part, from Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (trans & do,) to give over, or up; to deliver; to give; to relate; to teach: tradunt, they report : traditur, it is related; it is reported : tra- duntur, they are reported. Tragicus, a, um, adj. tragic. Tragcedia, a3, f. a tragedy. Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, tr. io drag; to draw : hel- ium, to protract or pro- long the war: liquidas TRAJ1CI0 TRIBUTUM 315 aquas trahere, to draw along clear waters; to flow with a clear stream. Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- tum, tr. (trans & jacio,) to convey over; to pass or cross over. Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e. trans meo, to go over or along;) a path; a way. Trano, are, avi, atum, intr. (trans & no,) to swim over. Tranquillus, a, um, adj. (comp.) tranquil; calm; se- rene. Trans, prep, over; beyond; on the other side. Transactus,a, um, part (trans- igo.) Transeo, ire, ii, Ttum, intr. irr. (trans & eo,) to pass or go over. Transf ero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to transfer; to carry over: se acl aliquem, to go over to. Transf Igo,-figere.,-fixi, -fixum, (trans & figo,) to run through; to pierce; to stab. Transftiga, ae. c. (transfugio,) a deserter. Transgredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, intr. dep. (trans & gradior,) to go or pass over. Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- act; to finish; to spend. Transilio, -siiire, -silui & sill- vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to leap over. Transitiirus, a, um, part. (transeo,) about to pass over; to pass on. Translatus, a, um, part, (trans- fero.) Transmarmus, a, um, adj. (trans & mare,) beyond the sea; foreign; transmarine. Transno. See Trano. Transveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vec- tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to carry over; to convey; to transport. Transvolo^are, avi, atum, intr. (trans & volo,) to fly over. Trasimenus.«i, m. a lake in Etruria, near which the consul Flaminius was de- feated by Hannibal. Trebia, ae, f. a river of Cisal- pine Gaul, emptying into the Po. Trecenti, ae, a, num. adj. pL three hundred; hence, Trecentesimus, a, um, num. adj. the three hundredth. Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (tres & decern,) thirteen. Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. § 24, Obs. 3, thre\ Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people of Belgium. Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu- lum,) triangular; three- cornered. Tribunus, i, m. (tribus,) a tribune. Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to attribute; to give; to grant; to bestoiu; to commit. Tributum, i,n (tribuo,) a tri- 310 TRICESIMUS TURBATUS. bate; a tax; a contribution; an assessment. Tricesimus, a, um, num. adj. (triginta,) the thirtieth. Triduum, i, n. (tres & dies,) the space of three days : per triduum, for three days. Triennium, i, n. (tres & an- nus,) the space of three years. Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres & gemini,) three brothers born at one birth. Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. thirty. Trinacria, ec, f. one of the the names of Sicily. Triptolemus, i, m. the son of Celcus, king of Eleusis. Tristitia, a?, f. (tristis, sad,) sorroiv; grief. Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- us,) triumphal. Triumphans, tis, part. from Triumpho,are,avi, atum, intr. to triumph; from Triumphus, i, m. a triumph; a triumphal procession. Triumvir, vlri, m. (tres & vir,) one of three joint public officers; a triumvir. Troas, adis, f. a country of Asia Minor, bordering up- on the Hellespont. Trochllus, i, m. a wren. Troglodyt3B,arum,c. pi. Trog- lodytes, a people of Ethio- pia, who dwelt in caves. Troja, IIP 9 *\ : lll : ££ ^ ^ *° • * * jfr *' Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide ^ ^ *^ * A «<* J ^^™™^^ ° 4- ^» *JJ( Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process ^* ' Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide <*>> Treatment Date: July 2006 O «o 9 .0 •. ^ PreservationTechnologies v A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION